blank

Section 1: The University

Section 2: Graduation Requirements

Section 3: College of Liberal Arts Majors, Minors, Courses

Section 3: School of Music Majors, Minors, Courses

Section 4: Academic Policies

Section 5: The DePauw Experience

Section 6: Campus Living

Section 7: Admission, Expenses, Aid

Section 8: University Personnel

Section III: Majors and Minors

Courses of Instruction

Each student completes at least one major as a part of the degree program. Although not required, many students also elect to complete a minor area of study.

The Major

Each candidate for the bachelor's degree must complete one major with at least a 2.0 (C) grade point average. Department requirements for the major are those in effect at the time the student declares the major. Changes in departmental requirements after a major is declared may apply provided they do not require a student to enroll in more than a normal course load in any semester or do not prolong the time needed to meet degree requirements. Departments are responsible for determining that each student in the major is sufficiently prepared in the field as a whole. Satisfactory completion of a comprehensive evaluation is required for graduation. Students are notified by the department of the evaluation procedures by the seventh week of the first semester of each year. Methods of evaluation include one or more of the following: a seminar, thesis, appropriate project or departmental comprehensive examination.

Students who do not perform satisfactorily on a comprehensive examination the first time have the right to be reexamined once. Students must pass the comprehensive examination within one academic year after the first commencement date following the initial examination. At the discretion of the department, a student may take a maximum of two re-examinations.

Each student completes at least one major as a part of the degree program. Although not required, a student may also elect to complete a minor area of study.

Declaring a Major Each student is required to select a major and a faculty advisor in that major department or interdisciplinary program by the sixth week in the second semester of the sophomore year. Faculty advisors, staff members in the offices of academic affairs, the registrar, and career services may assist students in making appropriate choices. Students planning for a study abroad program must declare a major prior to applying for off-campus study.

The Academic Standing Committee will take appropriate warning actions in the case of students who have failed to declare their major by the end of the sophomore year. The committee may also require students who fail to demonstrate satisfactory progress toward the major to drop that major and select a new major before continuing at DePauw.

Departmental Major The departmental major consists of eight to 10 courses in a single academic department, including at least three courses at the 300-400 level. A department may designate as many as two courses from other departments as requirements of its majors. A department may also require as many as six courses from related departments. The total number of courses required for a major may not exceed 14 courses. In departments designated as single-subject departments, i.e., history or political science, at least 19 of the 31 courses required for graduation must be outside the major subject.

In departments designated as dual-subject departments, i.e., sociology and anthropology or modern languages, a minimum of 19 courses must be outside the student's major subject, and 16 of 31 courses must be outside the major department.

Two Majors Students who maintain a 2.8 scholastic average may complete a maximum of two majors. A student with two majors must meet all requirements for each major.

Students who have double majors must have at least six courses that do not overlap between the two majors.

DePauw University Offers the Following Majors in the College of Liberal Arts:

(see the School of Music in this section for description of the majors available within the three music degree options.)

Anthropology Earth Sciences Greek Political Science
Art (History) East Asian Studies History Pre-engineering
Art (Studio) Economics Interdisciplinary Psychology
Biochemistry Education Studies Kinesiology (Athletic Training) Religious Studies
Biology English (Writing) Kinesiology (Sports Medicine) Romance Languages
Black Studies English (Literature) Kinesiology (Sports & Exercise Science) Russian Studies
Chemistry Environmental Geoscience Latin Sociology
Classical Civilization Film Studies Mathematics Sociology and Anthropology
Communication French Music (College of Liberal Arts) Spanish
Computer Science Geology Philosophy Theatre
Conflict Studies German Physics Women's Studies

 

Independent Interdisciplinary Major

An independent interdisciplinary major consists of an integrated series of courses selected from at least two of the conventional academic disciplines. Students may devise, in consultation with faculty advisors, an academic program suited to an area of special interest. Although any general problem of a genuine academic, scientific or intellectual nature may constitute the subject of an independent interdisciplinary major, such a major is ordinarily defined in one of three ways:

  • an area of the world, geographically, politically or culturally prescribed, such as the United States, Latin America, Asia, East Europe or the Middle East;
  • a period of time in the history of some part of the world, such as the Victorian Age, the Enlightenment, the Renaissance or the Middle Ages; or
  • a specific problem that is treated by several disciplines, such as the concept of social justice, the artist in the modern world, the rhetoric of revolutionary movements or political modernization.

The independent interdisciplinary major includes a total of 10 to 12 courses in at least two disciplines and at least four courses from each of the two disciplines. At least four courses in the total must be at the 300-400 level. Each individualized major is supervised by a committee of three faculty members.

An independent interdisciplinary major must include at least 16 courses outside the subject matter of the area major involved and may have no more than eight courses in any one discipline (subject) comprising the major. However, up to 10 courses may be taken in a language as part of the independent interdisciplinary major.

In selecting a subject for an independently designed interdisciplinary major, students should be guided by two further considerations. First, a mere interest in certain academic disciplines, however closely related they may appear, is not a significant justification for an interdisciplinary major. Students must have in mind a subject that can serve as a focal point for the courses chosen. Second, although the subject to be examined in the major may coincide with the vocational interests of a student, it must at the same time be a legitimate object of study in its own right.

The student must earn a 2.0 GPA in all course credit applied to the major, and, as a part of the major, each student during the senior year must satisfactorily complete one or more of the following: a seminar, thesis, appropriate project or departmental comprehensive examination. Each independent interdisciplinary major committee shall designate ways in which students may fulfill this comprehensive requirement.

Upon the recommendation of two faculty members from the discipline relevant to the major, students apply to the Office of Academic Affairs for admission early in the second semester of the sophomore year. Students taking an independent interdisciplinary major should have the major approved and filed with the Office of the Registrar by the end of the sixth week of the second semester of the sophomore year.The latest that applications may be considered is the sixth week of the junior year.

Minors

A student may elect a minor that consists of at least four courses in a single subject or centers on a specific interdisciplinary topic. At least one course must be at the 300-400 level.

A 2.0 grade point average must be achieved in the minor, and no courses in the minor subject may be taken on a Pass/Fail basis. Double minors must have at least four courses that do not overlap. At least three courses in the minor must be outside the student's major area.

Declaring a Minor: To complete a minor a student should declare it by the end of the junior year. Final certification must be filed in the Office of the Registrar by November 15 of the senior year.

DePauw Offers the Following Minors:

Anthropology Conflict Studies Japanese Religious Studies
Art (History) Earth Sciences Jazz Studies Rhetoric and Interpersonal Communication
Art (Studio) Economics Jewish Studies (described below) Russian
Asian Studies Education Studies Kinesiology Russian Studies
Biochemistry Environmental Geoscience Latin Sociology
Biology European Studies (described below) Latin American and Caribbean Studies Spanish
Black Studies Film Studies Literature Theatre
Business Administration (described below) French Mass Communication Women's Studies
Chemistry Geography Mathematics  
Chinese Geology Music (Applied)  
Classical Archaeology German Philosophy  
Classical Civilization Greek Physics  
Coaching History Political Science  
Computer Science International Business (described below) Psychology  

 

Interdisciplinary Minors

Asian Studies

DePauw University offers an interdisciplinary major and minor in the area of Asian Studies. For further information, see Asian Studies, in this section.

Black Studies

DePauw University offers an interdisciplinary minor in the area of Black Studies. For further information, see Black Studies, in this section.

Business Administration

Students electing this option must complete the core courses: ECON 100, ECON 150, ECON 350, ECON 393, CSC 121 and PSY 364. The following courses may be substituted for ECON 350: MATH 240, PSY 210 or POLS 318. In addition, students must take two electives from the following list: ECON 250, ECON 280, ECON 398, COMM 326, PSY 320, MATH 331, MATH 442, POLS 352 or CFT 100. Economics majors who elect the business administration minor must take 5 courses outside of their major subject. Students who complete the business administration minor will also complete a Winter Term business internship with the approval of the director of the McDermond Center for Management & Entrepreneurship. Students must also attend 8 lectures from the Management Center Lecture Series during their senior year.

Conflict Studies

DePauw University offers an interdisciplinary major and minor in the area of Conflict Studies. For further information, see Conflict Studies, in this section.

European Studies

DePauw University offers an interdisciplinary minor in the area of European Studies.

Requirements for the minor include language proficiency in German or French (minimum 4th semester proficiency); a minimum of 2 core courses from the following--ARTH 131, 132, 201, ENG 261, HIST 100, 111, 112, 201, 342, PHIL 215-216, POLS 150, 230, 254; a minimum of 3 elective courses in at least two different disciplines in Art History, Classical Studies, Communications, Economics, English, History, Modern Languages (French, German, Spanish, Russian), Music, and Political Science. Contact the program director for specifics.

Film Studies

DePauw University offers an interdisciplinary major and minor in the area of Film Studies. For further information, see Film Studies, in this section.

Requirements for the minor include five courses with one core course chosen from either COMM 236, COMM 316 or COMM 319 and at least one class from each of the following areas: a) history and criticism; b) production and screenwriting; and c) cultural and genre studies. Students elect a fifth course from one of the three categories listed above. At least one of the courses must be at the 300 level or above.

International Business Program

The International Business Program is designed for those students preparing for careers in international trade or finance. Students electing this program major in one of the following areas--Asian Studies, Economics, French, German, Russian Studies or Spanish. In addition, students complete courses in the international business concentration as follows:

  • Core courses: Economics--ECON 100, 150, 280 or 393, 295 and 420; Foreign Language--a minimum of two courses beyond the intermediate (second year) level, to be selected in consultation with the chair of modern languages.
  • Elective courses: A minimum of four elective courses (none of which is counted toward the minimum number for the major or core) related to the international area of specialization, of which at least two must be from the departments of history and political science. Elective courses must be approved by the student's International Business Advising Committee. (The International Business Advising Committee consists of the director of The McDermond Center for Management and Entrepreneurship, the chair of the core department and the student's major advisor.)

It is strongly recommended that students seeking a concentration in International Business spend some time (Winter Term, semester or year) in an off-campus study program in the foreign country or region in which they are specializing. Appropriate courses taken in such approved off-campus programs will count toward fulfilling the requirements of this concentration. In addition, an internship arranged in consultation with the director of the McDermond Center is highly encouraged.

Economics majors take four electives and from two to six language courses depending on language placement. All other majors take five economics courses and four electives.

Jewish Studies

DePauw University offers an interdisciplinary minor in the area of Jewish Studies.

Requirements for the minor are: 5 courses including REL 244 and at least one course at the 300-400 level. One course should be chosen from approved courses in each of the following three areas: a) social science and history or archaeology; b) literature and the arts; and c) religious studies and philosophy. Two of these courses, in addition to REL 244, should be core courses. See website for additional information.

Latin American and Caribbean Studies

DePauw University offers an interdisciplinary minor in the area of Latin American and Caribbean Studies. For further information, see Latin American and Caribbean Studies, this section.

Russian Studies

DePauw University offers an interdisciplinary major and minor in the area of Russian Studies. For further information, see Russian Studies, this section.

Women's Studies

DePauw offers an interdisciplinary major and minor in Women's Studies. For further information, see Women's Studies, in this section.

Academic Department Information

For the most up-to-date course and departmental information, consult DePauw's Web site: [www.depauw.edu]. See Section IV for additional information about the course numbering system.

Art

(Program Homepage)

C. Fruhan, A. Harris, D. Herrold, K. Johnson, R. Johnson, R. Kingsley, M. Mackenzie, M. Merback, L. Miles, E. Moran, C. O'Dell (chair), P. Williams.

The Department of Art offers courses of instruction in the studio arts, history of art and art education. Students may elect majors or minors in studio art and art history.

Studio courses (in drawing, painting, ceramics, sculpture, photography, video and digital art) stress the fundamentals of visual communication and help students cultivate the technical skills necessary for the effective expression of their ideas in a given medium.

Art history courses combine traditional and non-traditional approaches to the study of art, past and present, and stress the importance of viewing visual artifacts and architecture within their social and cultural contexts. Students are encouraged to look at art in an active and engaged way and to think critically about the meaning of art and visual culture in the contemporary world.

Both programs, studio and art history, prepare students for graduate programs or entry into a wide variety of professional careers in the arts. Studio majors in the department have gone on to successful careers as practicing artists, commercial illustrators and art educators; those with majors in art history have become art critics, art historians, museum or gallery professionals or arts administrators.

Every year, in addition to the usual courses of study, the art department sponsors a number of cultural events that connect the department to the campus at large. The Art Center's three large gallery spaces provide a changing schedule of 10-12 exhibitions annually; visiting artists, critics and historians present their own work and meet with students for critiques and discussions; department faculty and students get together for group critiques and the annual major-minor mixer, and the department sponsors a popular bus trip each semester to visit museums and galleries in Chicago or St. Louis.

For students wishing to take a semester off-campus the department offers opportunities through the GLCA New York Arts Program, where students intern with recognized artists, photographers, gallery and museum curators--and even with fashion designers, advertising agencies and film or television production companies. It is recommended that all student go in the junior year; studio students are recommended to go in the second semester. Other study-abroad programs, which the department actively encourages for both studio and art history majors, take students to Athens, Florence, London, Rom, Paris and other important centers of art and learning.

Instruction for teaching certification in art (K-12_ is also an option for department majors. Students seeking certification to teach art in public schools should review Section V, Teacher Eduation Programs, and consult with their advisor in the art department as well as with the chair of the education studies department about requirements for admission and certification.

Requirements for a major in Art History:

Total courses required: Eight
Core courses:
  • ARTH 131, ARTH 494
  • either ARTH 132 or ARTH 142.
  • Other required courses:
  • One course (not including 131), which covers pre-Renaissance material, is to be chosen from the following: ARTH 212, ARTH 218, ARTH 232, ARTH 235, ARTH 332.
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Three including ARTH 494
    Senior requirement: The senior comprehensive requirement consists of the completion of ARTH 494 with a grade of C- or better, as well as a thesis.
    Additional information:
  • In addition to the eight art history courses, art history majors also must take two courses in cognate fields, one of which is to be chosen from the following: CLST 100, PHIL 214, REL 132, CLST 262, 263, 264, HIST 111, 112. The other course must be chosen from among the studio courses (any studio course).
  • It is recommended that art history majors take at least one course in each of the following four time periods: Medieval, Renaissance, Baroque and 19th Century/Modern. First-year seminars on art historical topics may be counted toward an art history major or minor.
  • Requirements for a major in Studio Art:

    Total courses required: Nine + 2 Art History
    Core courses: Four introductory courses--one from each of the three areas (A,B,and C) plus one additional course from any of these areas:
  • A. ARTS 152, ARTS 153
  • B. ARTS 175, ARTS 170
  • C. ARTS 160, ARTS 163, ARTS 165
  • Other required courses: Two 200-level courses (both of which must be a continuation of a 100-level course).
  • A. ARTS 253
  • B. ARTS 270, ARTS 275
  • C. ARTS 263, ARTS 265

  • Two 300-level courses one of which continues with a course taken at the 200-level. This course should be taken the first semester of the Senior year and must anticipate the discipline to be pursued in Senior Projects. The second 300-level course must be a topics course and can be taken at any time.
  • A. ARTS 353, ARTS 398A
  • B. ARTS 370, ARTS 375, ARTS 398B
  • C. ARTS 363, ARTS 365, ARTS 398C
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Three including ARTS 492
    Senior requirement: The senior comprehensive requirement consists of the completion of ARTS 492 with a grade of C or better, as well as an exhibition of the student's work in the Visual Arts Gallery at the end of the senior year.
    Additional information: ARTS 197S may be counted toward the major. Students must take two art history courses, one of which must be ARTH 131, ARTH 132 or ARTH 142. The other must be ARTH 225, ARTH 326 or ARTH 342 with 342 particularly recommended. Please note: if students plan to go off-campus, it is highly recommended that they do so in the spring semester of their junior year to complete all requirements in time.

    Requirements for a minor in Art History:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: Four art history courses, one of which must be ARTH 131, ARTH 132 or ARTH 142, and a studio art course
    Other courses:
  • Of the three non-introductory art history courses, one must cover the pre-Renaissance material (ARTH 212, 218, 232, 235, 332), and another must cover art of the Renaissance or later (ARTH 201, 225, 302, 310, 326, 330, 336, 342).
  • Students considering a minor in art history should consult with the department by the end of the sophomore year.
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Requirements for a minor in Studio Art:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: Four studio courses (at least one studio course at the 200 level) and one course in art history
    Other courses:
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Courses in Art

    Courses in Art History

    ARTH 131. Introduction to Art History Ancient to Medieval  Group 3    1 course
    This course surveys the major developments in art and architecture from the Paleolithic period through the high Middle Ages. Emphasis falls on the ancient civilizations of the Near East, Egypt, the Aegean, Greece and Rome, the early Christian world, Byzantium, Islam and the Middle Ages in Western Europe. The approach is at once historical, in that visual forms and types of images are studied in their development over time and across cultures, and anthropological, in the sense that cultures are studied at isolated moments as a way of better understanding the significant roles art and architecture play within them. May be counted toward the European Studies interdisciplinary minor.
     
    ARTH 132. Introduction to Art History Renaissance to Modern  Group 3    1 course
    A survey of Western art from the Renaissance to the present. This course is taught with different narrative structures in alternate semesters. One structure takes a historical overview. It tracks the changes in the place of art in society, its subject matter, patronage and audience. In alternate semesters, the class explores a limited number of art works which are treated as "case studies;" this leaves time for a deeper interrogation of specific historical and cultural issues. With each "case study" (these are organized chronologically) we look at a particular theme or "problem"--art and labor; the narrative tradition in art; the artist as cult figure--and then examine how a similar problem/issue/theme is played out in a modern (late 19th-20th century) work. In either narrative structure, the operating assumption is that art produces and shapes meaning in the culture and does not simply "reflect" it. Both courses consider how visual images function in the culture; look at the conflicts inherent in the practice and reception of art; and examine the ideological investments of art history's practitioners. May be counted toward the European Studies interdisciplinary minor. Not open to students with credit in ARTH 142.
     
    ARTH 142. Visual Encounters: Critical Approaches to Representation  Group 3    1 course
    What is art? Why is it important? How and what do works of art mean? How does art help us both shape and make sense of our world? These are the overarching questions that the course will address as we thread our way through the examination of various genres of art--from traditional (landscape, portraiture) to contemporary (video, performance art); as we explore art in its economic, social and political dimensions (looking, for example, at public art and identity politics or at controversial art and the First Amendment); and as we examine the role art can play in our public and private consciousness. We will be mindful throughout of how the production of meaning in art involves a complex collaboration of artist, viewers and artwork. In this discussion-based course, we will be active viewers and analytical thinkers--reading, writing and looking, in a critical way, at images in slides, at actual works of art, and at films and videos. Not open to students with credit in ARTH 132.
     
    ARTH 197H. First-Year Seminar      1 course
    A seminar focused on a theme related to the study of art history. Open only to first-year students.
     
    ARTH 201. Baroque Art: The Age of the Marvelous  Group 3    1 course
    The course introduces the major painters and sculptors (Rembrandt, Rubens, Vermeer, Caravaggio, Bernini, Artemisia Gentileschi, Velazques and others) of 17th-century Europe by exploring a few major themes. Using, as an overarching concept, the Baroque as the "age of the Marvelous" allows us to view intersections among the worlds of art, science, theater, printing, mechanical engineering, religion and the occult. The course examines the visual arts in relation to various contexts--economic, historic and domestic--as well as institutions--the Church, the monarchy and academies of art. It investigates the development of certain subjects that emerged as independent genres in the 17th century: still life, landscape and genre painting. The course also looks at how artists perceived themselves and were perceived (some would say "constructed") both by their contemporaries and by subsequent writers up to the present day. May be counted toward the European Studies interdisciplinary minor.
     
    ARTH 212. Image, Cult, Devotion:Medieval Devotional Art and Its Audiences  Group 4    1 course
    This course examines the stunning variety of images (paintings, sculptures, prints) that served as catalysts to religious devotion for Christians in the Middle Ages, Renaissance and Reformation. How did the practice of venerating holy images take shape in early Christianity, why was it attacked as ?idolatry?, how was it defended, and what impact did this have on the tradition of picture-making in both Byzantium and the West? How did miraculous images of the holy persons--images that answered prayers, comforted the sinner or healed the sick with effusions of tears, blood or milk--become invested with their powers? What did it mean when, according to pious legend, Jesus authorized his own portraits (as in the Veronica or the Shroud of Turin)? What are the cultural-political implications for the image controversies of today? Drawing on psychology, anthropology, social history and the history of religions, we examine how the makers of devotional art created and shaped certain kinds of viewing practices and how, in social terms, new audiences for the new genres were created.
     
    ARTH 216. Art of India  Group 3    1 course
    Art and architecture of India and Pakistan, also Afghanistan, Cambodia, 250 BC to the present. Concentrates on sacred art (Buddhism, Jainism, Hinduism, Islam): sculpture and architecture and some painting, also modern (postcolonial) and contemporary art, architecture, and especially film. Theological, economic, political and historical conditions will be considered. Develop a critical and formal vocabulary for the major art forms reviewed (sculpture, architecture, painting and film), and develop an understanding of different artistic styles, schools, and traditions, as well as their specific religious, political and cultural contexts.
     
    ARTH 218. Cathedral and Court: Gothic Art  Group 4    1 course
    This course explores the spectacular visual culture of European society during the High and Late Middle Ages (roughly 12th-15th centuries). In this period the tremendous growth of cities and urban culture, along with economic expansion and social differentiation, created dynamic new forms of interaction between audiences and emerging genres of art.Through selected case studies of architecture, monumental sculpture, stained glass, reliquaries and altar pieces, illuminated manuscripts, luxury ivory carvings and other devotional images (including early graphic arts), students encounter medieval culture and society in all its dazzling diversity.Issues for investigation include: the rise of devotional art and lay spirituality; the impact of miracle tales, relic cults, pilgrimage and other forms of associational worship; the rise of the cult of the Virgin, Mary's role as heavenly intercessor, bridal mysticism and devotion to the Rosary; the culture of chivalry, the impact of the crusades and epic poetry; new forms of social violence, crime and punishment, as well as new models of sexuality and love. May be counted toward the European Studies interdisciplinary minor.
     
    ARTH 225. Modern Art and Modernity  Group 3    1 course
    Surveys the history of European and American art of the 20th century and the present, paying attention to changes in the artists' goals and understanding of what art is, as well as changes in materials, subject matter, audience and marketing. Some topics covered are: non-naturalistic representation and abstraction; rejection of traditional standards of quality and beauty; abandonment of painting and sculpture for new formats; role of the artist in society; mass culture and politics; issues of gender; colonialism; ideals of sincerity and authenticity as they motivated artists and their audiences.
     
    ARTH 228. Jewish Art and Architecture: Middle Ages to the Present  Group 4    1 course
    Long regarded as a people obedient to the second commandment prohibiting graven images, the Jews have been seen as alienated from visual communication, a nation without art. Nothing could be farther from the truth. Throughout the centuries, Jewish communities have made the visual arts an integral part of the Jewish experience, and produced artists and architects who have played pivotal, if not transformative, roles in the mainstreams of art's history. This course introduces students to the great variety of monuments and masterpieces through which Jews have expressed their religious and cultural aspirations, their folk customs and rituals, identities and memories, both joyous and sorrowful. Among the topics are: the legacy of King Solomon's Jerusalem Temple in the architecture and decoration of the synagogue; illuminated Hebrew manuscripts for feast and prayer; Jewish-Christian relations; Jewish ceremonial art; the emergence of professional Jewish artists in the 19th century; the role of Jews in the European avant-gardes of the 20th century; Israeli and Zionist art; post-Holocaust art and postmodernism; and we conclude with the World Trade Center project, designed by Jewish architect Daniel Liebeskind.
     
    ARTH 232. Islamic Art and Architecture  Group 3    1 course
    This course is an introduction to Muslim visual culture from its Arabian origins, through the medieval period of its ascendance, to the Turkish conquest of Constantinople in 1453 and Mughal rule in India. An introductory section surveys the historical and geographical parameters of Islamic civilization, its religious worldview, forms of political authority and social organization. Through slide-based lectures and group discussions, students then encounter the astonishing beauty of monuments such as the Dome of the Rock in Jerusalem, the Great Mosque of Cordoba, the Alhambra Palace in Granada, the Taj Mahal in Agra, and examine their decoration in a variety of media (painting, mosaic, stucco, ceramic tile). The luxury arts' breathtaking carvings in ivory or gold, lavishly illustrated manuscripts, fine pottery and glasswork--are studied against the backdrop of Islamic attitudes towards the arts, the prohibition of figurative imagery, the preeminence of calligraphy and textiles, and the cosmological meaning of geometrical design. Throughout the course students are made aware of the process of creative assimilation from pre-Islamic or non-Muslim traditions, a process by which Islam gradually acquired its own distinct visual identity, and projected its own cultural ambiance far beyond the Middle East.
     
    ARTH 235. Women and Medieval Art  Group 4    1 course
    What was the role of images in women's experience in the Middle Ages? This course seeks to answer that question through an examination of images made of, for and by women in this dynamic period of history. The course is framed by the legalization of Christianity (in 313) and Luther's declaration of Protestantism (in 1517), thereby focusing on the entire medieval tradition and its exploration of gender and image. The course seeks to understand the construction and subversion of gender roles through images. May be counted toward the Women's Studies and European Studies interdisciplinary minors.
     
    ARTH 290. Topics in The History of Art  Group 4 (Spring Semester 2005-06 only)    1 course
    An in-depth study of a particular topic in the history of art. It may be an examination of a specific artist, group or movement or an exploration of a particular theme or issue in art.
     
    ARTH 302. Italian Renaissance Art  Group 4    1 course
    The course explores developments in the visual arts (primarily painting and sculpture) in 15th-and 16th-century Italy and includes such artists as Masaccio, Donatello, Sofonisba Anguissola, Botticelli, Leonardo and Michelangelo. It is partly a chronological survey and partly a thematic exploration of important issues--the social construction of the artist; the concept of humanism and its effect on creative developments; the problems of Renaissance historiography; the question of whether or not women had a Renaissance. The class is also concerned with the presuppositions on which art historians have based their interpretations of Renaissance art and culture and on the methods that they have applied to support these presuppositions. Emphasis is on primary readings. Class sessions will be mostly discussion. May be counted toward the European Studies interdisciplinary minor.
     
    ARTH 310. Painting, Piety and Power: Northern Renaissance Art  Group 3    1 course
    This course examines the major painters working in the Low Countries (present-day Belgium, Luxembourg and the Netherlands) during the dynamic era encompassing the later Middle Ages, Renaissance and Reformation. Our survey covers the early Flemish painters Robert Campin, Jan van Eyck and Rogier van der Weyden, and their brilliant line of followers, Hans Memling, Hugo van der Goes, Geertgen tot Sint Jans, Hieronymus Bosch and Pieter Brueghel. Through group discussions and illustrated lectures, students become engaged not only with the distinctive visual character of these marvelous works of art, but also with their cultic, devotional, social and political uses. Special topics include: the development of a northern European realist tradition, changing forms of patronage and aesthetic production, the rising social status and self-consciousness of the artist, the changing character of piety and religious experience, the impact of humanism and Reformation and evolution of secular imagery (portraiture, landscape, satire and more). May be counted toward the European Studies interdisciplinary minor.
     
    ARTH 326. Abstract vs. Figurative Painting  Group 3    1 course
    Explores origins and developments of abstract painting. Look at, interpret, discuss, and differentiate between different kinds of abstract painting. Is it possible to recognize or find meaning in abstract art, and do different styles of abstraction mean different things? Is it possible to distinguish between good and bad abstract art? Is abstract painting a secret code, an exploration of design ideas and painting techniques, a record of an artist's interior life, or a blank slate onto which we project our own ideas? What is the relationship between abstract painting and the political and social upheavals of the 20th century? May be counted toward the European Studies interdisciplinary minor.
     
    ARTH 330. Van Gogh, Gauguin and "Post Impressionism"  Group 4    1 course
    This course considers how art historians have conceptualized "Post Impressionism" and explores the institutions (Academy, Salon, Ecole des Beaux Arts) and market structure (dealers, auction houses, the apparatus of art criticism) that influenced or controlled how, for whom and under what conditions art in 19th- century France was produced and how, where and by whom art was consumed (that is, used, purchased or viewed). Other issues considered are the social and financial consequences of the artists' independence from traditional institutions in 19th-century France and how women artists did or did not fit into these institutional and market structures. The "Post Impressionist" artists studied will be used as springboards to discuss some larger themes about art, artists, critics and audiences in a particular historical moment. Readings include primary sources--artists' letters, journals, excerpts from contemporary novels and art criticism from specialized and mainstream journals of the late 19th-century.May be counted toward the European Studies interdisciplinary minor.
     
    ARTH 332. Sin, Fear and Death in European Art, 1050-1550  Group 4    1 course
    This course explores a range of visual genres which, for medieval and early modern Europeans, thematized ideas about sin and vice, guilt and penance, contempt for the world, death, burial and decay, the horrors of Hell, the quest for purgation and the hope of resurrection at the end of time. Panoramic Last Judgment scenes from church portals; gruesome depictions of saints' deaths and the Passion of Christ; tomb sculpture showing the deceased as a worm-eaten skeleton; visions of Hell and its torments; the "Dance of Death" and other macabre themes--all are studied in the cultural context of Christian theology, popular religion and devotions, the catastrophes of the Black Death era, radical millenarianism and the repression of dangerous minority groups (heretics, Jews, witches, homosexuals). Did the Middle Ages and Reformation period bequeath to us, as one-historian claims, a distinctly Western "guilt culture", and if so, how has the iconography of sin and death persisted in Western art up to the present day? May be counted toward the European Studies interdisciplinary minor.
     
    ARTH 336. Art and Literature Paris and Berlin  Group 4    1 course
    The Paris of the 19th century, of Zola and the Impressionist painters was the city where the large-scale development of new methods of industry, finance, merchandising, government, and culture were given their most coherent concrete form. In the 20th century Berlin was at the center of, successively, German Expressionist painting, the European film industry, Nazism, and the Cold War. These two European capitals were at the intersection of individual personal experience and titanic historical forces. Close examination of painting, novels, film, architecture and urban planning, and the context within which they were produced.May be counted toward the European Studies interdisciplinary minor.
     
    ARTH 342. Art Theory and Criticism  Group 3    1 course
    Art criticism is a challenging literary genre. It seeks to put into language something which is inherently non-verbal, and leaves meaning open and unfixed. We discuss the idea of art theory ("aesthetics"), and some art-theoretical texts which have been foundational for Modernist and contemporary art; we discuss art criticism as a very particular kind of creative writing; we look at some central examples which distinguish themselves by having a theory of art underpinning them; we read and discuss contemporary art criticism; and we write some art criticism of our own.
     
    ARTH 345. History of Self-Portraiture  Group 3    1 course
    The self-portrait has a long and varied history: part manifesto, part self-expression, part philosophical investigation, the self-portrait invites questions of creativity and identity. How does an artist construct a self-portrait to represent both the self and the artistic project? The answers to this question provoke an examination of the changing uses and transformations of the genre. The course incorporates both original sources written by the artists themselves and scholarly sources contextualizing the artists and their self-portraits. Discussion-based course.May not count toward the European Studies interdisciplinary major.
     
    ARTH 390. Advanced Topics in the History of Art      1/2-1 course
    An independent directed study centered on a specific topic arranged with the instructor.
     
    ARTH 494. Art History Projects      1 course
    Advanced work in art history. Prerequisite: senior classification and a major in art history.
     

    Courses in Studio Art

    ARTS 152. Drawing I  Group 6    1 course
    Designed for the student with little or no prior drawing experience. This is an introduction to, and the practice of, the fundamental principles of drawing,(i.e., light and shade, perspective, composition, line and form). These basic principles are taught in conjunction with slide lectures and discussions of the drawing ideology of the masters. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    ARTS 153. Painting I  Group 6    1 course
    Designed for the student with little or no prior oil painting experience. This introduction includes development of a basic understanding of oil painting, color principles, line, form and composition. Principles are taught in conjunction with slide presentations and discussions of the painting ideology of past as well as contemporary masters. Generally it is recommended that students take Drawing I before Painting I. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    ARTS 160. Digital Art I  Group 6    1 course
    The course involves the exploration of a sequence of computer imaging concepts that begins with an introduction to object and bit map image making. These types of images are then used in context of computer animation that is output as video or run on the computer. The course concludes with an introduction to hypermedia authoring in which the imaging and animation techniques explored earlier are applied to the creation of computer documents that also incorporate sound and interactivity. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    ARTS 163. Photography I  Group 6    1 course
    An introduction to the art of black-and-white photography, this course provides opportunities for learning personal expression, critical thinking, and the aesthetics of photography through darkroom experiences and camera assignments. A 35-millimeter camera with a manual control is required. Some cameras are available for student checkout. Please see the instructor. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    ARTS 165 . Video I  Group 6    1 course
    An introduction to digital video art production through camera and editing assignments. This course includes readings and screenings on contemporary and historical issues surrounding the medium of video art. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    ARTS 170. Sculpture I  Group 6    1 course
    An introduction to the concepts and technical skills associated with three dimensional media. The class explores the principles of 3D design, such as structure, organic/inorganic forms and spatial relationships. The curriculum introduces these concepts through a series of projects which develop basic technical skills with a through a variety of materials including clay, plaster, steel, paper and wood. Not offered Pass/Fail.
     
    ARTS 175. Ceramics I  Group 6    1 course
    Basic experience with fired clay as an art material. This course includes techniques of shaping, glazing and firing clay. An introduction to the chemistry of glazes and heat treatment. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    ARTS 197S. First-Year Seminar  Group 6    1 course
    A seminar focused on a theme related to the study of studio art. Open only to first-year students.
     
    ARTS 253. Painting II  Group 6    1 course
    A continuation of the formal painting issues with attention given to individual concept development. Prerequisite: ARTS 153. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    ARTS 263. Photography II  Group 6    1 course
    Continuing work in traditional and experimental techniques of photography. Some technical areas may cover color printing, studio lighting, mural printing and alternative processes. Emphasis on individual development of both conceptual and technical concerns. Prerequisite: ARTS 163. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    ARTS 265. Video II  Group 6    1 course
    Continuing work in traditional and experimental techniques of digital video art. Emphasis on individual development of both conceptual and technical concerns. Prerequisite: ARTS 165. Not offered Pass/Fail.
     
    ARTS 270. Sculpture II      1 course
    Continuing work in traditional and experimental aspects of sculpture. Emphasis on individual development of both conceptual and technical concerns. Prerequisite: ARTS 170. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    ARTS 275. Ceramics II  Group 6    1 course
    Advanced work with clay and glazes. Emphasis on kiln stacking and firing and individual projects. Prerequisite: ARTS 175. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    ARTS 353. Painting III  Group 6    1 course
    Attention given to individual painting proposals supported with lectures and critiques. Prerequisite: ARTS 253. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    ARTS 363. Photography III  Group 6    1 course
    Students will pursue their own photographic project proposals supported with critiques and individual instruction. Emphasis on individual development of both conceptual and technical concerns. Prerequisite: ARTS 263. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    ARTS 365. Video III  Group 6    1 course
    Students will pursue their own digital video art project proposals supported with critiques and individualized instruction. Emphasis on individual development of both conceptual and technical concerns. Prerequisite: ARTS 265. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    ARTS 370. Sculpture III      1 course
    Continuing work in traditional and experimental aspects of sculpture. Emphasis on individual development of both conceptual and technical concerns. Prerequisite: ARTS 270. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    ARTS 375. Ceramics III  Group 6    1 course
    Advanced work with clay and glazes. Emphasis on kiln stacking and firing and individual projects. Prerequisite: ARTS 275. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    ARTS 398. Studio Art Topics  Group 6    1/2-1 course
    A. Drawing and Painting; B. Ceramics and Sculpture; C. Photography, Video and Digital Art. Studio work in specialty media not otherwise offered.Not offered Pass/Fail.
     
    ARTS 492. Senior Projects  Group 6    1 course
    The capstone course for senior studio art majors. Students develop a body of work in their chosen medium leading to an exhibition at the end of the year. Prerequisite: senior classification and a major in studio art. Not offered Pass/Fail.
     

    Courses in Art Education

    ARTE 400. Art Teaching Methods      1 course
    Meets the requirements of students seeking a teaching certificate in art K-12. (This course is a study of the philosophy of education.) Includes lesson planning, courses of study, sources of supplies and equipment used in teaching art. Prerequisite: an art major with junior or senior classification.
     
    ARTE 400E. Art Teaching Methods for Elementary Schools      1 course
    Designed to introduce the elementary teaching majors to the purposes and methods of art education at the elementary level. (This course is a study of the philosophy of education.) Practically, the course introduces the various media available to the classroom teacher and the role of art education in the grades. Prerequisite: junior or senior classification.
     

    Asian Studies

    (Program Homepage)

    C. Andrews, S. Basu, M. Chandler, L. Chiang, Y. Chiang, H. Chiba, J. Fuller, M. MacKenzie, S. Mou, S. Sahu, L. Smogor, P. Watt (director)

    The University offers a broad range of courses dealing with Indian, Chinese and Japanese cultures. The Asian Studies Committee, headed by the director of Asian Studies, oversees both a major in East Asian Studies and a minor in Asian Studies. Students with a special interest in Asia are urged to take advantage of opportunities to study, either for a term or a full academic year, in India, China or Japan. Graduates of the Asian studies program typically go on to employment in business and education or enter professional and graduate schools.

    In addition to a major in East Asian Studies and a minor in Asian Studies, a minor in Japanese language is offered. Consult the Modern Languages section of the catalog.

    The Asian Studies Committee periodically reviews the list of courses that may be applied to both the East Asian Studies major and the Asian Studies minor.

    Requirements for a major in East Asian Studies:

    Total courses required: Nine to eleven
    Core courses:
  • Two to four semesters of Chinese or Japanese language beyond the 100 level, including: JAPN 251, JAPN 252, CHIN 261, CHIN 262, JAPN 351, JAPN 352, CHIN 361, JAPN 451
  • Two of the following introductory courses: HIST 107, HIST 108, REL 130E (a course that always includes sections on China and Japan)
  • ASIA 480
  • Other required courses: Four courses from the following (two of the four courses must be at the 300-400 level):
  • CHIN 361
  • ASIA 140, ASIA 250, ASIA 281, ASIA 282, ASIA 290 (when an East Asian topic), ASIA 390, ASIA 470
  • ANTH 277
  • HIST 252, HIST 290 (when an East Asian topic), HIST 350, HIST 351, HIST 353, HIST 490 (Seminar: East Asia), HIST 491
  • JAPN 351, JAPN 352, JAPN 451
  • PHIL 218
  • POLS 253
  • REL 258, REL 352, REL 491
  • (A number of other courses apply toward the Asian Studies program. See the Schedule of Classes each semester for a complete listing.)
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Three
    Senior requirement: A student usually takes ASIA 480 in the fall semester of the senior year; in it, the student will complete a substantial essay, including an oral examination.
    Additional information: A maximum of two non-language courses per term may be counted toward the major from off-campus programs.

    Requirements for a minor in Asian Studies:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: Approved courses chosen from those listed for the major, drawn from at least two disciplines
    Other courses:
  • In addition to the courses listed under the East Asian Studies major, the following courses may be applied toward the minor: ANTH 290 (when an appropriate topic), ANTH 277, JAPN 151, JAPN 152, CHIN 161, CHIN 162, REL 130, REL 253, REL 257, POLS 150.
  • No more than two courses in Asian language and no more than two courses from an off-campus program may be included in the minor.
  • The 300-400 level course must be taken on campus and may not be an independent study course.
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Courses in Asian Studies

    ASIA 140. Introduction to Chinese Culture  Group 2    1 course
    This course introduces the elements of contemporary and traditional Chinese culture. It provides students with a fundamental yet diverse knowledge of China and its culture through examination of its manifestations: political, religious, social, cultural, and economic. Topics include history, traditional belief systems, society, languages, arts and literature, performance traditions, daily life and customs, ethnicity and gender issues, science and technology, business and government.
     
    ASIA 197. First-Year Seminar in Asian Studies      1 course
    A seminar focused on a theme related to the study of Asia. Open only to first-year students.
     
    ASIA 250. China on Screen  Group 3    1 course
    Through viewing and discussing cinematic films, students will learn to appreciate how China has been presented as a nation and a culture by generations of Chinese directors from China, Hong Kong, Taiwan, and other cultural enclaves and by current film critics, both Chinese and western. Topics include the history of the Chinese film industry, major genres in Chinese cinema, the issues of cultural hegemony, as well as cinematic constructions of "so-called" Chinese gender, nationhood and individuality.
     
    ASIA 281. Traditional Japanese Literature  Group 3, lit    1 course
    A survey of Japanese literature, in English translation, from the eighth to the 18th century. Works from a variety of genres (poetry, plays, novels, diaries) are examined.
     
    ASIA 282. Modern Japanese Novelists  Group 3, lit    1 course
    A study, in translation, of major Japanese novelists of the 19th and 20th centuries, including Natsume Soseki (Kokoro), the Nobel Prize winner Kawabata Jasunari (Snow Country), Murakami Haruki (Sputnik Sweetheart) and Hoshimoto Banana (Kitchen).
     
    ASIA 290. Topics in Asian Studies      1 course
    Usually a course on aspects of one of the societies and cultures studied in the Asian Studies program (India, China and Japan) or a comparative treatment of aspects of these cultures.
     
    ASIA 390. Topics in East Asian Studies      1 course
    Examines selected themes, genres or periods in Chinese and Japanese literature, or explores, in an interdisciplinary manner, issues and/or periods in Chinese and Japanese cultural and intellectual history. Prerequisite: HIST 107, HIST 108 or REL 130E .
     
    ASIA 470. Directed Readings in East Asian Studies      1 course
    Independent study for majors or, by permission of the instructor, for students with significant coursework in an aspect of East Asian Studies.
     
    ASIA 480. East Asian Studies Senior Seminar      1 course
    Required of majors in East Asian Studies. Normally taken in the fall semester of the senior year.
     

    Biology

    (Program Homepage)

    V. Artman, L. Bedard, J. Benedix (chair), D. Dudle, P. Evans, C. Fornari, W. Hazel, K. Kinney, P. Lafontant, J. Marshall, H. Schneider, D. Seketa, B. Serlin, R. Stark, J. Vaglia

    Biology is the scientific study of living things. Therefore the major and minor in biology are designed to introduce students to the methodology of science while providing a broad exposure to the diversity of life at all levels. Students may also, through their choice of upper-level classes, explore specific areas of interest, such as cell and molecular biology, organismal biology, or ecology and evolutionary biology.

    In addition to its standard course offerings, the department offers numerous opportunities for collaborative research and learning with faculty. For example, internships and other research opportunities, both on and off-campus, are available during the January Winter Term and in the summer. Many students also spend a semester away from campus, either in an off-campus study program, such as the School for Field Studies, Denmark International Study, the School for International Training, or as an intern at such institutions as Oak Ridge or Argonne National Laboratories, Harvard Medical School, or the Mayo Clinic.

    Requirements for a major in Biology:

    Total courses required: Ten and one-half
    Core courses: BIO 135, BIO 145, BIO 215, BIO 450.
    Other required courses: CHEM 120, required as a prerequisite for BIO 215. The remaining six Biology courses can be selected from any of the approved courses for the major, with a minimum of three courses at the 300 or 400 level.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Three
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of the completion of BIO 450 with a grade of C- or better.
    Additional information:
  • No more than two courses from off-campus programs can count toward the major.
  • It is recommended that biology majors take a minimum of two courses in chemistry, a year of physics and a semester of calculus or statistics.
  • Course work in computer science is also desirable.
  • Requirements for a minor in Biology:

    Total courses required: Seven
    Core courses: BIO 135, BIO 145, BIO 215
    Other courses: CHEM 120, required as a prerequisite for BIO 215. The remaining three Biology courses must be at the 200 level or above with a minimum of one course at the 300 or 400 level.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Courses in Biology

    BIO 101. Understanding Evolution  Group 1    1 course
    The course examines origin and implications of Darwin's theory of evolution. Topics covered include: the historical development of the theory, the origin of adaptation, human evolution and human behavior. May not be counted toward a major in biology.
     
    BIO 104. Human Biology  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. An entry level course that examines biological principles as they relate to the functioning of human body systems, and to advances in medical science (or just health) and biotechnology. May not be counted toward a major in biology.
     
    BIO 105. Human Genetics  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. An entry level course examining basic principles of genetics, emphasizing human genetics, various disorders and their ethical and economic impact on society. May not be counted toward a major in biology.
     
    BIO 130. Plants in Human Cultures  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. In this course, students will address the many ways that humans interact with the botanical world. Topics covered include, but are not limited to: the history and evolution of agricultural practices and crop plants, the botanical and chemical aspects of food and spice crops, genetic engineering of crops, traditional uses of medicinal plants in human cultures, modern searches for cures for human diseases using plant-derived chemicals, the effects of humans on the distribution of plant species and the evolutionary origins of such plant products as wood, cotton, oils, etc. May not be counted toward a major in biology.
     
    BIO 135. Organismal Biology  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. Introduces concepts of structure-function relationships in representative multicellular organisms (plants and animals). Aspects of organismal maintenance, environmental response, growth, and reproduction are related to structure, and comparisons made between specializations in representative plants and animals. Students with advance placement in biology may receive credit for this course.
     
    BIO 145. Ecology and Evolution  Group 1    1 course
    This course examines the principles and practice of evolutionary biology, Mendelian and population genetics, and ecology at the individual, population, community, and ecosystem levels.
     
    BIO 156. Advanced Placement in Biology      1 course
    Credit for students earning advanced placement in biology.
     
    BIO 197. First-Year Seminar      1 course
    A seminar focused on a theme related to the study of biology. Open only to first-year students.
     
    BIO 203. Human Anatomy  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. Examination of human structure as it relates to organ and body function and human adaptation to the environment. Laboratory: dissection of a mammal with reference to its comparison with the human.
     
    BIO 215. Cell and Genes  Group 1    1 course
    An introduction to cell biology and molecular biology. Topics covered include macromolecules, membrane and organelle structure and function, cellular metabolism and cell cycle, molecular genetics of prokaryotes and eukaryotes, DNA structure and function, gene expression and genetic engineering, and genomics. Prerequisites: CHEM 120.
     
    BIO 230. Plant Biology  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. An introduction to the principles of plant biology. Topics covered include plant development and reproduction, responses to environmental variables, and applied uses. Prerequisites: BIO 135 and 145, or permission of instructor.
     
    BIO 250. Microbiology  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. A general overview of microbiology. Topics covered include microbial genetics, physiology, evolution and ecology, microbial techniques and the interplay between microbial life and the human environment. Prerequisites: BIO 215 (BIO 145 also recommended) or permission of instructor.
     
    BIO 285. Biodiversity  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. A diagnostic overview of major taxa within both prokaryotes and eukaryotes which includes phylogeny, systematics, defining attributes, and comparative life cycles. Prerequisites: BIO 135 and 145, or permission of instructor.
     
    BIO 290. Topics      1/2-1 course
    Selected topics in Biology. May or may not include a laboratory, depending on the subject. Prerequisite: one year of biology or permission of instructor.
     
    BIO 314. Biochemistry and Cellular Biology  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. A study of the dynamic aspects of the structure, function and regulation of eukaryotic cells. The molecular nature of the gene and gene expression are examined. The intercellular functions that maintain cell viability and the coordination between cell in multicellular organisms are examined. Prerequisites: BIO 135, 145 and 215, or permission of instructor.
     
    BIO 315. Molecular Biology  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes three hour laboratory. This course presents advanced concepts of molecular biology with the experimental evidence and practice of genetic engineering and recombinant DNA technology. Lectures focus on explaining biological phenomena in molecular and biochemical terms, including DNA-Protein interactions in gene regulation, and provide conceptual support for the laboratory experiments. Laboratory work focuses on a semester-long project using biochemical and molecular techniques. Prerequisites: BIO 215 and CHEM 120.
     
    BIO 320. Genetics  Group 1    1 course
    Normally includes laboratory. The study of gene transmission, structure and function. Topics include patterns of inheritance, microbial and molecular genetics, quantitative and population genetics. Prerequisite: BIO 135, 145 and 215, or permission of instructor.
     
    BIO 325. Bioinformatics      1 course
    Normally includes a 2 hour laboratory session per week. An introduction to the molecular theory and computational tools for analyzing gene and protein sequences. A major activity is the use of computer programs and algorithms to find and align gene and protein sequences, to predict protein structure and function, and to create network maps and phylogenetic histories from molecular sequences. Prerequisites: BIO 215 or permission of instructor.
     
    BIO 334. Developmental Biology  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. A comparative investigation of embryonic development, including cell differentiation, tissue organization and mechanisms of organ development. Prerequisites: BIO 135, BIO 145 and BIO 215.
     
    BIO 335. Animal Physiology  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. General principles of animal physiology are considered. All major systems are included. Laboratory work: standard physiological experiments. Prerequisites: BIO 135 and 215, or permission of instructor.
     
    BIO 342. Ecology  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. The study of interrelationships between organisms and their environment, emphasizing fundamental concepts in ecology, natural history of local habitats and organisms, the process of ecological research, and current issues of interest in ecology. Prerequisites: BIO 135 and 145, or permission of instructor.
     
    BIO 345. Conservation Biology      1 course
    Includes laboratory. This course will address the impacts of humans on Earth's biodiversity, and strategies taken to conserve and protect global natural resources. Topics covered may include global patterns of biodiversity, ecological community structure, habitat exploitation and restoration by humans, genetics of small populations, design of nature reserves, problems associated with invasive species. Prerequisites: BIO 135 and BIO 145, Ecology and Evolution or permission of instructor.
     
    BIO 346. Plant-Animal Interactions  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. An examination of plants and animals from a holistic, interactive perspective, focusing on the ongoing coevolution between plants and animals. Both positive and negative interactions for both types of organisms are examined. Prerequisites: BIO 135, 145 and 215, or permission of instructor.
     
    BIO 348. Behavioral Ecology  Group 2    1 course
    Includes laboratory. This course is concerned with an evolutionarily based analysis of how the behaviors of animals contribute to survival and reproductive success. Prerequisites: BIO 135 and 145, or permission of instructor.
     
    BIO 361. Immunology  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. Investigation of the principles of immunology, including clinical principles of pathogen resistance, autoimmunity, immunodeficiency and cancer. Both basic science and clinical science will be addressed, as will comparative aspects of innate and acquired immunity. Laboratory consists of basic and investigative projects involving the use of live animals. Prerequisite: BIO 135, 145 and 215, or permission of instructor.
     
    BIO 375. Biostatistics  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. A detailed survey of the techniques involved in the collection and analysis of biological data. Topics include sampling and the types of biological data, hypothesis generation and testing, parametric and nonparametric statistical tests, categorical data analysis and design of experiments. Prerequisites: BIO 135 and 145, or permission of instructor. Not open to students with credit in ECON 350, MATH 441, MATH 442 or PSY 214.
     
    BIO 382. Neurobiology  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. Examines the structure and function of individual neurons and glial cells, the formation of integrative circuits and the comparative organization and evolution of animal nervous systems of increasing complexity from nerve nets to humans. Prerequisite: BIO 135 and 215 or permission of instructor.
     
    BIO 390. Topics      1/2-1 course
    Selected topics in biology are offered. Prerequisite: one year of biology or permission of instructor.
     
    BIO 400. Teaching of Biology      1/2 course
    Deals with the principles and problems of teaching biology. Not applicable to the major or the minor. Prerequisite: permission of instructor.
     
    BIO 415 . Molecular Genetics  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. This course presents advanced concepts of gene regulation and signal transduction in a variety of organisms, and includes topics in the molecular genetics of cancer, development, neurobiology, or virology. Prerequisite: BIO 315. May not be taken Pass/Fail.
     
    BIO 444. Population Genetics and Evolution  Group 1    1 course
    Normally includes laboratory. An examination of the role of evolution as the central organizing concept in biology and role of population genetics as the core of evolutionary theory. Prerequisite: BIO 135, 145 and 215, or permission of instructor.
     
    BIO 450. Senior Seminar      1/2 course
    Students read, present and discuss research papers from a variety of areas in biology. Prerequisite: a major in biology and senior status. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    BIO 490. Research Problems      1/2-1 course
    Directed independent study. Prerequisite: two years of biology and permission of department. Usually taken for one-half credit. Maximum 1 credit total.
     

    Black Studies

    (Program Homepage)

    R. Bordt, A. Castaneda, V. Dickerson, M. Dixon-Fyle, L. Foy, D. Gellman, T. Hall, R. Henry, L. James, T. Morris, B. O'Bannon, M. O'Ware, C. Peterson, S. Sahu, J. Schlotterbeck, Y. Williams.

    A discipline that examines and critiques the experience of Africans and peoples of African descent, Black Studies emerged on college campuses in the midst of the Civil Rights and Black Power movements of the 1960s and has been a central force in reshaping higher learning in the United States. Representing a strong and continuous intellectual presence in the academy, Black Studies challenges all students to explore issues of identity and subject formation, of race and difference; to understand the collective experience of black people in today's world; to develop the ability to examine, analyze and interpret these experiences within the context of liberal learning. Involving black people throughout the world and over time, Black Studies is the only discipline that situates black people at the center of study and offers an intellectual tool without seeking intellectual hegemony.

    Black Studies at DePauw is conceived as a multidisciplinary study of the collective experience of Africa and the African diaspora. As an intellectual pursuit attuned to the ways in which nation, race, social class, ethnicity and gender inform relations, Black Studies describes, represents, critiques and interrogates the multiple and shifting historical, cultural, social and political meanings of blackness, focusing on the disaporan societies, cultures and people of the United States, Africa, Latin America and the Caribbean.

    The goals of the program are to: 1) develop and strengthen critical writing and analytical skills, while challenging traditional ways of thinking about difference, 2) foster a critical consciousness about global relations and how blacks play a constitutive and performative role in these relations, 3) enable students to understand how a knowledge of the black experience will enhance their engagement with contemporary social, cultural and political issues, and prepare them for world citizenship and 4) give an inter-cultural dimension to students' growing store of knowledge.

    A major and minor are offered in Black Studies.

    Requirements for a major in Black Studies:

    Total courses required: Ten
    Core courses: BLST 100, BLST 240, BLST 281, BLST 480
    Other required courses: In addition to the four core courses, majors must choose six electives with at least one course from each of the following three fields of study: African, African American, and Afro-Latin/Caribbean. Elective courses include:
  • ANTH 271, ANTH 352
  • EDUC 300
  • ENG 263
  • HIST 105, HIST 109, HIST 110, HIST 256, HIST 257, HIST 275, HIST 355, HIST 356, HIST 367
  • POLS 320, POLS 323, POLS 352
  • REL 269
  • SOC 237, SOC 301, SOC 337
  • or other courses approved by the director.
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Four
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of the completion of the Black Studies Senior Project (which counts as one of the upper-level courses).
    Additional information:

    Requirements for a minor in Black Studies:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: BLST 100
    Other courses:
  • Three of the five courses should be outside a student's major.
  • At least one course from two of the three following geographic areas is required: African, African American, Afro-Latin/Caribbean.
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Courses in Black Studies

    BLST 100. Introduction to Black Studies  Group 4    1 course
    Designed as the gateway to Black Studies, this course is an interdisciplinary exploration of the collective experience of blacks in Africa, Latin America, the Caribbean and the United States. The course seeks to provide students an intellectual framework for engagement in a process of self-discovery and for achieving a more global understanding of the unique ways in which Africans and peoples of African descent have constituted our world. The course, which introduces important theoretical approaches and builds critical and analytical skills, provides an overview of the historical, socio-economic and cultural dynamics of black life.
     
    BLST 240. Readings in Literatures of the Black Diaspora  Group 3    1 course
    This course explores the literary expressions of Africans and peoples of African descent as they are found in the Caribbean, Latin America and the United States. Works by such writers as Achebe, Ngugi, Kincaid, Walcott, Guillen, Morejon, Reed and Morrison may be included.
     
    BLST 281. Africa and the Black Diaspora  Group 2    1 course
    An exploration of the historical foundations and the development of black life in Africa and its later diffusion in the Black Diaspora. Its purview will range from pre-colonial dynamics to the more contemporary manifestations of global black history in North America, Europe, the Caribbean, Central America, Latin America and Melanesia. Topics may include: African cultures before European contact, the slave trade and its impact on Africa and the Atlantic economy, the middle passage, internal migration in Africa and case studies of the creation of diasporic communities and cultures.
     
    BLST 290. Topics in Black Studies      1/2-1 course
    This course explores some issue, theme or period related to Black Studies. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    BLST 390. Advanced Topics in Black Studies      1/2-1 course
    An interdisciplinary study of some significant issue, theme or period relevant to Black Studies. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    BLST 480. Senior Project      1 course
    Students work with the director of Black Studies or a faculty member who teaches in the program to complete a major project or paper that focuses on some aspect of the black experience.
     
    BLST 490. Independent Study      1/2-1 course
    An in-depth directed study under the guidance of a faculty member associated with the Black Studies program, using Black Studies' methodologies and scholarship.
     

    Chemistry and Biochemistry

    (Program Homepage)

    S. Crary, M. Dequeant, H. Eppley, B. Gourley (chair), D. Gurnon, J. Hansen, B. Hanson, D. Harvey, R. Martoglio, D. Roberts, J. Roberts

    Knowledge of the chemical world is important for any educated person because chemical concepts and issues affect so many aspects of our personal lives and society. Coursework in chemistry naturally prepares one to understand the physical and living worlds; it also prepares one to make scientifically-informed contributions to many other fields and to society. Areas such as molecular biology, environmental law and policy, bioethics, patent law, medicine and education are examples of fields where chemical knowledge is needed. Both biochemistry and chemistry majors pursue graduate studies in chemistry, biochemistry or medicine upon graduation. Other career paths available to these majors include employment in fields such as the pharmaceutical industry, law, environmental monitoring and technical sales/management.

    The chemistry faculty encourages students to participate in collaborative research during the school year, Winter Term and summers. Such research is an important facet of a student's education. Students may also choose to pursue an internship at a national laboratory or in an industrial or medical setting at some point in their training. All chemistry students may participate in the activities of the award-winning Chemistry Club. The Pre-health Professions Club and the Women in Science group also sponsor speakers and activities of interest to chemistry students.

    Majors and minors are offered in chemistry and biochemistry.

    No chemistry course may be taken pass/fail.

    Requirements for a major in Chemistry:

    Total courses required: Nine and one-quarter
    Core courses:
  • CHEM 120, CHEM 130, CHEM 170, CHEM 240, CHEM 260
  • Other required courses: Chemistry majors must also complete advanced courses in three categories as follows:
  • Chemical Reactivity (1.5 courses chosen from CHEM 320, CHEM 331, CHEM 332, CHEM 335; at least one class must include lab);
  • Chemical Analysis (CHEM 450 plus one course chosen from CHEM 351, CHEM 352, CHEM 353, CHEM 354);
  • Theoretical and Computational Chemistry (CHEM 460 plus one course chosen from CHEM 361, CHEM 362, CHEM 363, CHEM 364).
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Four and one-half
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of satisfactory performance on the Chemistry Comprehensive Examination and satisfactory attendance at departmental seminars during the junior and senior years.
    Additional information:

    Requirements for a major in Biochemistry:

    Total courses required: Nine and one-quarter
    Core courses: CHEM 120, CHEM 130, CHEM 170, CHEM 240, CHEM 260, CHEM 310, CHEM 343, CHEM 440
    Other required courses: Two courses selected from:
  • CHEM 342, BIO 250, BIO 314, BIO 320, BIO 325, BIO 335, BIO 361, BIO 382, BIO 415
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: At least 3.0 courses
    Senior requirement: Satisfactory performance on the Biochemistry Comprehensive Examination and satisfactory attendance at departmental seminars during the junior and senior years are required.
    Additional information: With the approval of their advisor, students may apply CHEM 335, CHEM 354, CHEM 364, BIO 390 or BIO 490 toward the "other required courses" (such courses should have a biochemical emphasis).With the approval of their advisor, students may apply up to 0.5 course of research (CHEM 395, CHEM 405, and BIO 490).

    Requirements for a minor in Biochemistry:

    Total courses required: Five and one-quarter
    Core courses:
  • CHEM 120, CHEM 170, CHEM 240, CHEM 260 and CHEM 343
  • NOTE: Chemistry majors may not earn a minor in Biochemistry.
  • Other courses:
  • 1 course chosen from: CHEM 342, BIO 314, BIO 320, BIO 361
  • With the approval of their advisor, students may apply chemistry 300 or 400-level courses, BIO 390 or BIO 490 toward the minor. Such courses should have a biochemical emphasis.
  • No more than 0.5 course of research (CHEM 395, CHEM 405, BIO 490) may be counted toward the minor.
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: 2

    Requirements for a minor in Chemistry:

    Total courses required: Five and one-quarter
    Core courses:
  • CHEM 170
  • NOTE: Biochemistry majors may not earn a minor in Chemistry.
  • Other courses:
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Courses in Chemistry and Biochemistry

    CHEM 100. Medicinal Plants for Poets  Group 1, lab    1 course, class and lab
    This course examines the concepts needed to understand medicinal plants from a broad scientific and cultural perspective. In addition to developing basic chemical concepts (emphasizing bonding and structure, and their effects on chemical behavior), the course will draw on areas such as pharmacology in order to build a complete picture of how medicinal plants function. Issues such as the cultural origins of medicinal plant knowledge, the nature of scientific methods/scientific truth and the changing role of medicinal plants in society will also be examined. The laboratory will consist of experiments and activities designed to illustrate and elaborate on ideas discussed in lecture. No prerequisites. Not open to students with credit for any college chemistry course. May not be counted toward a major in chemistry. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 120. Structure and Properties of Organic Molecules  Group 1, lab    1 course, class and lab
    This course introduces the basics of chemical bonding, structure and behavior in the context of organic molecules. Emphasis is placed on the nature of bonding, how chemists determine structure, the three-dimensional aspects of structure and how molecular structure determines chemical behavior. Lab activities are designed to reinforce class topics while introducing common organic lab techniques, such as liquid-liquid extraction, NMR, IR, GC/MS, and molecular modeling. Prerequisite: high school chemistry or CHEM 100. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 130. Structure and Properties of Inorganic Compounds  Group 1, lab    1 course, class and lab
    An introduction to structure, bonding and properties of inorganic compounds. Topics covered include basic quantum theory, bonding theories, molecular and solid state structure and periodic properties of the elements and their compounds. Application of these topics to biological, environmental and geological systems will be stressed. The lab will focus on the synthesis of inorganic substances, including simple ionic substances and coordination complexes, and their characterization by UV/Vis and IR spectroscopy, magnetic susceptibility and conductivity. Prerequisite: high school chemistry or CHEM 100. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 156. Advanced Placement in General Chemistry  Group 1    1 course
    Advanced placement credit for entering first-year students.
     
    CHEM 170. Stoichiometric Calculations      1/4 course, class only
    A review of the quantitative treatment of chemistry and chemical reactions. Topics include ways to express the absolute and relative amount of chemicals (grams, moles and concentration), balancing chemical reactions, mole-to-mole relationships, limiting reagents and theoretical yields. The course is composed of a series of self-paced modules. There are no class meetings. Prerequisite: high school chemistry or CHEM 100. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 197. First-year Seminar      1 course, class and lab
    A seminar focused on a theme related to the study of chemistry. Open only to first-year students. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 240. Structure and Function of Biomolecules  Group 1, lab    1 course, class and lab
    An introduction to the molecules of living organisms. Topics will include the chemical and physical nature of biological macromolecules, including proteins, nucleic acids, lipids and carbohydrates. The lab will emphasize characterization of biomolecules using common biochemical techniques. Physical and computer models will be utilized in both class and lab. Prerequisite: CHEM 120. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 260. Thermodynamics, Equilibrium and Kinetics  Group 1, lab    1 course, class and lab
    A rigorous introduction to the theoretical principles governing the favorability of reactions, extent of reactions and rate of reactions. The application of these topics to environmental chemistry, geochemistry and/or biochemistry is also considered. Laboratory work is designed to reinforce class topics while stressing the importance of making careful quantitative measurements and the careful design of experiments. Prerequisite: CHEM 170, and CHEM 120 or CHEM 130. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 310. Enzyme Mechanisms      1 course
    An introduction to organic mechanisms as they occur in metabolic processes. The course begins with a rigorous study of organic mechanisms commonly seen in biological systems, and progresses to the mechanisms behind the transformations of lipids, carbohydrates, amino acids and nucleotides in metabolic pathways. Examples from the primary literature will be considered in detail. Not open to students with credit in CHEM 320. Prerequisite: Chem 240. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 320. Organic Mechanisms and Synthesis  Group 1, lab    1 course, class and lab
    This course focuses on the concept of reaction mechanisms, surveys a variety of reactions, and introduces the principles of organic synthetic design and strategy. Laboratory introduces fundamental methods of synthesis and purification, and makes heavy use of instrumentation to verify structure and purity. Prerequisite: CHEM 120 and 170. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 331. Inorganic Reaction Mechanisms  Group 1    1/2 course, class only
    Topics include organometallic reaction mechanisms, inorganic catalytic cycles, inner and outer sphere redox chemistry, dissociative and associative mechanisms in coordination chemistry, major bioinorganic reaction mechanisms and inorganic photochemistry. Prerequisite: CHEM 120, 130 and 260. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 332. Inorganic Synthesis  Group 1, lab    1/2 course, 1 hour class and lab
    A laboratory course focusing on advanced synthesis techniques, such as air sensitive handling, sublimation and solid-state synthesis. Use of the chemical literature will be integrated into the course. Prerequisite: CHEM 120, 130, and 260. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 335. Topics in Chemical Reactivity      1/2 course, class or lab
    Selected topics in inorganic and organic chemical reactivity are offered. May be repeated for credit (with a different topic). Prerequisite: varies with topic. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 341. Metabolism (discontinued after Fall Semester 2005)  Group 1    1/2 course
    A detailed examination of the function, bioenergetics and regulatory mechanisms of enzymes in the context of intermediate metabolism. Focuses on chemical transformation, regulation and integration at both cellular level and between different organs--lecture only. Prerequisites: CHEM 240 and CHEM 260. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 342. Topics in Biochemistry      1/2 course, class or lab
    Selected topics in biochemistry are offered. May be repeated for credit (with a different topic). Prerequisite: varies with topic. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 343. Advanced Biochemistry      1 course
    A detailed examination of the function, bioenergetics and regulatory mechanisms of enzymes in the context of intermediate metabolism.Focuses on chemical transformation, regulation and integration at the level of cells and organs. The project-oriented laboratory focuses on advanced techniques such as methods of isolation and those needed to analyze structure and function of biomolecules. Prerequisites: CHEM 240 and CHEM 260. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 351. Chemometrics  Group 1    1/2 course, class only
    An introduction to the mathematical handling of chemical data, including the statistical analysis of data, linear regression, standardization strategies, sampling, optimization and ruggedness testing. Prerequisite: CHEM 260. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 352. Analytical Equilibria  Group 1    1/2 course, class only
    This course provides a more detailed examination of equilibrium chemistry and its application to gravimetry, titrimetry and analytical separations, including solvent extractions and chromatography. Prerequisite: CHEM 260. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 353. Instrumental Methods of Analysis  Group 1    1/2 course, class only
    A detailed examination of spectroscopic, electrochemical and flow injection methods of analysis. The application of kinetic methods of analysis is also considered. Prerequisite: CHEM 260. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 354. Topics in Chemical Analysis      1/2 course, class or lab
    Selected topics in chemical analysis are offered. May be repeated for credit (with a different topic). Prerequisite: varies with topic. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 361. Chemical Kinetics  Group 1    1/2 course, class only
    A careful study of the key methods for the kinetic analysis of chemical systems. In addition to reviewing basic methodologies, such as the method of initial rates and simple integrated rate equations, considerable attention is given to more complicated kinetic mechanisms. Consecutive, competing, oscillating and explosive reactions are covered. Prerequisite: MATH 152, PHYS 130 and CHEM 260. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 362. Chemical Thermodynamics  Group 1    1/2 course, class only
    This course will look at the fundamental principles of thermodynamics and how those principles govern the behavior of chemical systems. Emphasis will be given to applications in biochemical systems. Prerequisite: MATH 152, PHYS 130, and CHEM 260. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 363. Quantum Mechanics in Chemistry  Group 1    1/2 course, class only
    This course examines the core quantum mechanical models, including the particle in a box, harmonic oscillator, rigid rotor, and hydrogen atom. Emphasis is placed on the power and limits of each model in explaining molecular vibrations, rotations and electronic motions. Approximation methods are discussed to extend the models to a larger number of physical systems. Prerequisite: MATH 152, PHYS 130 and CHEM 260. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 364. Topics in Theoretical and Computational Chemistry      1/2 course, class only
    Selected topics in theoretical and computational chemistry are offered. May be repeated for credit (with a different topic). Prerequisite: varies with topic. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 395. Independent Study      1/4-1/2-1 course, laboratory only
    Directed independent study. Participation by arrangement with a faculty member. An oral presentation and written report are required. May be repeated; however, only one-half course total from CHEM 395 and 405 may be counted toward the chemistry or biochemistry major. Consult with research supervisor to determine credit. Permission of instructor required.
     
    CHEM 400. Teaching of Chemistry      1/2 course
    For students preparing to teach in secondary schools. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Not applicable toward the major. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 405. Thesis      1/4 course, includes laboratory
    Completion of a research project and the preparation of a written thesis and oral presentation. Participation by arrangement with a faculty member. For students finishing a research project and writing a thesis. May not be repeated. Course grade will be assigned by the joint chemistry faculty. Only one-half course total of CHEM 395 and 405 may be counted toward the chemistry or biochemistry major. Prerequisite: Four credits in chemistry and permission of instructor.
     
    CHEM 440. Biophysical Chemistry      1 course
    This course will examine the physical and chemical behavior of biomolecules from a quantitative perspective emphasizing applications and problem solving. Approximately half the course will focus on understanding biochemical reactions, structures and reactivity from a thermodynamic and kinetic perspective. The other half of the course will consider selected topics from biochemical applications of spectroscopy, crystallography and separations science. Prerequisites: CHEM 130, 240, 260; MATH 151; PHYS 120. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 450. Method Development      1/2 course, 1 hour class and lab
    Three laboratory hours and one hour recitation. A project-based laboratory course focusing on the development of analytical methods. Prerequisite: CHEM 351, CHEM 352 or CHEM 353. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CHEM 460. Theory and Experiment      1/2 course, 1 hour class and lab
    Three laboratory hours and one hour recitation. This project based laboratory will develop skills in asking fundamental questions about chemical behavior, deciding which theories can be used to explain that behavior, and then designing and implementing experiments to answer these questions. Prerequisite: CHEM 361 or CHEM 362 or CHEM 363. May not be taken pass/fail.
     

    Classical Studies

    (Program Homepage)

    P. Foss, D. Guinee (chair), C. Huffman, J. Liu, J. Nitschke, R. Schindler, M. Seaman

    Classics is an area study that approaches the ancient Mediterranean world from a broad variety of perspectives, including history, art, archaeology, religion, philosophy, literature and language. Thus, majors in classical studies have the opportunity to explore a wide range of humanistic disciplines.

    Work with the ancient languages encourages logical and creative thought, provides a sophisticated grasp of the possibilities of language and gives the student the opportunity to study in detail some of the greatest works of the human spirit. A major in Classics is a good foundation for a wide variety of careers. Classics majors have gone on to successful careers in such fields as law, medicine, business, journalism, government, teaching, theatre and the arts. Some of our majors have double majored in fields such as Political Science, Philosophy and Chemistry.

    The major in classical studies may be completed in any one of the following areas of concentration: Greek, Latin or classical civilization. Minors are offered in classical civilization, Greek, Latin and classical archaeology.

    Students are encouraged to participate in Winter Term trips to Italy and Greece and in semester abroad programs such as the College Year in Athens, the Global Partners Project in Turkey, and the Intercollegiate Center for Classical Studies in Rome. In many cases, courses taken in these programs count toward a Classical Studies major or minor.

    Students who are interested in teaching Latin in high school should take as much Latin as possible and consult with the Classical Studies and Education departments about certification.

    Students planning to attend graduate school in classics should either double major in Greek and Latin or major in one language and minor in the other. Students planning to attend graduate school in classical archaeology should try to major in one language and minor in classical archaeology.

    Requirements for a major in Greek:

    Total courses required: Nine
    Core courses:
  • Six courses in Greek;
  • CLST 253 or CLST 263
  • Other required courses:
  • One further course in Greek, Latin or Classical Civilization (may be approved courses in other departments)
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Two (in Greek) and CLST 454
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of completion of CLST 454, senior seminar, which includes a major paper or project.
    Additional information:

    Requirements for a major in Latin:

    Total courses required: Nine
    Core courses:
  • Six courses in Latin;
  • Either CLST 254 or CLST 264
  • Other required courses: One additional class in Latin, Greek or Classical Civilization is required.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Two in Latin and CLST 454
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of completion of CLST 454, senior seminar, which includes a major paper or project.
    Additional information:

    Requirements for a major in Classical Civilization:

    Total courses required: Nine
    Core courses:
  • Two courses in Latin or Greek;
  • One course from CLST 120 (formerly HIST 100), CLST 253, or CLST 254;
  • One course from CLST 262, CLST 263, or CLST 264
  • Other required courses:
  • Two courses in Latin, Greek or Classical Civilization (may be approved courses in other departments)
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Three (including CLST 454)
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of completion of CLST 454, senior seminar, which includes a major paper or project.
    Additional information: Up to two courses in allied areas outside the department, such as ancient history, ancient philosophy or ancient religion may count toward the Classical Civilization major.

    Requirements for a minor in Classical Civilization:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: CLST 253, CLST 254 or CLST 120
    Other courses: Individual student program will be approved by the department.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Requirements for a minor in Greek:

    Total courses required: Four
    Core courses: (there are no core courses for the minor)
    Other courses: Any four courses in Greek.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Requirements for a minor in Latin:

    Total courses required: Four
    Core courses: (there are no core courses for the minor)
    Other courses: Any four courses in Latin.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Requirements for a minor in Classical Archeology:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses:
  • At least three from: CLST 161, CLST 262, CLST 263 and CLST 264 (161 is strongly recommended)
  • Other courses: One elective in classical archaeology or an elective from Art History, Geology, Geography or Anthropology, as approved by the minor advisor.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Courses in Classical Studies

    Courses in the Classics in English

    CLST 100. Greek and Roman Mythology  Group 3, lit    1 course
    The principal myths and legends of the ancient world, with consideration of the nature of myth, the social origin and evolution of myths, their relation to religion and philosophy and their use in literature and art.
     
    CLST 120. The Ancient Mediterranean World  Group 4    1 course
    The Mediterranean world from the beginning of civilization to the end of the Roman Empire: Ancient Near East, Classical Greece, Hellenistic Age, Roman Republic, Roman Empire and the Emergence of Christianity.
     
    CLST 161. Introduction to Mediterranean Archaeology  Group 2    1 course
    This courses introduces students to the history, theory, and practice of Mediterranean archaeology. The course covers three areas: the rediscovery of Classical antiquity and its effect on European cultural and intellectual development; the basics of field methodology, including the use of technology; and the ethical role of the archaeologists in the interpretation and preservation of cultural remains. Offered in alternate fall semesters. Priority given to first-year students and sophomores.
     
    CLST 197. First-Year Seminar      1 course
    A seminar focused on a theme related to the study of classical studies. Open only to first-year students.
     
    CLST 253. Greek Civilization  Group 4    1 course
    This course may have one of the following concentrations: A. survey of Greek civilization; B. Greek religion; C. public and private institutions of ancient Greece. May be repeated for credit with departmental approval when the concentration changes. Only one topic may be applied toward the Group 4 requirement.
     
    CLST 254. Roman Civilization  Group 4    1 course
    This course may have one of the following concentrations: A. survey of Roman civilization; B. Roman religion; C. public and private institutions of ancient Rome. May be repeated for credit with departmental approval when the concentration changes. Only one topic may be applied toward the Group 4 requirement.
     
    CLST 256. The Impact of Empire: Augustus to Constantine  Group 4    1 course
    This course will explore the following interconnected questions: How did Rome govern the enormous empire? How did Rome change the cultural and political map of the Ancient Mediterranean World? To what extent and how did the presence of the Roman rule transform the local and regional cultures? How did the expansion of the Empire have a reverse impact on the 'Roman Culture'? How were the 'barbarians' viewed at Rome?
     
    CLST 262. Egyptian, Aegean and Near Eastern Art and Archaeology  Group 3    1 course
    This course studies the art and archaeology of the early civilizations of Egypt, the Near East, the Aegean Sea, and Italy. The course begins with Paleolithic occupation in the Mediterranean, continues through the invention of agriculture and the first communities in the Neolithic, and follows the rise of the first cities and Empires through the Mediterranean-wide collapse that occurred at the end of the Bronze Age (ca. 1100 BC). Offered in alternate spring semesters.
     
    CLST 263. Greek, Etruscan and Persian Art and Archaeology  Group 3    1 course
    This course covers the art and archaeology of the ancient Mediterranean from the end of the Bronze Age (ca. 1100 BC) to the death of Alexander the Great (323 BC). The course examines the major cities, sanctuaries and burial grounds of the Persians, Assyrians, Israelites, Greeks, and Etruscans. Special attention is given to the growth of urbanism and international trade during this period and their effects on material culture. Offered in alternate fall semesters.
     
    CLST 264. Hellenistic and Roman Art and Archaeology  Group 3    1 course
    This course examines the artistic and architectural monuments of the Hellenistic kingdoms and the Roman world from the death of Alexander the Great through the end of the western Roman Empire (323 BC-AD 476). Issues may include: the archaeology of the economy and trade, the question of romanization (the archaeology of imperialism), iconography of political power, the material experience of everyday life, and the art of engineering. Offered in alternate spring semesters.
     
    CLST 300. Topics      1 course
    A study of a specific topic in Mediterranean civilizations or literature. Recent courses have treated such topics as Plato on Love and Pleasure, Gender in the Greek and Roman World, Damnation and Salvation, Socrates--The Mind and the Myth, Great Archaeological Discoveries, Greek and Roman Law, and Ancient History and Film. May be repeated for credit with topic changes. Information on upcoming topics courses can be found on the departmental Web page.
     
    CLST 310. Topics in Mediterranean Archaeology  Group 3    1 course
    A study of a specific topic in Mediterranean archaeology. Recent courses have treated such topics as Pompeii, the Archaeology of North Africa, and the Archaeology of Israel. May be repeated for credit with topic changes. Information on upcoming topics courses can be found on the department web page.
     
    CLST 361. GIS and Mediterranean Archaeology      1 course
    This course introduces students to methods, theories and practice in archaeology and information technology, especially GIS (Geographic Information Systems). In addition to discussion sessions on survey archaeology, GIS and archaeology, and information systems in archaeology, students work in groups to complete and archaeological practicum in which they design and implement a research project and then use GIS to display and analyze their data. The course is offered on-line (synchronously) in conjunction with three other colleges.
     
    CLST 454. Senior Seminar      1 course
    A seminar on a specific topic in the field of classical studies. Students will complete a major paper or project in conjunction with the course. Open only to majors.
     

    Courses in Greek

    GRK 101. Elementary Greek I  Group 5    1 course
    The essentials of grammar and selections from important authors with reading and lectures on the cultural background.
     
    GRK 102. Elementary Greek II  Group 5    1 course
    A continuation of GRK 101. Includes readings from Greek authors. Prepares for GRK 205 or 211. Prerequisite: GRK 101 or permission of the department.
     
    GRK 205. Greek Prose and Poetry  Group 5    1 course
    Review of grammar and reading from representative Greek authors, usually including Homer or Plato. Prerequisite: GRK 101-102. May be repeated for credit.
     
    GRK 211. New Testament Greek  Group 5    1 course
    Readings from the New Testament and from contemporary Christian, Jewish and pagan religious literature; the style and vocabulary of Hellenistic Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 101-102 or permission of instructor.
     
    GRK 451. Greek Reading  Group 5    1/2-1 course
    Reading selected according to the interests and abilities of the students. One topic offered each semester, usually chosen from Homer (Iliad or Odyssey), lyric poetry, Greek tragedy, Herodotus, Thucydides or Plato. Exercises in prose composition may be included. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. May be repeated for credit.
     
    GRK 452. Greek Reading  Group 5    1/2-1 course
    A continuation of GRK 451.
     

    Courses in Latin

    LAT 123. Elementary Latin I  Group 5    1 course
    An introduction to Latin grammar with emphasis on the development of reading knowledge. Includes discussions of Roman life and culture.
     
    LAT 124. Elementary Latin II  Group 5    1 course
    A continuation of LAT 123. Includes readings from Latin authors. Prepares for LAT 223. Prerequisite: LAT 123 or permission of the department.
     
    LAT 223. Introduction to Latin Prose  Group 5    1 course
    Combines a thorough review of Latin grammar and the introduction of authentic Latin prose texts. Teaches strategies for translation of Latin prose. Texts may cover a wide range of genres and periods. Prerequisite: LAT 124 or two years of high school Latin (entering students should take the Latin placment exam during orientation) or permission of instructor.
     
    LAT 224. Introduction to Latin Poetry  Group 5    1 course
    An introduction to Latin poetics, combined with continued review of Latin syntax and morphology. Translation and analysis of selected texts from authors such as Catullus, Ovid, Martial, or Vergil. Prerequisite: LAT 124 or two years of high school Latin (entering students should take the Latin placment exam during orientation) or permission of instructor.
     
    LAT 331. Readings in Latin Prose  Group 5    1 course
    Advanced reading in Latin prose authors. Sample topics might include philosophical texts, the works of Cicero, or the Roman Novel. The course may include exercises in prose composition. May be repeated for credit if the topic changes. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Normally follows Latin 224 or four years of high school Latin.
     
    LAT 332. Readings in Latin Poetry  Group 5    1 course
    An advanced seminar on one of the following topics: (A) Latin Lyric poetry, with readings from Horace and Catullus; (B) Roman Satire, a history of the only uniquely Roman literary genre, with readings from Lucilius, Horace, and Juvenal; (C) Roman Elegy, with readings from Catullus, Propertius, Tibullus, and Ovid. May be repeated for credit if the topic changes. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Normally follows Latin 224 or four years of high school Latin.
     
    LAT 341. Roman Drama  Group 5    1 course
    Selected plays by Terence, Plautus, and Seneca in both the original Latin and in translation. Study of the history and development of Roman drama and its relationship with Greek drama. May be repeated for credit if the topic changes. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Normally follows LAT 224 or four years of high school Latin.
     
    LAT 400. Teaching of Latin      1/2 course
    The theory and method of Latin teaching in the secondary schools. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Required for a certificate to teach Latin in Indiana. Not applicable toward a major in Latin.
     
    LAT 431. Roman Historians  Group 5    1 course
    Selections from Livy, Sallust, Tacitus, or Suetonius in Latin and in translation, either concentrating upon an individual author or presenting a survey of roman Historiography. Examination of the process of evidence-gathering and writing history in ancient Rome. May include prose composition. May be repeated for credit if the topic changes.
     
    LAT 432. Vergil  Group 5    1 course
    An examination not only of Vergil's great masterpiece, The Aeneid, but also his lesser works, the Ecologues and Georgics. Discussion of the pastoral and didactic traditions, as well as the history of Roman Epic poetry. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Normally follows LAT 224 or four years of high school Latin.
     

    Communication and Theatre

    (Program Homepage)

    L. Abed, J. Adams, M. Anthony, D. Bohmer, R. Dye, G. Fenlon, M. Finney, C. Good, T. Good, A. Hayes, K. Howley, G. Klinger, J. Lincoln, J. McCall, K. Menzel, J. Nichols-Pethick, D. Skoog, S. Timm (chair), S. Tremblay, S. Wilson, D. Worthington.

    Students in Communication and Theatre study the process by which messages are devised and disseminated. Attention is given to the various roles and stages in the communication process. The contexts of communication, including rhetoric, interpersonal communication, media, and theatre, are analyzed and distinguished.

    As a crossroads discipline, communication is studied from the humanities, artistic, and social science perspectives. The study of communication is built around a framework that allows for an understanding of theory, opportunity for criticism of messages and practice and research in the discipline.

    Students study a wide range of communication areas, including rhetoric, interpersonal communication, media and theatre.

    Communication students can apply their understanding of this vital process in a variety of fields, such as corporate communication, public relations, personnel, advertising, marketing, law, mass media, sales, public service and the performing arts.

    Most communication students participate in co-curricular activities, such as debate, theatre (DePauw Theatre) and student mass media (WGRE-FM radio and D3TV cable access television).

    Two majors and three minors are offered in Communication and Theatre.

    Students preparing for secondary teaching: please review Section V, Teacher Education, and confer with the chair of the Education Department about requirements for admission and certification.

    Requirements for a major in Theatre:

    Total courses required: Nine
    Core courses:
  • COMM 100, COMM 111, COMM 117, COMM 314, COMM 001 (0 credit)
  • Other required courses:
  • One course in each of the other two areas (rhetoric/interpersonal and media studies) of the department
  • One course in rhetoric interpersonal from the following: COMM 125, COMM 223, COMM 224, COMM 227, COMM 322, COMM 323, COMM 326 or COMM 327
  • One course in media studies: either COMM 233 or COMM 237
  • One of the following two theatre courses: COMM 213 or COMM 214
  • One additional 300-level course from the following: COMM 310, COMM 311, COMM 316, COMM 317 or COMM 319 or a 300-level course in a related department with permission of the major advisor
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Three
    Senior requirement: Majors in Theatre must complete the senior seminar requirement by taking COMM 450 (Senior Seminar). Seniors majoring in theatre will be required to complete a theatre related project as part of their senior seminar. With the approval of the seminar instructor, this requirement can be fulfilled in any senior seminar in the department. Course work completed in meeting the senior requirement can be applied toward meeting the 300-400 level course requirement.
    Additional information:

    Requirements for a major in Communication:

    Total courses required: Nine
    Core courses: COMM 100
    Other required courses:
  • Students majoring in communication must take coursework in the three areas of the department (rhetoric and interpersonal communication, media studies and theatre).
  • To meet the theatre coursework requirement with only one course, students must take COMM 213, COMM 214 or COMM 314.
  • To meet the media studies coursework requirement with only one course, students must take COMM 233.
  • To meet the rhetoric and interpersonal coursework requirement with only one course, students can take one of the following: COMM 125, COMM 223, COMM 224, COMM 227, COMM 322, COMM 323, COMM 326 or COMM 327.
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Three
    Senior requirement: Majors must also successfully complete a senior requirement. The senior requirement can be met by successful completion of COMM 450 (Senior Seminar) or by taking COMM 350 (Communication Research Methods) followed by a senior project in COMM 491 (1/2 course credit). Coursework completed in meeting the senior requirement can be applied toward meeting the 300-400 level course requirement.
    Additional information:

    Requirements for a minor in Rhetoric and Interpersonal Communication:

    Total courses required: Four
    Core courses: COMM 223, COMM 224, COMM 322, COMM 326
    Other courses:
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Two

    Requirements for a minor in Theatre:

    Total courses required: Four
    Core courses: COMM 117
    Other courses:
  • COMM 111, COMM 210, or COMM 211
  • One course selected from COMM 213, COMM 214 or COMM 314
  • One course selected from COMM 310, COMM 311, COMM 314, COMM 316, COMM 317 or COMM 319.
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Requirements for a minor in Mass Communication:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: COMM 233
    Other courses:
  • Three courses selected from COMM 235, COMM 236, COMM 332, COMM 334 or COMM 335
  • An elective from another area of the department.
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Courses in Communication and Theatre

    COMM 001. Self-Expression  Group 6    0 credit
    A. Little Theatre; B. Debates; C. WGRE-FM; D. D3TV. The equivalent of one-fourth course toward the Group 6 self-expression requirement may be earned in any semester through non-credit participation in the above activities.
     
    COMM 100. Foundations of Communication  Group 2    1 course
    Designed to introduce students to the discipline, this course examines the interdiscplinary nature of communication studies. Emphasizing the department's commitment to an integrated program of study, this course provides students with the foundational concepts and skills required for successful completion of the major. Not open to students with credit in COMM 104.
     
    COMM 111. Acting I  Group 6    1 course
    Grounding in American acting technique, paying particular attention to objective, obstacle, playable action, character analysis, improvisation, and understanding and development of the vocal and physical instruments.
     
    COMM 117. Theatre Production and Design I  Group 6    1 course
    The theory and practice of technical production and design including: scenery construction, lighting, properties, costume construction and make-up. Laboratory work on University productions.
     
    COMM 123. Public Speaking  Group 6    1 course
    This course examines the attitudes, methods, and techniques used in effective public speaking. Effective performance required in informative, persuasive, and deliberative speaking, as well as the use of multimedia. Not open to students with credit in COMM 101.
     
    COMM 125. Interpersonal Communication  Group 2    1 course
    An introduction to the theories and skills involved in two-person interactions. Attention will also be given to the development of competencies and skills relevant to various interpersonal contexts. Not open to students with credit in COMM 225.
     
    COMM 197. First-Year Seminar      1 course
    A seminar focused on a theme related to the study of communication. Open only to first-year students.
     
    COMM 210. Performance Studies I  Group 6    1 course
    Performance Studies seeks to broaden the definition of performance and the texts upon which they are based. This course investigates literature, discourse, image, gesture and the body through analytical and artistic applications. Not open to students with credit in COMM 201.
     
    COMM 211. Voice and Movement  Group 6    1 course
    The use and training of the human voice and body. Developing and deepening flexibility and responsiveness of vocal and physical instruments for performance and public presentation.
     
    COMM 213. History of the Theatre I: PreHistory to Early 18th Century  Group 3, lit    1 course
    Historiographic, cultural and theoretical investigations of theatre and drama from the earliest human records to the early eighteenth century.
     
    COMM 214. History of the Theatre II: Early 18th Century to Present  Group 3, lit    1 course
    Historiographic, cultural and theoretical investigations of theatre and drama from the early eighteenth century to the present.
     
    COMM 223. Public Communication and Controversy  Group 6    1 course
    An exploration of the nature and methods of persuasive communication, including motivational theories, attention, logical argument, audience analysis and the role of personality, integrated with practice in public speaking.
     
    COMM 224. Small Group Communication  Group 2    1 course
    The communication processes of small group participation and leadership with an emphasis on the dynamics of small group discussion and decision making. Not open to students with credit in COMM 124.
     
    COMM 227. Intercultural Communication  Group 2    1 course
    A consideration of the influence of such cultural variables as language values, institutions, traditions, customs and nonverbal behavior on the communication process. Special attention given to communication situations in education, business, international relations and other areas where communication is a dynamic component in cross cultural understanding.
     
    COMM 233. Media, Culture, and Society  Group 2    1 course
    A basic orientation to the history, theory and process of media. Particular emphasis is given to the relationships among the various media and their audiences,free speech and ethics, media law and other regulatory controls, news and information, media effects, emerging communication technologies and future trends.
     
    COMM 235. Electronic Journalism      1 course
    Critical analysis of the role of electronic news gathering and dissemination in modern society, including ethics and responsibilities. Study and practice in preparation, reporting and disseminating of news emphasizing documentary production, news analysis and public affairs reporting.
     
    COMM 236. Television Production and Televisual Literacy  Group 3    1 course
    An introduction to the basic concepts and processes of television production. Emphasis is placed on the creation and analysis of ideas communicated through the medium of television, including aesthetic, ethical and technical influences on message construction. Students learn studio and field production: basic scripting, lighting, audio, camera/picturization, editing, directing, etc. Televisual literacy is developed, and assignments apply the critical skills needed to interpret and analyze visual imagery and television programming.
     
    COMM 237. Film and Culture  Group 3    1 course
    This course is a critical examination of motion pictures as a medium of communication. In addition to looking at the films as texts to be "read," this course considers the institutional contexts in which films are produced, as well as the various reception contexts in which audiences see films. As a course in communication, we begin from the perspective that motion pictures are an important and meaningful part of the way we produce and re-produce our culture. Importantly, the course is not only concerned with how film texts communicate, but also how we communicate about films, as both fans and critics.
     
    COMM 291. Inquiries into Communication      1 course
    Designated topics in communication and theatre are explored. May be repeated with different topics.
     
    COMM 299. Internship in Communication      1/2-1 course
    A. Mass Communication; B. Rhetoric and Interpersonal Communication; C. Theatre. An experiential course for those students who will intern with an agency outside the University. This course does not satisfy departmental distribution requirements.
     
    COMM 310. Performance Studies II  Group 6    1 course
    Application of Performance Studies approach (see COMM 210) to a specific area of study or artistic expression. Prerequisite: COMM 210 or permission of instructor. Not open to students with credit in COMM 301.
     
    COMM 311. Acting II  Group 6    1 course
    Monologue, scene work and audition preparation concentrating on objective, obstacle, playable action, character analysis, improvisation and understanding and development of the vocal and physical instruments. Prerequisite: COMM 111 or 211 or permission of instructor. Not open to students with credit in COMM 312.
     
    COMM 314. History of Theatrical Theory and Criticism  Group 4    1 course
    The principles of dramatic criticism from Aristotle to the present, utilizing theories of dramaturgy and techniques for the production of historical plays. Prerequisite: COMM 213 or 214 or permission of instructor.
     
    COMM 316. Stage Directing  Group 6    1 course
    The theories of techniques and styles of acting and directing, including laboratory practice in selecting, casting, acting and directing. Prerequisite: COMM 111 or 211, COMM 117 and COMM 213 or permission of instructor.
     
    COMM 317. Theatre Production and Design II  Group 6    1 course
    More complex applications of theater technology and design in the areas of scenic, lighting, and costume design. Concentration on design process into production, including drafting and rendering. Prerequisite: COMM 117 or permission of instructor.
     
    COMM 319. Writing for Stage, Screen and TV  Group 6    1 course
    A workshop approach to creative story making in the three forms of media. Emphasis is on the relationship between form and content, dramatic structure and critical response. Students are expected to complete a full length stage play, screenplay or teleplay.
     
    COMM 322. Rhetorical Theory and Criticism  Group 4    1 course
    The development of rhetorical theory, with an introduction to speech criticism, based on readings from classical, medieval, and contemporary rhetorical theorists.
     
    COMM 323. History of Public Discourse  Group 3    1 course
    Analysis of selected speakers and their speeches, with reference to the social, political, and intellectual milieu within which they have appeared. Not open to students with credit in COMM 321.
     
    COMM 326. Communication in Organizations  Group 2    1 course
    An examination of the role of communication in coordinating, integrating and regulating human activity in organizations. Particular attention will be given to the ways in which information diffusion contributes to the development of organizational consensus, rules and norms.
     
    COMM 327. Communication and Cultural Identity  Group 2    1 course
    This course examines the ways in which communication shapes, and is shaped by culture, ethnicity, gender, class and/or race. Topics include how language empowers and oppresses, how social institutions and media influence issues of cultural identity and the ways various social identities are constructed through communication.
     
    COMM 332. Electronic Media Management  Group 2    1 course
    A critical analysis of management practices in broadcast, cable and satellite industries. Audience research, program strategy, federal regulation and advertising issues are addressed. Prerequisite: COMM 233 or permission of instructor.
     
    COMM 334. Media Criticism  Group 3    1 course
    Justification and application of various approaches to critiquing and analyzing media messages. Insight into the ethical burdens, social and moral, of the media and its institutions. Topics may vary. Prerequisite: COMM 233 or permission of instructor.
     
    COMM 335. Media Law  Group 4    1 course
    Inquiry into media law, including responsibility and free speech issues, libel, privacy, fair trial, copyright, obscenity, the FCC, shield laws, censorship, management and operating regulations, newsperson privileges, political communication and advertising regulation. An analysis of the political and economic forces affecting the development of media law. Prerequisite: COMM 233 or 237 or permission of instructor.
     
    COMM 350. Communication Research Methods  Group 2    1 course
    A course in methods of research (quantitative and qualitative). Covers problem statement construction, strategies of research design, literature review, methods of observation, questionnaires, content analysis and interpretation of data (statistical and humanistic). Not open for pass/fail credit.
     
    COMM 400. Teaching of Communication      1/2 course
    The special methods involved in speech education. May count toward a major in communication.
     
    COMM 401. Special Topics in Communication      1/2-1 course
    Recent topics have included Public Relations, International Media, Family Communication, Conflict Resolution, American Theatre and the Vietnam War, Human Communication Theory, American Film and Culture and Writing for Stage, Screen and TV. This course number may be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    COMM 402. Special Topics in Theatre      1/2-1 course
    May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    COMM 450. Senior Seminar      1 course
    The integrated conclusion of the departmental curriculum with emphasis on research methodology and writing. Prerequisite: permission of the department. Not open for pass/fail credit.
     
    COMM 491. Projects in Communication      1/2-1 course
    A. Interpretation; B. Theatre; C. Technical Theatre; D. Radio; E.Television; F. Speech Pathology and Audiology; G. Rhetoric and Public Address; H. Communication Theory; J. Speech Education. Prerequisite: permission of department. No more than two course credits may be taken as projects. Not open for Pass/Fail credit.
     
    COMM 492. Projects in Communication      1/2-1 course
    A. Interpretation; B. Theatre; C. Technical Theatre; D. Radio; E.Television; F. Speech Pathology and Audiology; G. Rhetoric and Public Address; H. Communication Theory; J. Speech Education. Prerequisite: permission of department. No more than two course credits may be taken as projects. Not open for Pass/Fail credit.
     

    Computer Science

    (Program Homepage)

    D. Berque (chair), D. Harms, B. Howard, A. Olowoyeye, C. Singer, K. Stewart, S. Thede, G. Townsend.

    Computer Science is the study of algorithmic processes and the design, development and analysis of software and hardware used to carry out these processes. Since computers are used for a variety of purposes by people in all walks of life, there is a significant human side to computer science as well.

    Some graduates choose to continue their studies in graduate or professional school (not necessarily in computer science) before seeking employment. Majors accepting positions upon graduation typically work for companies that provide computing hardware, software or services for use in business, education, government and research.

    The department regularly offers Computer Science I and other courses of a more general nature for students interested in surveying key topics in computing. Departmental programs consist of a computer science major and a computer science minor. Most courses provide hands-on computing experience.

    Computing facilities include Windows-based microcomputer laboratories that are part of the University network. They provide tools for computer science, standard desktop productivity, e-mail and connectivity to the Internet. The department maintains a state-of-the-art laboratory of Linux workstations with high-end servers that provide robust file services and a full array of software development tools. The department also has a computer-based, cooperative-work laboratory and a lounge for use by its majors. University programs of interest to computer science majors include: Science Research Fellows Program, Oak Ridge Science Semester and Winter Term internships. Some employment and research opportunities with the department and the Computer Center are available during the year and summer. Finally, the student computer clubs (Association for Computing Machinery and ACM-Women) provide coordinated programs each year.

    Requirements for a major in Computer Science:

    Total courses required: Eight CSC + MATH 123 and MATH 223
    Core courses: CSC 121, CSC 122, CSC 221, CSC 222, CSC 498
    Other required courses: One course from the following is also required: CSC 422, CSC 424, CSC 426, CSC 428.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Four
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement is CSC 498.
    Additional information:
  • MATH 123 and MATH 223 are also required.
  • Requirements for a minor in Computer Science:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: CSC 121 and CSC 122
    Other courses:
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Courses in Computer Science

    CSC 121. Computer Science I  Group 1    1 course
    This is an introductory course in which problem solving and algorithm development are studied by considering computer science topics, such as computer graphics, graphical user interfaces, modeling and simulation, artificial intelligence and information management systems. Interesting and relevant programming assignments related to these topics are written in a high-level programming language that supports objects. Additional assignments utilize writing and data analysis to reinforce central course concepts and to address related areas of computing, such as ethics, history and the meaning of intelligence. The course meets three hours in class and two hours in laboratory (3-2). Prerequisites: None. Offered each semester. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    CSC 122. Computer Science II  Group 1    1 course
    This course builds on CSC 121 and introduces programming topics, such as sets, recursion and dynamic data types. Data type abstraction and implementation are introduced by studying structures, such as lists, stacks, queues and binary trees. The object-oriented implementation of these structures is emphasized. Tools for algorithm analysis are introduced, and comparisons of functional, object oriented and imperative programming paradigms are made. The concept of tradeoffs (i.e., time vs. space, iteration vs. recursion, static vs. dynamic and imperative vs. functional) recurs as a theme throughout the course. Prerequisite: CSC 121. Recommended pre- or corequisite: MATH 123 or MATH 223. Offered each semester. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    CSC 197. First-Year Seminar      1 course
    A seminar focused on a theme related to the study of computer science. Open only to first-year students.
     
    CSC 221. Computer Organization  Group 1    1 course
    This is an introduction to the study of computer hardware, concentrating on the central processing unit and main storage. Topics include representing information, machine language, combinational and sequential logic, input/output, registers, register transfer logic and bus structures. Assembly language and the high-level language, C++, are used to aid in the understanding of these topics. Prerequisite: CSC 122 and either MATH 123 or MATH 223. It is recommended but not required that both MATH 123 and MATH 223 are completed by the time CSC 221 and CSC 222 are completed. Offered each semester. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    CSC 222. Data Structures and Algorithms  Group 1    1 course
    This course examines, in depth, several historically significant and highly functional models of data storage, including trees, sets, tries, priority queues and graphs. Attention is given to selecting the most appropriate model for a particular problem. Differences between the conceptual features of a model and its physical representation on a computer are emphasized. Algorithms which operate on these models are also considered. Other topics include an in-depth study of sorting, including special-purpose sorting algorithms. Prerequisite: CSC 122 and either MATH 123 or MATH 223. It is recommended but not required that both MATH 123 and MATH 223 are completed by the time CSC 221 and CSC 222 are completed. Offered each semester. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    CSC 296. Computer Science Topics      1/2-1 course
    Topics are chosen from computer science to allow the study of computer science topics for non-computer science majors. Does not count in the computer science major GPA.
     
    CSC 320. Human Computer Interaction  Group 1    1 course
    This course examines fundamental principles in Human Computer Interaction as seen from the viewpoint of a computer scientist. Topics include user-centered design, expert reviews, usability tests, tradeoffs between interaction devices, alternative input-output methods, including handwriting recognition and associated algorithms, the design of interfaces for users with visual or motor impairments, construction of appropriate error messages and implementation of graphical user interfaces (GUIs). Prerequisites: CSC 221 or 222. Offered annually. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    CSC 330. Artificial Intelligence  Group 1    1 course
    This course examines the implementation of intelligent algorithms on a computer system. The concept of an intelligent algorithm is motivated by initial discussions of the nature of intelligence and its relation to computers, particularly the Turing test. The course begins with two basic topics of artificial intelligence. The first is problem definition, state spaces and search methods, and the second is knowledge representation and logical reasoning. Following these topics is coverage of more advanced topics, such as game-playing algorithms, genetic algorithms, planning algorithms, computer vision, learning algorithms and natural language processing, among others. Prerequisite: CSC 222. Offered annually. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    CSC 341. Theory of Computation  Group 1    1 course
    Various models of formal languages (which provide a basis for compilers) and computation (which defines the kinds of problems that can be solved by a computer) are studied. Topics include regular languages, regular expressions, finite state automata, context-free languages, context-free grammars, push-down automata and Turing machines. The application of these models to several practical problems in computer science is considered. Computational limits are also discussed, using as examples several problems which cannot be solved by any algorithm. Prerequisite: CSC 122 and MATH 223 . Offered annually. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    CSC 350. Graphics  Group 1    1 course
    This course is an introduction to the concepts, techniques, algorithms and implementation of computer graphics. Topics include moving and drawing lines in absolute and relative coordinates, transformations, windowing, clipping, projections, perspective, polygon filling, hidden surface techniques and a variety of applications, including graphical user interfaces and menuing systems. Prerequisite: CSC 222. Recommended prerequisite or co-requisite MATH 151. Offered annually. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    CSC 381. Database and File Systems  Group 1    1 course
    This course provides an external and an internal view of relational database management systems (DBMSs). The external view consists of database design and implementation. The database query and manipulation languages SQL and QBE will be studied to the degree that students will be able to become proficient in these languages on their own. The internal view involves characteristics of secondary storage devices, methods of organizing information, various file organization and accessing techniques and other topics related to database engine implementation. Programming assignments complement topics discussed in class, including the building of a few key components of a database engine. Prerequisite: CSC 222 or permission of instructor. Offered annually. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    CSC 396. Computer Science Topics      1/2-1 course
    Topics are chosen from computer science content areas that extend explorations of content in existing courses or allow exploration of content not duplicated in regular course offerings. Open to students by permission of instructor or to those who satisfy prerequisites determined by the instructor.
     
    CSC 422. Computer Networking  Group 1    1 course
    This course examines the core concepts and fundamental principles of computer networks and the services built on top of them. Topics covered include protocol organization, circuit-switch and packet-switch networks, routing, flow control, congestion control, reliability, security, quality-of-service and Internet protocols (TCP/IP). Prerequisites: CSC 221 and CSC 222 . Offered annually. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    CSC 424. Programming Languages  Group 1    1 course
    The topics of this course include a history of programming languages, virtual machines, representation of data types, sequence control, data control, lexical vs. dynamic scoping, sharing, type checking, parameter passing mechanisms, run-time storage management, context-free grammars, language translation systems, semantics and programming paradigms. Prerequisite: CSC 221 and CSC 222. Offered annually. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    CSC 426. Compilers  Group 1    1 course
    This course offers the study of theories related to compilers with the goal of implementing a compiler for a simplified variation of a language such as C++. Topics include formal languages, grammars, lexical, syntactic and semantic analysis, code generation and optimization. Prerequisites: CSC 221 and CSC 222. Offered annually.
     
    CSC 428. Operating Systems  Group 1    1 course
    Topics in operating system concepts and design, such as file systems, CPU scheduling, memory management, virtual memory, disk scheduling, deadlocks, concurrent processes, protection and distributed systems are studied in this course. Topics are treated thoroughly in a generic way and also discussed in detail with respect to a specific operating system. Prerequisites: CSC 221 and CSC 222. Offered annually. Not offered pass/fail.
     
    CSC 496. Computer Science Topics      1/2-1 course
    Topics are chosen from content areas of computer science that either extend explorations of content in existing courses or allow explorations of content not duplicated in our current course offerings. Open by permission of instructor to students with more advanced prerequisites chosen by the instructor.
     
    CSC 498. Senior Project      1 course
    Students complete a project proposal and a project under the sponsorship of a member of the computer science faculty. Students will examine ethical issues related to their projects. Periodic progress reports will also be given. Prerequisite: senior standing and at least one computer science course at the 300 or 400 level. Offered each semester. Not offered pass/fail.
     

    Conflict Studies

    (Program Homepage)

    Adams (communication), Altman (English), Anderson (philosophy), Basu (sociology and anthropology), Burgman (economics), Cameron (philosophy), Castaneda (anthropology), Davis (sociology), Dewey (women's studies), Dixon-Fyle (history), Everett (philosophy), Finney (communication), Gellman (history), Hahn (women's studies), Hall, K. (sociology), Hall, T. (sociology), Harvey-Koelpin (education studies), James (religious studies), Jennings (economics), Kenney (religious studies), Klinger (communication), Kuecker (history), LaLone (anthropology), McKelligan (philosophy), McVorran (education studies), Menzel (communication), Morris (History), Newman (sociology), Newton (philosophy), O'Bannon (political science), Oware (sociology), Ross (psychology), Sahu (political science), Schlotterbeck (history), Sellers (education studies), Silverman (anthropology), Steinson (history), Stinebrickner (political science), Toender (political science), Upton (Coordinator, anthropology), Wielenberg (philosophy), Worthington (communication)

    Conflict Studies is a major that brings together a number of academic disciplines that focus on conflict as one of their organizing concepts. Because of its ubiquity and significance in human life, the study of the process and resolution of conflict is increasingly claiming a central place in the study of development in general and peaceful change in particular.

    Requirements for a major in Conflict Studies:

    Total courses required: Eleven
    Core courses:
  • CFT 100, CFT 430
  • Students majoring in Conflict Studies are required to participate in workshops that are designed to help them integrate courses in their major.
  • Other required courses: Additional courses that may be chosen for the major are:
  • ANTH 151, ANTH 253, ANTH 255, ANTH 256, ANTH 290*, ANTH 390*
  • COMM 125, COMM 223, COMM 224, COMM 227, COMM 327, COMM 401*
  • ECON 250, ECON 290*, ECON 390*
  • EDUC 180, EDUC 300, EDUC 320, EDUC 362, EDUC 425*
  • HIST 105*, HIST 109, HIST 110, HIST 206, HIST 256, HIST 257, HIST 263, HIST 264, HIST 265, HIST 275, HIST 290*, HIST 355, HIST 364, HIST 367, HIST 368, HIST 385, HIST 490*
  • HONR 101*
  • PHIL 207, PHIL 208, PHIL 213, PHIL 315
  • POLS 230, POLS 270, POLS 324, POLS 330, POLS 351, POLS 352, POLS 370, POLS 374, POLS 382, POLS 384, POLS 390, POLS 450*
  • PSY 232, PSY 246*, PSY 346*, PSY 352
  • REL 132, REL 263, REL 269, REL 290*, REL 370*
  • SOC 197S*, SOC 210, SOC 222, SOC 225, SOC 237, SOC 249, SOC 301*, SOC 303, SOC 320, SOC 323, SOC 337, SOC 343, SOC 410*
  • WS 140, WS 270, WS 340, WS 370*

  • (*if approved topic)
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Four
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of CFT 430.
    Additional information:
  • Five courses at the 100-200 level (a maximum of two courses at the 100-level)
  • Four courses at the 300-400 level
  • Four courses in each of two different departments with one additional course, or three courses in each of three different departments
  • Requirements for a minor in Conflict Studies:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: CFT 100
    Other courses: Also required are two 200-level courses and two 300-level courses, to be selected in consultation with the coordinator of conflict studies, from two academic disciplines.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Two

    Courses in Conflict Studies

    CFT 100. Introduction to Conflict Studies  Group 2    1 course
    This course surveys the process of conflict, including conflict management, from a multidisciplinary perspective. As such, it deals with the causes, dynamics, types, levels, management functions and outcomes of conflict. The implementation of the course involves, in part, case-study simulations and occasional guest lecturers from various disciplines on campus. This course is a prerequisite for upper-level courses in conflict studies and required for the conflict studies major and minor.
     
    CFT 290. Topics in Conflict Studies      1 course
    An examination of selected topics dealing with conflict or peace studies. Courses, while interdisciplinary in nature, will generally be taught from a conflict studies perspective.
     
    CFT 390. Topics in Conflict Studies      1 course
    An examination of selected topics dealing with conflict or peace studies. Courses, while interdisciplinary in nature, will generally be taught from a conflict studies perspective.
     
    CFT 430. Senior Seminar: The Study and Analysis of Conflict      1 course
    This course fulfills the senior experience requirement for the Conflict Studies major. It is a capstone course in which students bring together their diverse course experiences into a meaningful summation of the study and analysis of conflict. The course involves a core of common readings on theories of conflict analysis, discussions and the writing and presentation of a senior research paper relevant to the seminar.
     
    CFT EXP. Alternative Dispute Resolution      1 course
    This course surveys the repertoire of alternative dispute resolution (ADR), with a focus on negotiation and mediation. Students will be introduced to theory and skills relevant to their facilitation of, and participation in, ADR processes. As such, the course examines how culture, class, ideology, and personality affect execution of the various roles within an ADR process, shape the unfolding of the process, and cast the process's outcome. Controversies and dilemmas pertaining to ADR will be considered, including third-party bias, value-based conflicts, how to transform adversaries into collaborators, and the privatization of justice. Implementation of the course involves, in part, review of case studies and simulation of ADR processes.
     

    Economics & Management

    (Program Homepage)

    R. Burgman, M. Dixon (chair), W. Field, O. Goma, J. Gropp, E. Isenberg, A. Jennings, G. Lemon, T. Musser, K. Pannell, M. Villinski, D. Wachter.

    The study of economics broadens our understanding of economic behavior, domestic and international government policies and social institutions. It sharpens our abilities to think clearly and analytically about these and other matters. It may also help students reach a variety of specific career goals. For example, most majors take entry-level positions in business: they are hired by banks and other financial institutions, accounting and management consulting firms, and companies in manufacturing, public utilities and commerce.

    Some majors go on to earn graduate degrees in economics; they may then work in areas such as business, government service or academia. (Students considering graduate study in economics should consult with a department faculty member about the large number of mathematics courses that are highly recommended.)

    A background in economics is also excellent preparation for graduate study in law and business. Many of our graduates have gone on to reach exceptional levels of recognition and responsibility in education, government and industry.

    Students wishing to apply economics courses taken off-campus toward a major in economics must have prior approval from their economics advisor and the chair of the economics and management department. Students wishing to count economics courses taken off-campus toward the requirements of the Business Administration Minor or the International Business Program must have prior approval from the relevant program advisor and the chair of the economics and management department. It is not recommended that courses substituting for ECON 100, 150, 280, 294, 295, 350 and 480 be taken elsewhere.

    The Management Fellows Program provides selected students the opportunity to combine an economics major with a semester-long internship. For information about this special program, as it applies to economics majors, see the description in Section V at http://www.depauw.edu/catalog/section5.

    Students interested in working in international business upon graduation might wish to consider the International Business Program. They should consult with the program coordinator in the economics and management department, the program coordinator of the relevant language department and the director of The McDermond Center for Management & Entrpreneurship.

    Students preparing for secondary teaching: review Section V, Teacher Education, and confer with the chair of the education department about requirements for admission and certification.

    A major and minor is offered in Economics.

    Requirements for a major in Economics:

    Total courses required: Ten
    Core courses: ECON 100, ECON 294, ECON 295, ECON 350, ECON 480
    Other required courses: Also required is at least one course from the following: ECON 410, 420, 430, 470.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Three
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of the completion of ECON 480 during the senior year, as well as passing a comprehensive examination.
    Additional information: Eight of the 10 required courses must be taken on campus.

    Requirements for a minor in Economics:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: ECON 100, ECON 294, ECON 295
    Other courses: Also required are two additional courses from the following list: ECON 140, 235, 250, 262, 290A, 310, 315, 342, 350, 360, 375, 390A, 410, 420, 430, 470, 490A.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Courses in Economics & Management

    ECON 100. Introduction to Economics  Group 2    1 course
    Survey of basic concepts and processes in microeconomics and macroeconomics: production, income, demand, supply, cost, price, market structures, money, government finance and international trade and finance.
     
    ECON 140. Contemporary Economic Problems  Group 2    1 course
    Analysis of selected current economic problems using economic principles. The economic problems covered by this course vary from semester to semester. Prerequisite: ECON 100.
     
    ECON 150. Introduction to Financial Accounting  Group 2    1 course
    Financial accounting principles and procedures involved in the accumulation, evaluation and use of the firm's financial data by managers, investors, economists, the general public and other interested parties. (May be taken before or after ECON 280.) Prerequisite: ECON 100.
     
    ECON 197. First-Year Seminar      1 course
    A seminar focused on a theme related to the study of economics. Open only to first-year students.
     
    ECON 235. Modern Economic History  Group 4    1 course
    Emphasizing the American experience, the historical development of modern economic institutions and the role of economic factors in the emergence of contemporary industrial society. Prerequisite: ECON 100.
     
    ECON 250. Economics of Income Differences  Group 2    1 course
    Analysis of economists' explanations of income differences among people in the United States and between developed and less-developed nations. Topics vary but often include income and wealth differences, poverty, employment and unemployment. Prerequisite: ECON 100.
     
    ECON 262. Urban Economics  Group 2    1 course
    Survey of basic urban economic problems. Topics covered include why cities exist, where they develop, how they grow and how different activities are arranged within cities. Additional topics covered include economics of urban problems, such as poverty, inadequate housing, congestion, pollution and crime. Prerequisite: ECON 100.
     
    ECON 280. Managerial Accounting  Group 2    1 course
    Course deals with product costing and managerial decision-making, involving cost-volume-profit analysis, capital budgeting with tax considerations, make or buy decisions, developing criteria for evaluating divisional performance and several other subjects. Prerequisite: ECON 100.
     
    ECON 290. Topics in Economics and Management      1/2-1 course
    A. Economics; B. Management. Detailed study of theoretical and policy aspects of such topics as inflation, resource and product pricing, management, market structure, government-business relations, financial markets and international trade. Prerequisite: varies according to the topic offered. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    ECON 294. Intermediate Microeconomic Theory  Group 2    1 course
    Decision-making by firms, households and other economic units about production, consumption, pricing, resource allocation, market structure and externalities. Prerequisite: ECON 100.
     
    ECON 295. Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory  Group 2    1 course
    Analysis of factors determining levels of national income and employment, including consumption, investment and government fiscal policy, with applications to such problems as economic instability, inflation and growth. Prerequisite: ECON 100.
     
    ECON 310. The History of Economic Thought  Group 4    1 course
    A treatment of some of the major figures and trends in the history of economic ideas. Topics may vary but will include an examination of the contribution of the Mercantilists, Physiocrats, Classical and Neoclassical economists to our understanding of the individual, value and the market; transactions and their mediation; economic growth and development; the distribution of output; and the roles of capital and labor. Readings may include, among others, the economic writings of Locke, Quesnay, Smith, Ricardo, Marx, Mill, Menger, Bohm-Bawerk, Marshall and Keynes. Prerequisite: ECON 100 or permission of instructor.
     
    ECON 315. Economics of the Labor Market  Group 2    1 course
    Introduction to the method and manner in which the economic analysis of the labor market proceeds. Both traditional and alternative methods of labor market analysis are studied. Topics include demand for and supply of labor, human capital and public policy issues. Prerequisite: ECON 100.
     
    ECON 335. Environmental and Natural Resource Economics  Group 2    1 course
    This course uses economic theories and concepts to explain behavioral causes of environmental and natural resource problems and evaluate policies for addressing them. Topics vary and may include sustainable development, allocation of natural resources, pollution control measures, effects of environmental regulation on U.S. competitiveness and environmental justice. Prerequisite: ECON 294.
     
    ECON 342. Comparative Economic Systems  Group 4    1 course
    This course analyzes the differences in economic institutions across countries. By looking at the economic incentives in corporations, financial institutions and governments in several different countries, the course will address the question of how different market systems provide incentives to encourage economic growth. By the end of the course, students will be able to analyze the economic implications of a country's institutional arrangements and evaluate the role of government in the economy. Prerequisite: ECON 100.
     
    ECON 350. Quantitative Analysis for Economics and Management  Group 2    1 course
    Application of elementary principles of traditional and modern statistical analysis to economic and business decision-making. Emphasis is on regression analysis using simple- and multiple-equation models, hypothesis testing, use of the dummy variables, testing for serial correlation and other related problems. Prerequisite: ECON 100. Students who have completed BIO 325, MATH 240 (formerly MATH 340) or PSY 214 (formerly PSY 210) will receive only one-half credit for ECON 350.
     
    ECON 360. Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management  Group 2    1 course
    The theories of the value of investment instruments are examined. Topics covered include the theories of capital markets and portfolio management. Emphasis is placed on modern portfolio theory. Prerequisite: ECON 350, MATH 240 (formerly MATH 340) or permission of instructor.
     
    ECON 375. Mathematical Economics  Group 2    1 course
    This course integrates mathematical techniques and economic theory. Mathematical techniques, such as linear algebra and differential calculus, are used to examine the mathematical foundation of the neo-classical paradigm. Economic concepts, such as profit maximization, utility maximization and cost minimization are considered using optimization and comparative static techniques. Prerequisite: ECON 294 and MATH 151 .
     
    ECON 390. Topics in Economics and Management      1/2-1 course
    A. Economics; B. Management. Detailed study of theoretical and policy aspects of such topics as inflation, resource and product pricing, management, market structure, government-business relations, financial markets and international trade. Prerequisite: varies according to the topic offered. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    ECON 393. Managerial Finance  Group 2    1 course
    Application of economic analysis to business financial decisions, such as management of current and fixed assets, current and long-term liabilities, capital budgeting with or without capital constraints, mean variance analysis, optimal capital structure, dividend policy and other topics affecting the valuation of a business firm. Prerequisite: ECON 150 and 350.
     
    ECON 398. Business Policy  Group 2    1 course
    A study of the formulation and implementation of business strategy. Topics include planning, control, economic analysis and organization theory. Extensive use is made of case studies. Prerequisite: ECON 280 or permission of instructor.
     
    ECON 400SS. Teaching of Social Studies      1/2 course
    See History 400SS.
     
    ECON 410. Public Finance  Group 2    1 course
    The economic principles used to analyze government's role in the economy are developed. Microeconomic theory is used to examine government tax and expenditure policies, especially as they affect resource allocation and income distribution. Both efficiency and equity questions are addressed. Topics include expenditure programs designed to affect the allocation of resources (e.g. national defense outlays, income distribution)(e.g. food stamps), and the major forms of taxation (e.g. income and sales taxes). Prerequisite: ECON 294 or permission of instructor.
     
    ECON 420. International Economics  Group 2    1 course
    The theory of international trade, the balance of payments, foreign exchange markets, international monetary systems, open economy macroeconomics. Prerequisite: ECON 295 or permission of instructor.
     
    ECON 430. Industrial Structure and Public Policy  Group 2    1 course
    Analysis of industrial structure, organization and performance with emphasis on public policy implications. Policy topics which may be considered include business concentration, government enterprises, financial market regulation and the newer social-environmental regulation. Prerequisite: ECON 294.
     
    ECON 440. Applied Game Theory      1 course
    Application of game theory models to strategic problems such as oligopoly, voting mechanisms and bargaining. Includes Nash equilibrium, static and dynamic games and games with uncertain outcomes. Prerequisite: ECON 294, MATH 151 or permission of instructor.
     
    ECON 450. Econometrics      1 course
    Econometrics is the application of statistical methods for the purpose of testing economic and business theories. This course will introduce students to the skills used in empirical research including, but not limited to, data collection, hypothesis testing, model specification, regression analysis, violations of regression assumptions and corrections, dummy variables, time series analysis, limited dependent variable models, and panel models. Extensive focus will be on the intuition and application of econometric methods, and as a result, statistical software will be used extensively. Students will be required to complete an independent research project involving the application of regression analysis.
     
    ECON 470. Money, Banking and the Financial System  Group 2    1 course
    Structure, operations and policies of major monetary and banking institutions, including commercial banks, the treasury, the Federal Reserve System and other agencies involved in money creation, monetary policy and international monetary relations. The course also stresses the theory of monetary policy and the relationship between money and economic activity. Prerequisite: ECON 295.
     
    ECON 480. Seminar      1 course
    Application of economic analysis in research papers to a variety of micro- and macroeconomic issues. Group discussion and criticism of research methods and conclusions. Prerequisite: a major in economics and management or permission of instructor. Required of all senior Economics and Management majors.
     
    ECON 490. Topics in Economics and Management      1/2-1 course
    A. Economics; B. Management. Detailed study of theoretical and policy aspects of such topics as inflation, resource and product pricing, management, market structure, government-business relations, financial markets and international trade. Prerequisite: varies according to the topic offered. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     

    Education Studies

    (Program Homepage)

    T. Beauboeuf, T. Dickinson, T. Garnes, S. Harvey-Koelpin, M. McVorran (chair), S. Paquin, S. Sellers, J. Stockton, E. Weisz.

    The Department of Education recently became the Department of Education Studies, a change in name that reflects a change in program emphasis and design. The previous program had as its primary focus a professional program aimed at licensure; the new program offers a liberal arts major and minor in education studies and a Masters of Arts in Teaching (MAT) licensure program, which students may enter after completing a Bachelor of Arts degree.

    In the old program, students interested in teaching at the elementary level declared a major in elementary education and applied to the Teacher Education Program (TEP) in their sophomore year. Students interested in teaching at the secondary level pursued a major in the area in which they hoped to teach and completed additional professional education courses required for licensure. They applied to the Teacher Education Program in their sophomore year. These programs are currently being phased out. The last date for sophomores to be admitted into the undergraduate TEP program is March 2006. Students in the program must complete it by the end of the 2007-08 academic year.

    The new program focuses on education as a liberal arts discipline, with underpinnings in the history, philosophy, economics, politics and the sociology of education.

    The MAT program is pending state approval. This nine-month program is open to students with an undergraduate degree in a field compatible with what they aspire to teach and with prior coursework in the foundations of education, educational psychology, diversity and exceptionality. Both the major and minor in Education Studies at DePauw provide this prerequisite coursework. This is a full-time, cohort program that provides the professional course work and field experiences that students need to qualify for Indiana teaching licenses.

    Requirements for a major in Elementary Education:

    Total courses required: Ten
    Core courses:
  • EDUC 170
  • EDUC 180 and EDUC 230
  • EDUC 222
  • EDUC 310
  • EDUC 315
  • EDUC 430A and EDUC 450A
  • Other required courses:
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Seven
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of successful completion of the following: EDUC 430A and EDUC 450A (the student teaching semester), an INTASC portfolio, and a professional e-portfolio.
    Additional information: To be licensed to teach, there are additional courses required from general studies, such as English, history, social studies, science, math and fine arts, with proficiency in written expression, oral expression and quantitative reasoning. The completion of an academic minor is recommended. See Section V for more information.
  • NOTE: Students must be accepted into the Teacher Education Program. Deadline for admission into TEP is March 2006 with a completion date at the end of the academic year 2007-08.
  • Requirements for a major in Education Studies:

    Total courses required: Ten
    Core courses:
  • currently EDUC 170
  • currently EDUC 222
  • EDUC 223
  • 3 Education Studies electives
  • EDUC 410, Research Methods
  • EDUC 490, Education Studies Seminar
  • Other required courses: 2 courses from an additional discipline at the 200 or above level (such as Sociology/Anthropology, Women's Studies, etc.)to be used as a combined basis for seminar research and which are approved by a student's advisor
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Four
    Senior requirement: Successful completion of the senior seminar.
    Additional information:
  • Students seeking teaching licensure should read the information in Section V.
  • NOTE: This program commences with the 2005-06 academic year.
  • Requirements for a minor in Education:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: EDUC 222
    Other courses:
  • One-half credit courses must be combined to make a full course.
  • NOTE: Students must be accepted into the Teacher Education Program. Deadline for admission into TEP is March 2006 with a completion date at the end of the academic year 2007-08.
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Three

    Additional Information: Students seeking teaching licensure should read the information in Section V.

  • NOTE: This program commences with the 2005-06 academic year.
  • Courses in Education Studies

    Courses in Education Studies

    EDUC 170. Foundations of the Educational Process  Group 2    1 course
    (includes field experience) This course establishes a liberal arts foundation for teacher preparation with an emphasis in community/school relationships. This course is a study of major points of view in contemporary American education and those knowledge bases which influence educational decisions. Philosophical, historical and sociological foundations are examined as bases for present and future systems. Field experience is required, and students should register for lab time concurrently. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    EDUC 180. Understanding Diverse Classrooms  Group 2    1/2 course
    (includes field experience) Explores the cultural foundations of American education and examines the challenge to the schooling process, presented by cultural diversity. Focuses on the existing definitions of knowledge, learning, cultural assimilation, the distribution of power and academic achievement. Field experience is required and students should register for lab time concurrently. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    EDUC 222. Developmental Theories in Education  Group 2    1 course
    (includes field experience) Provides students with an understanding of the principles of psychology as they apply to P-12+ education. Projects and discussions focus on the application of such topics as: human development, learning theories, instructional theories, student differences, student motivation, and evaluation aspects in educational settings. Field experience is required.May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    EDUC 230. Introduction to Exceptional Children  Group 2    1/2 course
    (includes field experience) Explores exceptionality in children with high intellectual ability, low intellectual ability, sensory impairment, social maladjustment and emotional disturbance. Stresses adjustment of children, parents and educators to exceptionality. Students are encouraged to take EDUC 222 and EDUC 230 concurrently. Field experience is required. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    EDUC 240. Today's Education: Issues and Trends  Group 2    1 course
    Examination of the education process and its bilateral relationship with society in both historical and sociological terms. Attitudes and values developed as a result of research in both education and sociology are stressed. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    EDUC 250. Motor Development and Adapted Physical Education  Group 2    1/2-1 course
    Includes a historical perspective; legislative mandates; non-categorical approach; inclusion; categorical approach: mental retardation, learning disabilities, emotional disorders, deafness and hearing impairment, visual impairment, neurological and muscular disabilities, physical deviations and other disabling conditions; behavior management; the educational team; and administration of the program. Field trips to local educational or rehabilitation settings. May be taken for one credit by participation in additional field experiences and correlating course work. Not open to students with credit in EDUC 440.
     
    EDUC 265. Women in Education  Group 2    1 course
    This course examines how women have embodied and at many times challenged the concept of teaching as "women's work." Particular attention is placed on how class, sexual orientation, and ethnicity have shaped the educational experiences, development, and aspirations of women as teachers, researchers, students, and scholars over the last century. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    EDUC 280. Contexts of Schooling in the United States      1 course
    Schooling in the U.S. is failing to serve the academic needs of many low-income students and students of color. This course will explore the wide variety of schooling and unschooling contexts available to K-12 students in the U.S. Additionally, it will examine the ways in which the available forms of schooling respond to the needs of the communities where they are located. A strong emphasis will be placed on deconstructing the various contexts of schooling in the U.S. through critical engagement with the course material and field experiences. Through this course, students will become more informed decision makers about school related issues and be able recognize ways to enhance the quality of education available to all students in the U.S.
     
    EDUC 290. Topics      1/2-1 course
    Assorted topics related to the field of education and education-related issues. May be repeated with different topics for credit.
     
    EDUC 320. Education and Social Change      1 course
    Examines issues related to the school's function as a catalyst for social change. Analyzes the school's role in the reformation of society and formation of attitudes and behaviors, and determination of outcomes.May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    EDUC 322. Thinking, Learning, and Ways of Knowing in Education  Group 2    1 course
    What factors affect one's cognitive ability? How has our understanding of cognition and intelligence changed in recent times? Can cognitive/intellectual development be enhanced with specific parenting and instructional techniques? How does one's ways of knowing change over time? These are but four of the questions that are addressed in this course. Thus, from preschool aged children through undergraduate students (and beyond), issues related to thinking, understanding, and intellectual development will be explored. Recent research and current thought in the field will be analyzed and debated to try to gain insights into these issues as they relate to themes of social justice and equity, critical thinking, and leadership
     
    EDUC 325. History of American Education  Group 2    1 course
    Education in a Free Society: A Documentary History of American Education Prerequisite: EDUC 170 Educational Foundations Education in a Free Society: A Documentary History of American Education is an exploration of the purposes and practices of American education as they are reflected in the documentary history of formal education from colonial times to the present. Specifically, the course aims to cultivate an understanding, through the examination of educational documents, of the evolving contexts within which American traditions of education evolved, developed, and became institutionalized over time.
     
    EDUC 362. Education Reform      1 course
    Investigates the educational reports, agendas, initiatives and debates that have had an impact on American schools since 1978. The course involves the critical analysis of present school systems, as well as the changes expected from reform proposals.
     
    EDUC 380. Comparative Education      1 course
    A socio-cultural comparative view of education in different social contexts. The course investigates the impact of economic, social, cultural and political factors upon schooling in Asia, Europe, Africa and the Americas. Prerequisite: it is strongly advised that students have taken EDUC 240 or a course in sociology, anthropology, economics, political science or geography. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    EDUC 381. The Political Economy of Schools  Group 2    1 course
    The term 'political economy' refers to the fusion of the interests of political and economic elites. The course establishes an economic context for the analysis of current reform initiatives and investigates claims in the literature and in policy about the performance of schools and the privileging of training over education. The course examines the claim that economic imperatives have shaped and re-named the world, including the school, and have turned education into a production process.
     
    EDUC 390. Topics in Educational Studies      1 course
    Detailed study of theoretical and policy topics and issues related to education studies. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    EDUC 415. American Public School Law  Group 2    1 course
    American Public School Law Prerequisite: EDUC 170 Educational Foundations American Public School Law is designed to examine the legal framework and governance of public education in the United States and court decisions and legal issues affecting the schools, school personnel, parents and students. Current and historical legal issues will be examined including those involving the instructional program; student rights involving speech, expression, and privacy; students with disabilities; discrimination; the rights of parents; and teacher rights and freedoms.
     

    Courses in Professional Studies

    EDUC 270. The Junior High/Middle School Curriculum      1/2 course
    Different concepts of organization and structure for middle school curriculum are presented with emphasis upon evaluation, philosophy of curriculum design, articulation within the overall school program and the teacher as change agent. Field experiences required. Required for junior high and middle school additions to elementary and secondary teaching certification. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    EDUC 292. Children's Literature [See also ENG 252]      1 course
    An examination of children's literature attending to its history, canon and audience-- both children and adults--and to selected topics, such as storytelling and censorship. Establishing criteria for several genres, students read widely to judge poetry, realistic fiction, picture books, fantasy, etc., and to compile bibliographies. May not be counted toward a major in English. Offered second semester only. Elementary Education majors should take as ENG 252.
     
    EDUC 300. Critical Multiculturalism      1 course
    Explores the cultural foundations of American education and examines the challenge to the schooling process, presented by cultural diversity. Focuses on the existing definitions of knowledge, learning, cultural assimilation, the distribution of power and academic achievement. Particular attention is paid to school policy and the system as a site of political and cultural contestation. This course is designed for non-majors. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    EDUC 310. Curriculum and Instruction I (Early Childhood/Middle Childhood)      2 courses
    (includes field experience) The emphasis of this course is educating the liberal arts student to teach elementary students via methodology of instruction in language processes, social studies and health with an emphasis on technology, classroom management, curriculum development, pedagogy and assessment in early and middle childhood classrooms. Participation and performance in the field experience components of EDUC 310 and EDUC 315 should demonstrate knowledge of those content areas, professional strategies, and dispositions of the professional teacher which will be reviewed prior to entry into the student teaching experience. Prerequisites: EDUC 170, 180, 222 and 230. Students should register for field experience lab time concurrently. May be taken first or second semester. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    EDUC 315. Curriculum and Instruction II (Early Childhood/Middle Childhood)      2 courses
    (includes field experience) The emphasis of this course is educating the liberal arts student to teach elementary students via methodology of instruction in reading/literature, math and science with an emphasis on technology, classroom management, curriculum development, pedagogy, and assessment in early and middle childhood classrooms. Participation and performance in the field experience components of EDUC 310 and EDUC 315 should demonstrate knowledge of those content areas, professional strategies, and dispositions of the professional teacher which will be reviewed prior to entry into the student teaching experience. Prerequisites: EDUC 170, 180, 222 and 230. Field experience is required, and students should register for field experience lab time concurrently. May be taken first or second semester. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    EDUC 351. Curriculum and Instruction:EAG/AYA      1 1/2 courses
    (includes field experience) The course provides an intensive focus on the processes and theories inherent ini middle and secondary school teaching practices, including curriculum, instruction, planning and decision-making, discipline and classroom management, assessment, and school and classroom climate, culture and dynamics. Students have opportunities to integrate technology into course projects and activities. A 36 hour field component by arrangement, including classroom observation and participation, is also a strong component of the course. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    EDUC 361. Adolescent Development AYA/EAG      1/2 course
    (includes field experience) Provides an in-depth examination of the theoretical nature of adolescent development, including biological and cognitive processes, social, emotional and personality development, contexts of adolescent development, and disturbances, stress and health. Each of these areas is explored with a specific focus on middle and secondary school settings, as well as within the context of the adolescent's family, peers and culture. This course requires 12 hours of laboratory field experience by arrangement in a public school. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    EDUC 363. Literacy Curriculum: EAG/AYA      1/2 course
    (Early Adolescence Generalist/Adolescence and Young Adulthood) Provides students in middle and secondary education with theoretical and practical foundations of literacy across content areas. Focuses on the role of all teachers to support literacy standards, to develop interdisciplinary connections in student learning, and to specifically teach the organization of written materials, technical vocabulary, and higher level comprehension/thinking skills required in their subject areas. Emphasis is placed upon the writing process and using writing to learn in the content areas. Prerequisites are: EDUC 170, 180, 222 and 230. Field experience is required. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    EDUC 410. Methods of Educational Research  Group 2    1 course
    Methods of Educational Research is a hands-on exploration of the research process, with particular focus on educational issues. In the course, we will discuss the important connections between theory, research, and practice; ethics; research design; data analysis; interpretation; and the writing of research. Throughout the semester, the course will draw on published research from the social sciences and education to illuminate best methodological practice.
     
    EDUC 411. Directed Study      1/2-1 course
    Independent study. Prerequisite: by permission of instructor.
     
    EDUC 412. Directed Study      1/2-1 course
    Independent study. Prerequisite: by permission of instructor.
     
    EDUC 425. Projects in Education      1/2-1 course
    A systematic exploration of projects reflecting issues and concerns in education. Focuses upon students in collaboration with faculty using research, application, adaptation and implementation. May be offered with a specific research topic. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    EDUC 426. Projects in Education      1/2-1 course
    A systematic exploration of projects reflecting issues and concerns in education. Focuses upon students in collaboration with faculty using research, application, adaptation and implementation. May be offered with a specific research topic. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    EDUC 430. Senior Seminar      1 course
    A. EC/MC (Early Childhood/Middle Childhood) Developmental Levels (Elementary) B. EAG/AYA (Early Adolescence Generalist/Adolescence and Young Adulthood) Developmental Level (Secondary). A seminar stressing a professional examination of principles of classroom management, legal rights and responsibilities, certification, accountability and current issues in education. Activities relate research and theory to practical problems faced in the field. An emphasis is placed upon the individual's examination and refinement of personal attitudes and teaching skills. Students will participate in a final exhibition which involves a formal presentation of personal growth and competence via the electronic portfolio process. Prerequisite for EC/MC developmental level student teachers: EDUC 310 and 315. Prerequisite for EAG/AYA developmental level student teachers: EDUC 351, 361, 363 and content area special methods. See Education Chair for exceptions. Offered each semester. Students enroll in EDUC 450A or EDUC 450B concurrently. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    EDUC 450. Student Teaching      2 courses
    A. EC/MC (Early Childhood/Middle Childhood) Developmental Level (Elementary) B. EAG/AYA (Early Adolescence Generalist/Adolescence and Young Adulthood) Developmental Level (Secondary). A 14-week, full-time teaching experience is required. The student must allow time for conferences with the supervising teacher and college supervisor. Prerequisite for EC/MC developmental level student teachers: EDUC 310 and 315. Prerequisite for EAG/AYA developmental level student teachers: EDUC 351, 361, 363 and content area special methods. Students may not enroll in student teaching if their cumulative GPA is less than 2.5; they also must be formally admitted to the Teacher Education Program via the INTASC portfolio process. Application is made through the Director of Teacher Education one full year in advance of the student teaching semester, and signature of the instructor is a prerequisite for EC/MC and EAG/AYA developmental level teaching candidates. Offered each semester. Students enroll in EDUC 430A or EDUC 430B concurrently. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    EDUC 590. Selected Topics      1/2-3/4-1 course
    May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     

    English

    (Program Homepage)

    M. Altman, D. Alvarez, B. Bean, H. Brown, T. Chiarella, C. Cornell, I. Csicsery-Ronay, V. Dickerson, E. Doak, R. Dye, J. Field, A. Flury, D. Geis, W. Glausser, J. Gloria, P. Graham, H. Groutage, S. Hahn, J. Heithaus (chair), R. Henry, R. Hillis, M. Jackson, M. Ling, W. Little, R. Long, M. McInnes, M. Rainbolt, G. Schwipps, M. Sinowitz, A. Sununu, C. White, L. Wright.

    With major concentrations in Literature or Writing and a minor in Literature, English offers students the means both to connect with their world and to transcend it. Trained to think inventively and write expressively, English majors of both concentrations are prepared for work in various professional spheres, including graduate study in the field, education, communications, publishsing, law and business. Some have established reputations as important scholars, journalists and authors.

    Literature classes enable students to study literature as an art form. Through courses covering a spectrum of historical, cultural and ethnic perspectives, literature also invites students to explore their own lives and times as well as think beyond their own experience. Classes typically combine lecture and discussion, introducing students to representative works of English, American, and Anglophone writing and encouraging them to develop methods of critical interpretation.

    The study of writing directly engages students' imaginations and knowledge and helps them develop their potential as writers through courses in fiction, non-fiction, poetry, playwriting, screenwriting and journalism. Small workshop classes provide intensive experience in the crafting and revising of students own work and in the productive critique of others.

    Students wishing to count courses taken off-campus toward a major in English must have prior approval from their academic advisors and the department chair.

    Students preparing for secondary teaching should review Section V, Teacher Education, and confer with the chair of the education department about requirements for admission and certification.

    Requirements for a major in Writing:

    Total courses required: Ten
    Core courses: ENG 151, ENG 201 and ENG 412.
    Other required courses:
  • Three additional courses in writing above the 100-level in at least two different genres, two of which must be at the 300-level.
  • Four additional courses in literature, at least one of which must be at the 300-level.
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Four
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of the completion of ENG 412 with a grade of C or better, as well as a thesis.
    Additional information: ENG 197 may be counted toward a major.

    Requirements for a major in Literature:

    Total courses required: Ten
    Core courses: ENG 151 and ENG 461.
    Other required courses:
  • Two of the following courses are required: ENG 281, ENG 282 and ENG 283.
  • At least three courses in literature before 1830 are also required.
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Five
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of the completion of ENG 461 with a grade of C or better.
    Additional information: ENG 197 may be counted toward a major.

    Requirements for a minor in Literature:

    Total courses required: Five literature
    Core courses:
  • One course that stresses writers before 1830
  • One course that stresses writers after 1830
  • Other courses: ENG 197 may be counted toward a minor.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Two

    Courses in English

    Courses in Literature

    ENG 151. Literature and Interpretation  Group 3, lit    1 course
    This course provides a foundation for advanced literary study, as well as skills useful in other disciplines. Through an exploration of varied works of fiction, nonfiction, poetry and film, this course sharpens students' abilities to read texts analytically and introduces them to the terms and strategies employed in contemporary critical discourse.
     
    ENG 155. Topics in Literary Studies  Group 3, lit    1 course
    While refining students' general analytical and interpretive skills, this course offers intensive examination of specific issues in literature and culture, often those at the center of current critical interest. Recent sections have focused on The Gangster Film, Memoir and Sexuality, Quest for the Grail, Contemporary African American Fiction and Science Fiction.
     
    ENG 167. Introduction to Film  Group 3    1 course
    Designed to develop students' ability to understand and appreciate film as art and to acquaint them with a representative group of significant works and the characteristics of film as a type of literature.
     
    ENG 197. First-Year Seminar      1 course
    An exploration of a literary theme with an emphasis on class discussion and participation, independent projects, historical and cultural awareness and writing. Recent courses have included Beauty, Where the Poet Lives, Imagining Democracy in America, Woolf in Context and The Good, The Bad and the Ugly. Enrollment limited to first-year students. May be counted toward a major or minor.
     
    ENG 250. World Literature  Group 3, lit    1 course
    A study of literature from both Western and non-Western traditions. Readings may focus on a theme that runs across cultures, a specific historical period or an event that affects a number of cultures.
     
    ENG 252. Children's Literature [See also EDUC 292]      1 course
    An examination of children's literature, attending to its history, canon and audience - both children and adults - and to selected topics, such as storytelling and censorship. Establishing criteria for several genres, students read widely to judge poetry, realistic fiction, picture books, fantasy, etc. and to compile bibliographies. May be counted toward a major in English. Offered second semester.
     
    ENG 261. Modern Continental Literature  Group 3, lit    1 course
    European writing from about 1885, stressing new directions in fiction and poetry from Zola to contemporary writers.
     
    ENG 263. African-American Literature  Group 4    1 course
    A study of African-American writing, including biographies, essays and polemics as well as drama, fiction and poetry.
     
    ENG 264. Women and Literature: Topics  Group 3, lit    1 course
    Introduces students to the work of women writers and the importance of gender as a category of literary analysis. Issues covered may include: images of women in literature by women and men; impediments women writers have faced; women's writing in historical/social context; feminist literature; intersections of race, class and gender. May be repeated for credit with a different topic.
     
    ENG 281. British Writers I  Group 3, lit    1 course
    This course surveys works of representative British authors from Anglo-Saxon times through the Augustan period. It is designed for students wishing to acquaint themselves with this broad area of British letters.
     
    ENG 282. British Writers II  Group 3, lit    1 course
    A continuation of the survey begun in ENG 281, this course begins with representative writers of the Romantic movement and ends with 20th-century authors. ENG 281 is not a prerequisite for this course.
     
    ENG 283. American Writers  Group 3, lit    1 course
    A study of representative American authors from the exploration of the New World to the present with attention to the literature of ethnic cultures.
     
    ENG 351. Principles of Literary Studies  Group 3    1 course
    This course is designed to give majors in English and related fields a grasp of the most important theories, terms and traditions that shape contemporary literary studies. Recommended for both literature and writing majors, and especially for anyone considering graduate study in English.
     
    ENG 360. Chaucer and His World  Group 3, lit    1 course
    Realism and romance in selected major poems of Chaucer and his contemporaries studied in their medieval context.
     
    ENG 361. Shakespeare  Group 3, lit    1 course
    A study of representative plays drawn from the histories, comedies, tragedies and late romances. Wide-ranging themes will include questions about gender relations and identity, both personal and national, and the conventions of Elizabethan performance.
     
    ENG 363. Renaissance or Early Modern British Literature  Group 3, lit    1 course
    A study of major developments in prose and poetry in English literature between 1500 and 1660, an age of exploration both literal and figurative. In both canonical works (by Sidney, Spenser, Donne, Jonson, Herbert and Milton) and recently rediscovered poems by Lady Mary Wroth, Aemilia Lanyer and Katherine Philips, we will analyze the intersection of influences--Classical and Biblical, native and Continental, medieval and modern.
     
    ENG 364. Milton  Group 3, lit    1 course
    A revolutionary who wrote against censorship and in defense of divorce, whose poetry made a mark on future generations of writers, Milton redefined heroism in his epic, Paradise Lost. We will study his major poems and selected prose, analyzing his transformation of every genre he touched: sonnet, pastoral elegy, masque, epic and tragedy.
     
    ENG 365. Restoration and Eighteenth Century  Group 3, lit    1 course
    Centers on Dryden, Pope, Swift, Fielding, Johnson, Sterne, Radcliffe and Austen. Stresses satiric, ironic, sentimental and gothic literature and their critiques of society.
     
    ENG 366. The Romantic Period  Group 3, lit    1 course
    Focuses on English poetry from approximately 1790-1830, along with related works of fiction, criticism and philosophy. Writers often studied include Blake, Wollstonecraft, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Percy Shelley, Mary Shelley and Keats.
     
    ENG 367. The Victorian Period  Group 3, lit    1 course
    Focuses on writers who worked in the last 70 years of the 19th century. Writers often studied include Dickens, Carlyle, George Eliot, Tennyson, Robert Browning and Elizabeth Barrett Browning.
     
    ENG 368. Modern British Literature  Group 3, lit    1 course
    British novelists, poets and dramatists of the first half of the 20th century, including Conrad, Joyce, Yeats, Lawrence and Woolf.
     
    ENG 369. Contemporary Literature in English  Group 3, lit    1 course
    British and postcolonial writers from the mid-20th century to the present. Writers may include Rushdie, Gordimer, Larkin, Amis and Heaney.
     
    ENG 371. American Literature: Revolution and Renaissance  Group 3, lit    1 course
    A study of literature from the American Revolution through "the American Renaissance," when the writing of American authors first achieved an international reputation. Writers might include Cooper, Poe, Emerson, Hawthorne, Douglass, Stowe, Melville, Jacobs, Whitman and Dickinson.
     
    ENG 372. American Literature: The Age of Realism  Group 3, lit    1 course
    A study of the literary culture between the Civil War and World War I, including considerations of realism, regionalism and naturalism as well as works of nonfiction. Writers might include Twain, James, Jewett, Crane, DuBois, Chesnutt, Dreiser, Wharton and Cather.
     
    ENG 373. American Literature: Modern  Group 3, lit    1 course
    A study of literature between World Wars I and II and the main philosophical, social and aesthetic issues that shaped it. Writers might include Faulkner, Hemingway, Fitzgerald, Eliot, Moore, Hurston, Hughes, West, Steinbeck and Wright.
     
    ENG 374. American Literature: Post-War to Post-Modern  Group 3, lit    1 course
    A study of literature since the end of World War II, including that of minority writers, and the main philosophical, social and aesthetic issues that shaped it. Writers might include Warren, Nabokov, Bishop, Roth, Morrison, Rich, Pynchon, Erdrich, Kingston and Cisneros.
     
    ENG 390. Women and Literature: Advanced Topics  Group 3, lit    1 course
    Designed for English majors and/or students with some background in Women's Studies. Topics will provide opportunities for in-depth analysis of women writers and gender literary analysis. Issues covered may include: images of women in literature; women's writing in historical/social feminist literature theory and literary criticism; intersections of race, class and gender; formation of the literary canon. May be repeated for credit with a different topic.
     
    ENG 391. Authors: Advanced Topics  Group 3, lit    1 course
    In-depth study of one or more writers.
     
    ENG 392. Genre: Advanced Topics  Group 3, lit    1 course
    Study of works drawn from a specific literary genre or subgenre. Examples include Confessional Poetry, The Postmodern Novel and Revenge Tragedy.
     
    ENG 393. Literature and Culture: Advanced Topics  Group 3, lit    1 course
    A study of the relations between literature and culture, with a specific thematic focus. Examples include Literature and Law, Darwinism in Modern Fiction, and Literature and Social Protest.
     
    ENG 394. Literature and History: Advanced Topics  Group 4    1 course
    A study of literary representations of historical topics. Examples include The French Revolution and English Romanticism and Vietnam in Recent American Literature.
     
    ENG 395. Literature and Theory: Advanced Topics  Group 3, lit    1 course
    Study of a specific topic within contemporary literary theory. Examples include The Rise and Fall of Deconstruction, Cultural Poetics and Studies in Formalism.
     
    ENG 460. Readings in Literature      1/2-1 course
    Directed studies, with individual conferences or seminars, centered on a specific project arranged with the instructor and including the writing of papers. Prerequisite: senior classification and permission of instructor and chairman of department. Students seeking permission to take the course must present previous to registration to the department chair a written statement of the project countersigned by the instructor who will direct it.
     
    ENG 461. Seminar in Literature      1 course
    Concentrated study of one or more major British and/or American authors, as announced. Prerequisite: two 300- or 400-level courses in literature. Required of majors in English with emphasis on literature. May be repeated once for credit.
     

    Courses in Writing

    ENG 001. Journalism  Group 6    0 credit
    A. Writers; B. Editors; C. Midwestern Review; D. Mirage and E. Eye on the World. Practical experience in writing for The DePauw (A&B), Midwestern Review (C), Mirage (D) and Eye on the World (E). The DePauw writers (A) receive one-quarter activity credit per semester, and editors B) receive one-half activity credit per semester. Midwestern Review, Mirage and Eye on the World staff members (C, D and E) receive one-quarter activity credit per semester. Prerequisite: signature of The DePauw advisor required.
     
    ENG 100. College Writing for Non-Native Speakers of English      1 course
    This course is designed for incoming students who are non-native speakers of English. Students write short expository essays based on their personal and cultural experiences. Students practice writing clearly, precisely and fluently in standard American English; students are also introduced to the form and methods of academic writing. May not be counted toward a major in English.
     
    ENG 120. College Writing I      1 course
    This course reviews good writing strategies to prepare students for the level of reading, writing and critical thinking done in College Writing II. By means of short essay assignments, students build fluency and confidence in writing. May not be counted toward a major in English. See Writing Program for details.
     
    ENG 130. College Writing II      1 course
    This course introduces students to the fundamentals of reading and writing at the college level. Assignments focus on a variety of essay forms, including personal narrative and analytical argument, helping students to develop skills in critical thinking, interpretation, argumentation, and research documenation. Through the study of the writing process, students learn to generate essays for a variety of writing tasks across the curriculum. May not be counted toward a major in English. See Writing Program for details.
     
    ENG 201. Introduction to Creative Writing      1 course
    An introduction to writing fiction and poetry in a workshop setting using readings from contemporary poets and writers as models. May include some creative non-fiction and/or dramatic writing.
     
    ENG 209. Advanced Expository Writing      1 course
    Writing and critiquing expository writing in various forms - informational and interpretive reports, journalistic articles and critical or interpretative essays. Extensive use of peer review and critique. Illustrative readings for analysis and discussion.
     
    ENG 232. News Writing and Editing      1 course
    An introduction to the art and craft of writing for newspapers, including story structure, research techniques, interviewing, note taking, ethics, libel and AP Style. Students will hone their writing and reporting skills by covering campus events, writing stories on deadline and following national and local media coverage.
     
    ENG 301. Creative Writing II: Fiction Workshop  Group 6    1 course
    A workshop focused on the writing of short fiction using modern and contemporary short stories as models and inspiration. Prerequisite: ENG 201.
     
    ENG 302. Creative Writing II: Fiction Topics  Group 6    1 course
    Topics in fiction writing with particular concentration on specific forms or other aspects of the genre using readings as models and inspiration. This might include the novella or the short-short story or techniques such as magical realism, meta-fiction, minimalism, etc., depending on the instructor. Prerequisite: ENG 201.
     
    ENG 311. Creative Writing II: Poetry Workshop  Group 6    1 course
    A workshop that gives students the opportunity to sharpen their skills as poets and exposes them to a wide range of contemporary poetry. Prerequisite: ENG 201.
     
    ENG 312. Creative Writing II: Poetry Topics  Group 6    1 course
    The course provides a particular focus on poetic forms or sub-genres of poetry. These might include dramatic monologue and extended poetic projects such as sequences in a particular form or voice. Effort is made to broaden students reading knowledge of poetry. Prerequisite: ENG 201.
     
    ENG 321. Creative Writing II: Nonfiction Workshop  Group 6    1 course
    This course will focus on the art and craft of nonfiction?with special attention to giving nonfiction the immediacy and liveliness of fiction. Forms explored may include profiles, travel writing, personal essays, reviews, memoir, nature writing or literary nonfiction. Prerequisite: ENG 201.
     
    ENG 322. Creative Writing II: Nonfiction Topics  Group 6    1 course
    This course will explore a specific genre of nonfiction in depth. Class will operate as an advanced writing workshop that uses master works as models and inspiration. Offerings might include profiles, travel writing, personal essays, reviews, memoir, nature writing or literary nonfiction. Prerequisite: ENG 201.
     
    ENG 331. Creative Writing II: Advanced Reporting Workshop  Group 6    1 course
    An upper-level reporting class for students who have taken News Writing and Editing or have written for a student publication. Students will analyze and discuss long-form, investigative journalism and write a series of in-depth news features. The course will address how to incorporate literary techniques in news writing.
     
    ENG 332. Creative Writing II: Advanced Reporting Topics  Group 6    1 course
    An upper-level reporting class for students who have taken News Writing and Editing or have written for a student publication. Students will study specifics forms of journalistic writing. Offerings might include feature writing, profiles, investigative journalism, magazine feature writing, or reviews and criticism.
     
    ENG 341. Creative Writing II: Playwriting Workshop  Group 6    1 course
    An introduction to the process of playwriting. The course will explore dramatic action for the stage--working with character, setting, dialogue, tone and style--through writing workshop, discussion and selected readings. Students will write monologues, scenes, a ten-minute play and a one-act play. Prerequisite: ENG 201.
     
    ENG 342. Creative Writing II: Screenwriting Workshop  Group 6    1 course
    An introduction to the fundamentals of screenwriting, in theory and in practice. Students will explore story, character, dialogue and structure as relates to writing for film; learn the screenplay format; and participate in writing workshop and discussion. Prerequisite: ENG 201.
     
    ENG 343. Creative Writing II: Dramatic Writing Topics  Group 6    1 course
    An upper level writing course that focuses on specific elements or forms within a genre of dramatic writing. Offerings might include The One Act Play, The Dramatic Monologue, The Short Film Script, Advanced Screenwriting or Advanced Playwriting. Prerequisite: ENG 201.
     
    ENG 400A. Teaching Methods In English      1/2 course
    An introduction to the problems of teaching composition, language and literature, primarily for those planning to teach English in the secondary schools. Prerequisite: a major in English or Communication and Theatre or permission of instructor. Generally offered second semester in even-numbered years.
     
    ENG 400B. English Grammar      1/2 course
    An introduction to modern English linguistics, centering on the description of the structure of modern English, its sounds, words, phrases and sentences, but also considering such topics as the nature of language, dialectics, semantics, language change and language standardization. Designed for those who wish to learn more about the workings of English and for those who plan to teach. Open by permission of the instructor. Generally offered second semester in even-numbered years.
     
    ENG 401. Independent Writing      1 course
    Independent writing under tutorial supervision designed for seniors wishing to develop or complete one of the longer forms. Prerequisites: senior classification, the successful completion of three courses in writing above the freshman level, and permission of instructor and chair of the department. Prior to registration, the student must present to the chairman of the department a written statement of the project countersigned by the instructor who will serve as tutor.
     
    ENG 412. Seminar in Writing      1 course
    This is an advanced creative writing workshop in which students design their own independent projects under the guidance of the instructor. Seminars generally explore a specific genre in depth. Prerequisite: senior classification and the successful completion of three courses in writing above the 100 level, two at the 300 level.
     

    Film Studies

    (Program Homepage)

    Faculty: M. Belyavski-Frank, D. Bohmer, I. Csicsery-Ronay, R. Hershberger, J. McCall, J. Nichols-Pethick

    Film, video, and other related media are ubiquitous in contemporary society. Motion pictures combine art and text, creating a powerful medium that often dominates local cultural discourse, even as it is internationally accessible. Higher education engages the study of film and teaches students to think, write and speak critically about their products, which increasingly reflect us, define us, persuade us, market us, and tell our stories.

    In the past forty years film studies has become a significant and continuous intellectual presence in academic and the world of higher education. Students used to major in film as a sort of apprenticeship, as a prelude to going into the movie business. Today, however, students all over the country--and world--are majoring in film for a variety of reasons: to teach, to succeed in the business world, to become managers, to prepare for graduate study, to have a career in the armed forces, to prepare for running large charitable foundations, and simply to try and change the world.

    Requirements for a major in Film Studies:

    Total courses required: 9
    Core courses:
  • FS 167
  • FS 237
  • FS 395
  • FS 430
  • Other required courses: 5 (including one in film production or screenwriting and one in cultural or genre study of film)
    # 300 and 400 level courses: 4 (including the Senior Thesis)
    Senior requirement:
    Additional information:

    Requirements for a minor in Film Studies:

    Total courses required: 5
    Core courses:
  • select one course from either COMM 236, COMM 316 or COMM 319;
  • Other courses:
  • One class from each of the following areas:
  • a) history and criticism;
  • b) production and screenwriting;
  • c) cultural and genre studies.

  • Students elect a fifth course from one of the three categories listed above. At least one of the courses must be at the 300 level or above.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: 1

    Geosciences

    (Program Homepage)

    T. Cope, J.Mills, J. Pope, F. Soster, M. Wilkerson (chair).

    Geoscientists study the Earth, including the materials that compose the planet, the processes that continuously change the planet, and the evolution of the earth and life through time. Because these studies involve investigations of relationships between the lithosphere, atmosphere, hydrosphere, and biosphere, the Geosciences are inherently interdisciplinary by nature and include aspects of chemistry, biology, and physics.

    Geoscientists also are addressing increasingly challenging problems that confront a growing human population as we begin the twenty-first century: dwindling water, mineral, and energy resources; earthquake prediction and natural hazard identification; human impacts on the environment at regional and global scales; and safe disposal of toxic and radioactive waste materials.

    The goal of the Department of Geosciences is to expose students to the complex interplay of Earth systems through active, hands-on learning. Therefore, a DePauw education in the Geosciences goes far beyond the traditional classroom. Students work in modern laboratories with extensive mineral, rock, fossil, and map collections. They use computers to model complex systems and simulate geological processes. They receive training on emerging technological tools such as GPS (global positioning systems) and GIS (geographic information systems). They participate on field trips that take them to some of the best geological exposures in the world. Many students spend a summer working closely with faculty on important research problems using state-of-the-art instrumentation. These student-faculty collaborations commonly result in student presentations at national meetings and co-authored publications in refereed journals.

    Current research topics include: understanding the fate of pollutant materials in aquatic ecosystems, sedimentation rates in modern depositional environments, origin and evolution of igneous rocks in the southwestern United States and northeastern Canada, 2-D and 3-D mapping, modeling, and computer visualization of faults and folded rocks with applications in various mountain belts, geochemical analysis and remediation of acid mine drainage from Indiana coal mines, and sedimentary basins in China.

    Many DePauw Geoscience graduates receive scholarships to attend leading graduate schools to continue their education. Other graduates pursue a variety of successful careers in industry, government agencies, or academic institutions.

    The Department of Geoscience offers majors and minors in Geology, Environmental Geoscience and Earth Science and a minor in Geography. Students planning to major in any of these fields should consult with a departmental faculty member. During the senior year, all majors are required to participate in a senior seminar. Students preparing for secondary teaching: review Section V, Teacher Education, and confer with the chair of the education department about requirements for admission and certification.

    Requirements for a major in Geology:

    Total courses required: 9.5 GEOS + 1.25 CHEM
    Core courses:
  • GEOL 110, GEOL 280, GEOL 310, GEOL 350
  • Other required courses:
  • GEOL 210, GEOL 320, GEOL 450
  • CHEM 130 & 170 (1.25 credit)
  • At least 3 course credits from the following courses:
  • GEOL 220, GEOG 315, GEOL 330, GEOL 370, GEOL 380, GEOL 470*, GEOL 480*, GEOL 490*
  • *only 1 course credit counts towards major
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Four and one-half
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of GEOL 450.
    Additional information: Recommended courses from which to choose:
  • MATH 151, MATH 152
  • PHYS 120, PHYS 130
  • CSC 121, CSC 122
  • POLS courses (e.g., POLS 110, 160, 382
  • ANTH 253
  • Off-campus study in an approved geoscience program
  • Additional GEOS (GEOL/GEOG), CHEM, and/or BIO courses
  • Winter Term internship in a geoscience-related field
  • Summer geology field camp
  • Requirements for a major in Environmental Geoscience:

    Total courses required: 8.0 GEOS + 1 UNIV + (4.25-4.75) Areas
    Core courses:
  • GEOL 110, GEOL 280, GEOL 310, GEOL 350
  • Other required courses:
  • GEOL 109, GEOG 125
  • UNIV 170, UNIV 390


  • At least 2 course credits from the following courses:
  • GEOL 330, GEOL 370, GEOL 380
  • GEOL 470*, GEOL 480*, GEOL 490* (*only 1 course credit counts towards major)


  • At least 2 of the following area concentrations:
  • Area 1: CHEM 120, 130, & 170 (2.25 cr.)
  • Area 2: BIO 135 & 145 (2.0 cr) Note: BIO 342 also is highly recommended.
  • Area 3: ECON 100 & 294 (2 cr)Note: Econ 335 also is highly
  • recommended.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Four and one-half
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of UNIV 390.
    Additional information: Recommended courses from which to choose:
  • MATH 151, MATH 152
  • PHYS 120, PHYS 130
  • CSC 121, CSC 122
  • POLS courses (e.g., POLS 110, 160, 382)
  • ANTH 253
  • Additional GEOS (GEOL/GEOG), CHEM, and/or BIO courses
  • Winter Term internship in a geoscience-related field
  • Off-campus study in an approved geoscience program
  • Summer geology field camp
  • Requirements for a major in Earth Science:

    Total courses required: 8.5 GEOS + 2.25 CHEM/PHYS
    Core courses: GEOL 110, GEOL 280, GEOL 310, GEOL 350
    Other required courses:
  • GEOG 115, GEOL 450
  • an astronomy course
  • CHEM 130 & CHEM 170 (1.25 total credit)
  • At least 3 course credits from the following courses (at least one of the three must be at the 300 or higher level): GEOG 105, GEOL 107, GEOL 109, GEOG 125, GEOL 210, GEOL 220, GEOG 315, GEOL 320, GEOL 330, GEOL 370, GEOL 380
  • GEOL 470*, GEOL 480*, GEOL 490* *only 1 course credit counts towards major
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Three and one-half
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of GEOL 450.
    Additional information: Recommended courses from which to choose:
  • MATH 151, MATH 152
  • PHYS 120, PHYS 130
  • CSC 121-122
  • POLS (Political Science) courses (e.g., POLS 110, 160, 382)
  • ANTH 253
  • Additional GEOS (GEOL/GEOG), CHEM, and/or BIO courses
  • Winter Term internship in a geoscience-related field
  • Off-campus study in an approved geoscience program
  • Summer geology field camp
  • Requirements for a minor in Geology:

    Total courses required: Four
    Core courses: GEOL 110
    Other courses:
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Requirements for a minor in Environmental Geoscience:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: Choose 5 course credits from the following:
  • GEOL 109, GEOL 110, GEOL 197, GEOL 280, GEOL 310, GEOL 330, GEOL 350, GEOL 370, GEOL 380, GEOG 125, UNIV 170, UNIV 390.
  • Other courses:
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Requirements for a minor in Earth Science:

    Total courses required: Four
    Core courses: GEOL 110, GEOG 115
    Other courses:
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Requirements for a minor in Geography:

    Total courses required: Four
    Core courses: GEOG 115
    Other courses:
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Courses in Geosciences

    Courses in Geology

    GEOL 107. Geology of America's National Parks  Group 1    1 course
    Study of the geologic history of America via the National Park System. The course focuses on origin and evolution of landforms in various national parks and the geologic processes that created and sculpted them. Park features serve as a point of departure for interdisciplinary discussions on society's impact on the lithosphere, hydrosphere, atmosphere and biosphere.May include lab some semesters.
     
    GEOL 109. Environmental Geology  Group 1    1 course
    An introduction to the processes that influence the physical and chemical nature of the earth's surface. Although these processes are frequently naturally occurring, special attention is given to the influence of human actions on the environment. Students explore the environmental impact of the extraction and use of natural resources, and interactions between the lithosphere, hydrosphere, atmosphere, and biosphere as they pertain to environmental issues.
     
    GEOL 110. Earth and the Environment  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. An introduction to the materials that make up the earth and the interplay between constructive and destructive processes that shape the earth, including plate tectonics. Laboratories include mineral and rock identification, field trips, and topographic map interpretation.
     
    GEOL 197S. First-Year Seminar      1 course
    A seminar focused on a theme related to the study of geology. Open only to first-year students.
     
    GEOL 210. Historical Geology  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. An introduction to earth history and the methods that geologists use to interpret the rock record and the fossil record. The origin and evolution of the earth and life through time are examined with emphasis on the interrelationships of earth history, evolution and plate tectonics. Prerequisite: GEOL 110.
     
    GEOL 220. Geologic Field Experiences  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. A. West Virginia B. Utah C. Nevada D. Other. An introduction to field geology through intensive study of a geologic province. Students collect and interpret geologic data, construct geologic maps and cross sections, and read published professional papers in order to interpret the tectonic, stratigraphic and geologic history of a province. Topics include the Valley and Ridge Province in West Virginia, the Colorado Plateau Province in Utah, and the Basin and Range Province in Nevada. A week-long field trip to the geologic province is required during spring break. A course fee covers field trip expenses. May be repeated for credit with different topics. Prerequisite: GEOL 110.
     
    GEOL 280. Mineralogy  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. A qualitative and quantitative study of the physical, chemical and optical properties of minerals. The physical properties of minerals are studied through the identification of hand samples and geometric analysis of crystal models. Mineral chemistry is studied using literature sources and laboratory work. The optical properties of minerals are examined using the petrographic microscope. Prerequisite: GEOL 110.
     
    GEOL 310. Sedimentology and Stratigraphy  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. Detailed study of the formation, transportation, and deposition of sediments, and criteria for inferring the geologic history of sedimentary rocks. The application of facies models in recognizing and interpreting ancient depositional systems is emphasized. Prerequisite: GEOL 110.
     
    GEOL 320. Petrology  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. Genesis, classification and identification of igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rocks. These rock groups are studied through the use of hand samples, rock and mineral chemistry, computers and petrographic analysis. Laboratory exercises include field trips to examine and interpret outcrops in Indiana and adjacent states. Prerequisite: GEOL 280.
     
    GEOL 330. Geochemistry  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. An introduction to thermodynamics and kinetics applied to geological problems, with special emphasis on aqueous geochemistry. Students learn field collection techniques, sample analysis, and methods of presenting geochemical data. Prerequisites: GEOL 110, CHEM 130, and CHEM 170; or permission of the instructor.
     
    GEOL 350. Structural Geology and Tectonics  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. Recognition, description and origin of structural features that form the architectural framework of the upper crust. Geometric (shape), kinematic (motion) and dynamic (mechanical) development of structural features is emphasized. Fieldwork and applied laboratory work with computers facilitate analyses of structures over a wide range in scale (lattice deformation to orogenic belts). Prerequisite: GEOL 110.
     
    GEOL 370. Applied Hydrogeology  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. An investigation of the occurrence and movement of water within the hydrologic cycle. Special attention is given to water quality and water supply concerns. Lab and field work develop skills to apply course concepts to real world problems.Prerequisites: GEOL 110, CHEM 130, and CHEM 170. MATH 135 proficiency recommended.
     
    GEOL 380. Environmental Geophysics  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. Detailed analysis of the basic theory, field methods and interpretation techniques of seismic, gravitational, magnetic and electrical methods of geophysical prospecting. Application of geophysical techniques to solving problems in geology, with emphasis on their applicability in environmental and exploration investigations. Outdoor work required. Prerequisites: GEOL 110 or permission of instructor. MATH 135 proficiency and PHYS 120 recommended.
     
    GEOL 450. Senior Seminar      1/2 course
    Students read, present and discuss research papers in the geosciences. Prerequisite: A departmental major and senior standing.
     
    GEOL 470. Readings in Geology      1/4-1/2 course
    Topical investigation using primary geological literature sources, including written analyses and oral presentations. Prerequisite: Permission of chair of the department.
     
    GEOL 480. Problems in Geology      1/4-1/2 course
    Advanced problems in geology, including written analyses and/or oral presentations. Prerequisite: Permission of chair of the department.
     
    GEOL 490. Research Thesis      1/4-1/2-1 course
    Original research in geology, including a written thesis and an oral defense. Prerequisite: Permission of chair of the department.
     

    Courses in Geography

    GEOG 105. Earthquakes and Volcanoes  Group 1, lab    1 course
    An investigation of the theory of plate tectonics and how it explains the distribution of earthquake and volcanic activity throughout the world. Destructive historical earthquakes and volcanic eruptions are examined with consideration of the impact of these disasters on human populations. Advances in the prediction of earthquake and volcanic activity also are evaluated. May include lab some semesters.
     
    GEOG 115. Physical Geography  Group 1    1 course
    An introduction to the earth's physical environment. Earth-sun relationships, weather, climate, natural vegetation, soils and landforms are studied.
     
    GEOG 125. Introduction to Environmental Science  Group 1    1 course
    An introduction to the study of environmental science. Topics include matter, energy, ecosystems, human populations, natural resources, and the impact of human activity on the natural environment. Special attention is given to current environmental problems including air and water pollution, acid rain, stratospheric ozone depletion, climate change, deforestation, and species extinctions.
     
    GEOG 197G. First-Year Seminar      1 course
    A seminar focused on a theme related to the study of geography. Open only to first-year students.
     
    GEOG 315. Map Interpretation  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. Interdisciplinary study of geologic processes and resulting landforms through the analysis and interpretation of geologic and topographic maps. Course focuses on the relationship of map patterns to tectonic, geomorphic, hydrogeologic and climatic processes that shape and influence landform development. May be counted towards a major in geology. Prerequisite: GEOL 110.
     
    GEOG 395. Topics in Geography      1/2-1 course
    An examination of a topic in Geography. May be repeated for credit with different topics. Prerequisite: Permission of chair of the department.
     
    GEOG EXPG. Introduction to GIS and GPS Mapping      1 course
    GIS (Geographic Information System) and GPS (Global Positioning System) are the most important modern tools for the collection, analysis, and presentation of spatial data. This course will provide an introduction to the use of GIS and GPS in map preparation and spatial analysis of 2-D and 3-D data.
     

    History

    (Program Homepage)

    D. Berenberg, J. Bruggemann, Y. Chiang (chair), R. Dewey, M. Dixon-Fyle, N. Fancy, D. Gellman, G. Kuecker, T. Morris, J. Schlotterbeck, B. Steinson, J. Swanger, C. Weinberg, B. Whitehead.

    History, a discipline that belongs to both the humanities and the social sciences, is the study of change over time. By exploring the complexities of peoples and societies in the past, the present becomes more comprehensible. As a core discipline of the liberal arts, history encourages students to think critically, to argue logically and to examine the values of their society and those of other societies.

    By developing research, analytical, writing, oral communication and problem solving skills, the undergraduate major in History is valuable preparation for a broad range of occupations, for graduate and professional schools and for the responsibilities of informed citizenship. Recent history majors have pursued careers in education, law, government service, journalism, public history, social agencies, business and finance.

    The History department brings historians and history makers to campus, encourages off-campus study and travel, shows films and documentaries, sponsors field trips to historical sites and assists students in finding history-related internships.

    The History department offers introductory and advanced work in the following geographic fields: Africa, East Asia, Europe, Latin America and the United States.

    Students wishing to count courses taken off-campus toward a major or minor in history should note that approval is not automatic and that they must obtain prior approval from their academic advisors and the department chair.

    Students preparing for social studies certification in secondary education are required to take HIST 400SS, normally during the spring semester of the junior year. They should review Section V, Teacher Education, and confer with the chair of the Education department about requirements for admission and certification.

    Requirements for a major in History:

    Total courses required: Nine
    Core courses:
  • At least one course from three of the following five geographic fields: Africa, East Asia, Europe, Latin America and the United States
  • At least one course on a period of history before 1800
  • HIST 295: History Today: Debates and Practice
  • Either HIST 490: Seminar or HIST 495, HIST 496
  • Additional elective History courses to achieve a total of nine
  • Other required courses:
  • In consultation with their advisors, students define a field of concentration consisting of at least four courses. Fields can be chronological, thematic and/or geographic.
  • Students planning graduate work in history should note that graduate schools usually require a reading knowledge of one or more languages appropriate to the students' fields of study.
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Three 300-level discussion
    Senior requirement: Successful completion by giving a public presentation of research or compiling a portfolio of written work in history together with a self-reflective essay or undertaking a group project approved by a member of the department.
    Additional information:

    Requirements for a minor in History:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: One course at the 100-level, one at the 200-level and one at the 300-level
    Other courses: The department encourages students completing the minor to have a geographic concentration in one of five areas and encourages students with a U.S. or a European emphasis to take one course in African, Asian or Latin American history.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Courses in History

    HIST 105. The American Experience  Group 2    1 course
    An introduction to American history through study of a special topic. Regularly offered American Experience courses include: The West, Slavery and Reform Movements. HIST 105 may be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    HIST 107. Introduction to China and Japan  Group 4    1 course
    An interdisciplinary introduction to Chinese and Japanese civilizations from their beginning through the mid-19th century, stressing cultural ideals and the social relations of families and classes, including peasants and townsmen, bureaucrats, beggars and bandits, warlords and women.
     
    HIST 108. Modern China and Japan  Group 4    1 course
    An introductory examination of East Asia in the modern world, beginning with the Western impact in the mid-19th century and focusing on Japanese industrialization and empire, Chinese revolution, World War II in Asia and trends to the present.
     
    HIST 109. African Civilizations  Group 4    1 course
    The precolonial and colonial history of Africa from 1500 to 1945: the early socioeconomic and political organization of African society; problems of state formation; organization of an acephalous society and African production and trade; the impact of capital on the African formation as seen in the slave trade; and the era of legitimate commerce and early capitalist penetration.
     
    HIST 110. Modern Africa  Group 2    1 course
    Africa since 1945: the diverse socioeconomic and political concerns of a mature colonialism on the eve of decolonization; the many contradictions of a colonialism caught up in a wind of change, concession-prone in some areas, stolidly uncompromising in others; political independence and the policies it produced; and the path to Africa's present state of dependency and political instability.
     
    HIST 111. European Civilization I--1300-1800  Group 4    1 course
    A history of Europe from about 1300 to 1789, including the end of the medieval world, the Renaissance and Reformation, Scientific Revolution, the age of Enlightenment and the French Revolution.
     
    HIST 112. European Civilization II--1789-Present  Group 4    1 course
    A history of Europe from 1789 to the present, including French Revolution and Napolean, Industrialization, the Age of the Nation States, the struggle among liberal, communist and fascist ideologies, World Wars I and II, postwar reconstruction, decolonization and European integration.
     
    HIST 115. Colonial Latin America  Group 4    1 course
    The societies and cultures of Latin America from pre-Hispanic times to the early 19th century. Topics include indigenous societies, period of contact and conquest, resistance and accommodation in the emerging colonial regimes and the revolutions for independence. Emphasis on social relations and cultural practices of the diverse Latin American peoples.
     
    HIST 116. Modern Latin America  Group 2    1 course
    The legacies of independence, modernization processes, revolutionary upheaval, nationalisms and the populist movements that marked the history of Latin America from 1825 to the present. Emphasis on social relations and cultural practices of the diverse Latin American peoples.
     
    HIST 121. Introduction to the Middle East  Group 4    1 course
    The course surveys the various factors that shaped the political, religious, cultural and social features of Classical Islamic civilization and Middle Eastern/Islamic history from the sixth century to 1500 AD. Its geographic scope comprises Al-Andalus (Muslim Spain), Central Asia and the territories of the former Ottoman and Safavid empires: Algeria, Tunisia, Morocco, Turkey, Iraq, Syria, Palestine, Egypt, Arabia, the Caucuses and Iran. Where appropriate, audio-visual material will be utilized.
     
    HIST 122. Modern Middle East  Group 2    1 course
    The course surveys the various factors that have shaped the political, religious, cultural and social features of the modern Middle East from 1500 to 2005. Its geographic scope comprises the central provinces and territories of the former Ottoman and Safavid empires: Algeria,Tunisia, Morocco, Turkey, Iraq, Syria, Israel, Palestine, Egypt, Arabia and Iran. It will emphasize the historical evolution of Middle Eastern politics from dynastic and religious empires in the 16th century to modern nation-states in the 20th century; the impact of industrial capitalism and European imperial expansion on local societies; and third, the religious, socio-cultural and ideological dimensions of these large-scale transformations.
     
    HIST 156. Advanced Placement in History      1 course
    Advanced placement credit for entering first-year students. A. United States History; B. European History.
     
    HIST 197. First-Year Seminar      1 course
    The first-year seminars focus on different historical topics, but all introduce students to the interdisciplinary nature of historical inquiry and include emphasis on discussion, writing and reading a variety of primary sources. Recent seminar topics include: Americans and War, Myth, Memory and History, Declarations of Independence, Rise and Fall of the Nuclear Family and (De)Constructing Race in the U.S. HIST 197 is open only to first-year students.
     
    HIST 206. History of Mexico  Group 2    1 course
    A social history of Mexico from pre-Hispanic times to the present. Emphasizing processes of resistance, rebellion and accommodation, this course examines the social and cultural dynamics of the major Mesoamerican societies (Aztecs and Maya), the colonial period and the process of nation formation. Attention will be given to gender and ethnic issues.
     
    HIST 221. France from Charlemagne to Napoleon  Group 4    1 course
    The history of France from the Merovingians of Gaul to the Napoleonic era with an emphasis on intellectual, cultural and social movements of this early period. Major topics: Charlemagne and the Carolingian Empire; the Hundred Years' War; rise of absolutism; the Wars of Religion; the Fronde; the Age of Louis XIV; the Enlightenment; the French Revolution.
     
    HIST 225. European Women's History  Group 4    1 course
    An examination of the cultural and intellectual roles of women in Early Modern Western Europe. In addition to surveying the women's traditional place in European society, this course also considers the work of exceptional women who argued against that role. Topics include the debate on the nature of women, women in power, witchcraft, women and science, women in revolutions and the education of women.
     
    HIST 232. 19th and 20th Century Britain  Group 4    1 course

    This course surveys Britain in the 19th and 20th centuries, a period that both affirmed and questioned the "greatness" of Great Britain in political, economic and social terms. Central course themes include the transformation of Britain's economic standing, from the "workshop of the world" to perceptions of "declinism". The contrasting political fortunes of the Conservative, Liberal and Labour parties are highlighted; from "Tory paternalism" to Thatcherite Revolution, from socialist trade unionism to "Blairism". Class, immigration and Anglo-Irish affairs are explored as well as the effects of war and peace, depression and prosperity upon British society. The course also includes a consideration of the growth of the British Empire and its comparatively rapid dissolution in the post-war era.
     
    HIST 241. Russian History to the 19th Century  Group 4    1 course
    Development of Russian state, society and culture from the ninth to the 19th centuries, with particular attention to the Kievan, Mongol, Muscovite and Imperial periods.
     
    HIST 242. Modern Russia  Group 4    1 course
    Culture and society in the last years of the Empire; the growth of the revolutionary movement in the late 19th and early 20th centuries; the establishment of the Soviet Union, its development, decline and collapse; and the beginnings of post-Soviet Russia.
     
    HIST 244. Germany from Unification to Unification, 1870-1989  Group 4    1 course
    Germany has played a central and disruptive role in the recent history of Europe. The domestic and foreign conflicts that have dominated the country's history with such far-reaching consequences will provide the focus of the course. The course covers the political, social and cultural developments that shaped the course of German history from the creation of a unified Germany in 1871 to the reunification of Germany in 1990. It examines the Imperial period, World War I, the Weimar Republic, the Nazi experience, the division of postwar Germany and its reunification in our own times.
     
    HIST 252. United States-East Asian Relations  Group 2    1 course
    An examination of the interactions between the United States and the major countries in East Asia - China, Japan and Korea - from the 19th century to the present. Topics explored include cultural interactions and changing mutual images, impact of imperialism, Asian nationalism, the Pacific War, Communism in Asia and Japan's rise as an economic superstate.
     
    HIST 256. African Cultures  Group 2    1 course
    A review of cultural change in various African societies from earliest times to present. African society is first examined in the primordial state and then reviewed against the coming of Islam, Christianity and Western cultural penetration; a discussion of the current prevalence of cultural syncretism and plurality in African cultures.
     
    HIST 257. Ethnicity and Conflict in South Africa  Group 2    1 course
    The history of South Africa from the 17th century to the present; its relations with neighboring communities; the coming of white settlers; African subjugation and the rise of apartheid; local and foreign reaction to the apartheid state; the process of decolonization; and ethnic and class cleavages in post-Apartheid society.
     
    HIST 263. The Founding of United States Civilization  Group 4    1 course
    A survey of North American history from Columbus through the War of 1812, emphasizing territories that ultimately became part of the United States. Course includes such subjects as European-Indian interaction, African slavery in early America, the development of English colonies, the American Revolution, the U.S. Constitution and politics in the early republic.
     
    HIST 264. Nineteenth-Century United States  Group 2    1 course
    The United States between 1815 and 1900: development of a market economy and industrial society; political parties and presidential leadership; westward expansion; reform movements; slavery and emancipation; sectional crisis and Civil War; ethnic and class conflicts; and roles of women, African Americans and Native Americans.
     
    HIST 265. Twentieth-Century United States  Group 2    1 course
    United States social, economic, political and diplomatic history from 1900 to the present.
     
    HIST 275. African American History  Group 4    1 course
    A survey of the black experience in the United States focusing on ways African Americans reacted individually and collectively to their condition and how they have contributed to the development of the United States.
     
    HIST 277. US Women's History: 1700-1900  Group 2    1 course
    The impact of settlement, colonization, revolution and independence, industrialization, urbanization, slavery, the Civil War, westward expansion, education and immigration on women. Readings will be drawn from journals, diary excerpts, short stories, novels and letters and from scholarly essays and monographs by historians and other social scientists. Class, race and ethnic differences will be examined throughout the semester.
     
    HIST 278. Women in the United States, 1890-Present  Group 2    1 course
    A chronological survey of U.S. women's history from 1890 to the present. It considers experiences of women of different classes, races and ethnic backgrounds. Among the topics covered are changes in women's paid employment, women's participation in selected social and political movements, women and popular culture and the impact of the Great Depression and wars on women.
     
    HIST 281. Africa and the Black Diaspora  Group 2    1 course
    An exploration of the historical foundations and the development of Black life in Africa and its later diffusion in the Black Diaspora. Its purview will range from pre-colonial dynamics to the more contemporary manifestations of global Black history in North America, Europe, the Caribbean, Central America, Latin America and Melanesia. Topics include: African cultures before European contact, the slave trade and its impact on Africa and the Atlantic economy, the middle passage, internal migration in Africa and case studies of the creation of Diasporic communities and cultures.
     
    HIST 290. Topics      1 course
    A study of a special topic with an emphasis on discussion and participation. Descriptions of HIST 290 courses offered in a given semester are available on the History department Website or in the History department office prior to registration for that semester. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    HIST 295. History Today: Debates and Practices  Group 4    1 course
    An introduction to history as a discipline, including why historians interpret the past in different and often contested ways; problems of historical method, including use of evidence, objectivity, causation, periodization and categories of historical analysis (such as, nation-state, gender, race and class); and current approaches and methodologies in the history profession.
     
    HIST 300. Topics      1/2-1 course
    A study of a special topic at an advanced level. This and all 300-level courses are small discussion classes. Descriptions of HIST 300 courses offered in a given semester are available on the History department Website or in the History department office prior to registration for that semester. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    HIST 332. European Union  Group 2    1 course
    The seminar surveys European integration in its historic context and emphasizes the project for European unity since the Second World War. Topics for consideration include historic conceptualizations of East and West and the 'Idea of Europe', integration as a response to the World Wars experience and its evolution in a divided Cold War Europe. Theoretical assessments of integration and the comparative significance of both international and domestic factors are discussed as well as controversies over supra-nationalism, 'European identity' and the expansion of membership.
     
    HIST 334. History Beyond the Classroom  Group 2    1 course
    Most Americans learn about the past not in college classrooms but from visiting historical museums and sites, through reading 'popular' historical works and from hobbies, like genealogy and living history re-enactments. Visual markers of past eras-historical landscapes, buildings, and artifacts-are powerful places for learning about the past. But who decides which "pasts" are worth preserving and whose stories are retold? What is the relationship between history learned in the classroom and history learned at public sites? This course examines these questions from three perspectives: material culture, the objects that are the primary historical documents for interpreting the past at historical sites and museums; history museums and their role in determining how the past is displayes; and public member, or popular uses of the past for commemoration or for heritage purposes.
     
    HIST 335. The History of History  Group 4    1 course
    A study of selected problems and texts in the critical history and philosophy of history. Major questions addressed by the course: Is objective history possible? What is the role of the historian? How is history politicized through selection of subject matter? And, how has the idea of progress influenced the writing of history?
     
    HIST 337. The Age of Louis XIV  Group 4    1 course
    A study of life in France during the reign of the Sun King. A deeper understanding of 17th-century French life is attempted through a study of French history, politics, society, literature, philosophy and art.
     
    HIST 338. The Enlightenment  Group 4    1 course
    This 18th-century European intellectual movement is approached through the works of the major thinkers of the period. Writers such as Voltaire, Montesquieu, Diderot, Rousseau, and de Sade are examined.
     
    HIST 339. Imperial Europe  Group 4    1 course
    This course will look at Western Europe at its height of power and influence and in the decades leading up to and including WWI (c.1870-1918). The class will approach Imperial Europe through a series of thematic clusters, such as empire, imperialism and militarism, nations and nationalism, gender and generation, culture, technology, politics and political organization, intellectual developments, mortality, sexuality, etc.
     
    HIST 342. Europe of Dictators  Group 4    1 course
    An examination of the social, economic, political and ideological conditions and processes that led to the establishment of single-party dictatorships in Italy, Germany and the Soviet Union.
     
    HIST 350. The Samurai in Feudal Japan  Group 4    1 course
    An exploration of feudal Japanese society (1185-1800) through an in-depth study of its major actors - the samurai. The topics that are explored in this course include the mores, ethos and valor of the samurai, on the one hand, and the changing as well as enduring social, economic and political structure of this period on the other hand.
     
    HIST 351. Women and Family in Modern China  Group 2    1 course
    The role and status of women and the evolution of the Chinese family from the late imperial period to the present. It draws on materials from novels and biographical case studies.
     
    HIST 353. Industrial East Asia  Group 2    1 course
    An examination of the emergence of East Asia from a pre-industrialized backwater in the 19th century to a vibrant economic region by the 1980s.
     
    HIST 355. African Nationalism, 1890-1985  Group 4    1 course
    A survey of African resistance to European imperialism with emphasis on the national peculiarities of the European penetration, the experience of Settler and non-Settler Africa, the personnel and methodology of proto-nationalist and nationalist resistance, and the general outcome of these efforts.
     
    HIST 356. African Slavery  Group 2    1 course
    A review of the processes of incorporation into slavery; slaves in production and exchange; the resistance history of slavery; the gender implications of the slave state; slaves and social mobility, interdependence and the manipulations of class; and the dynamics of manumission and abolition.
     
    HIST 362. Voices of a Revolutionary Age  Group 4    1 course
    The American Revolution in the context of revolutionary upheaval throughout the Atlantic world from 1775-1815. Topics include alternative visions of political society, the challenge of slavery, Native American responses to U.S. independence and the case for women's rights. We will encounter famous and ordinary people, often in their own words.
     
    HIST 364. Civil War and Reconstruction  Group 2    1 course
    The causes, impact and consequences of the Civil War: origins of sectional conflict, the secession crisis, emancipation, Reconstruction policies, political and military leadership, the impact of events on civilians and soldiers and long-term effects of this period on American society and political institutions.
     
    HIST 367. The Civil Rights Movement  Group 2    1 course
    The black-led freedom movement in the South from the end of World War II to the late 1960s. Prerequisites: HIST 265, HIST 275 or permission of instructor.
     
    HIST 368. United States in the Sixties  Group 2    1 course
    The decade of the 1960s was a tumultuous and often bewildering period in recent United States history. The course assesses the presidencies of Kennedy, Johnson and Nixon. Causes and manifestations of social, political and cultural change are examined. The Civil Rights, Black Power, New Left, Anti-War and Women's Liberation movements are studied, as well as the war in Southeast Asia.
     
    HIST 371. Family and Community in America  Group 2    1 course
    An interdisciplinary study of the history of the family and community in the United States from colonial times until the present.
     
    HIST 373. Chicago and New York  Group 2    1 course
    An investigation of the life and times of two of America's greatest metropolises, from their founding until approximately 1980. The course emphasizes the following themes: popular culture, poverty, politics, race, ethnicity and social reform. Historical narratives, literature and social criticism will be used as a springboard for discussing the variety of ways in which ordinary people constructed lives on a human scale and sometimes thrived in fast-changing urban environments.
     
    HIST 375. Women's Social and Political Movements  Group 2    1 course
    The varieties of female activism in the United States in the 19th and 20th centuries. Among the topics covered are benevolence, abolitionism, women's rights, the movement for reproductive freedom, the social settlement movement, temperance, suffragism and anti-suffragism, labor organizing, civil rights, women's liberation and radical feminism.
     
    HIST 381. The Mexican Revolution  Group 2    1 course
    An examination of the social fabric of the 1910 Mexican revolution, emphasizing both internal and external factors, it will cover from roughly 1876 to 1940. Major areas of analysis are: the formation of the Porfirian regime and its modernizing agenda during the late 19th century; the national eruption of diverse forms of cultural and political opposition led by peasants and workers; the emergence of the post-revolutionary regimes; and the various and competing efforts of nation formation of the early 20th century.
     
    HIST 382. US/Latin American Relations  Group 2    1 course
    An examination of the political and economic contours of the relationship between the United States and Latin America. This course surveys the historical period from the late 1700s to the present. Special focus is on reading and using primary documents.
     
    HIST 385. Latin American Revolutions  Group 4    1 course
    This discussion course examines the revolutionary movements which swept Latin America after World War Two. These include: Guatamal in 1940-1954, Bolivia 1952, Cuba 1959, Chile 1970, Nicaragua 1979 and Chiapas 1994. Our analysis will cover a range of social, political, economic, and cultural frameworks for understanding these revolutions, why they happened, did they sucdeed, or why they failed. Analysis will focus on theories of revolution, why they happen, what thier process is, and the thorny issue of how to evaluate their success or failure. We will learn about peasant and urban working class movements, as well as issues of consciousness as it pertains to the formation of counter-hegemonic movements. Guerilla warfare, the 'foco' strategy, and organizing tactics will be examianed. We will develop an understanding of the role of US foreign policy in each revoluation. the course will have a gender component by exploring how the role of women changed over time in the revolutionary movements. We develop an understanding of how and why the pre-1994 Chiapas revolutions were 'modern' responses to social, political, economic and cultural problems and how the Zapatista rebellion can be understood as the first postmodern revolution. Students will learn about why the autonomous movement is a more powerful tool of revolution than the 'traditional' revolutionary movements of the 1960s, 1970s and 1980s. The course will hae approximately 7 monographs. Reading will be at the pace of a book every two weeks (150 pages a week+/-). Students will write multiple thesis drive essays responding to the reading. There will also be a term paper.
     
    HIST 399. Internship in Public History      1/2 course
    Exploration of current practices in public history through readins and hans-on experience at a historical museum or historical site. History 334 is recommended for HIST 399 but not a formal requirement.
     
    HIST 400SS. Teaching of Social Studies      1/2 course
    A divisional course serving students in the departments of economics and management, history, political science, psychology, sociology and anthropology. The work covers values and objectives, viewpoints of the individual social sciences, curriculum problems, classroom procedures and correlation and integration of the social studies. Prerequisite: junior or senior classification and candidacy for a teacher's certificate in the social studies. May not be counted toward a major in history.
     
    HIST 490. Seminar      1 course
    The practice of history as a discipline through research, interpretation and writing a major paper. Students are expected to take the seminar in their major area of concentration. Descriptions of seminar topics offered in a given semester will be made available prior to registration.
     
    HIST 491. Reading Course      1/2-1 course
    A study of either a geographical area (East Asia, Russia, France, etc.), a period (Europe since 1789, early America, etc.) or a movement, division of history or institution (socialism, military history, feudalism, etc.). Reading and/or research. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    HIST 495. Senior Thesis      1 course
    Intensive research on a topic approved by the instructor and resulting in a thesis prepared under the instructor's supervision. During the first semester, the student will undertake reading and research and may participate in either a section of HIST 490 or a seminar group limited to students enrolled in HIST 495; during the second semester the student will complete the thesis and defend it before a committee of history department faculty. Prerequisite: a major in history with a GPA in the major of at least 3.3 and permission of the department.
     
    HIST 496. Senior Thesis      1 course
    Intensive research on a topic approved by the instructor and resulting in a thesis prepared under the instructor's supervision. During the first semester, the student will undertake reading and research and may participate in either a section of HIST 490 or a seminar group limited to students enrolled in HIST 495; during the second semester the student will complete the thesis and defend it before a committee of history department faculty. Prerequisite: a major in history with a GPA in the major of at least 3.3 and permission of the department.
     
    HIST EXPb. History of the Caribbean  Group 2    1 course
    This 100-level survey course will focus on the political, economic, and cultural history of the Caribbean region from the age of European discovery to the decolonization movements of the twentieth-century. Drawing heavily on the institutions of slavery and colonialism, a major aspect of the course will be the establishment of the links between the development of plantation economies and societies, and the repercussions of these institutions in modern labor and revolutionary movements of the region. One objective is to situate the history of the Caribbean and its people within the broader history of empire in the Atlantic world. In order to promote a further understanding of the multi-cultural aspects of Caribbean societies and to demonstrate the complexities of the varying colonial and post-colonial systems in the region, the course will focus on the English, French, and Spanish- speaking islands. However, some emphasis will be given to the Danish and Dutch Caribbean experiences.
     

    Honors Programs

    (Program Homepage)

    D. Bohmer (director of Media Fellows), G. Lemon (director of Management Fellows), W. Little (director of Honor Scholar), G. Townsend (director of Science Research Fellows).

    Enrollment in courses in these programs is limited to those students who are invited to register for the class. For information on the nature and objectives of these programs, see Section V or visit the program homepages.

    Courses in Honors Programs

    Courses in Honor Scholar Program

    HONR 101. Honor Scholar First-Year Seminar  Group 4    1 course
    An introductory exploration of some of the dominant themes of our intellectual heritage through the examination of classic texts selected from several disciplines.
     
    HONR 102. Honor Scholar First-Year Seminar  Group 4    1 course
    A continuation of HONR 101.
     
    HONR 300. Honor Scholar Area Seminar  Group 3 (A); 1 (B); 2 (C)    1 course each semester
    A study of the historical and philosophical foundations of: A. the humanities; B. the sciences; and C. the social sciences. Each section of the seminar concentrates on an appropriate theme. Two sections are ordinarily taken during the sophomore year and one section during the junior year. May not be taken Pass/Fail.
     
    HONR 401. Honor Scholar Senior Tutorial      1 course
    The preparation of the Honor Scholar Senior Thesis under the direction of a faculty member of the student's choice. The thesis ordinarily is on a topic in the student's major subject. May not be taken Pass/Fail.
     
    HONR 402. Honor Scholar Senior Tutorial      1 course
    The preparation of the Honor Scholar Senior Thesis under the direction of a faculty member of the student's choice. The thesis ordinarily is on a topic in the student's major subject. May not be taken Pass/Fail.
     

    Courses in Management Fellows Program

    HONR 151. Management Fellows Colloquium      1 course
    This seminar will focus on topics related to business and how businesses function in contemporary society. Topics will vary but may include leadership in a business setting, how business functions in a global economy, the meaning of work, and an examination of various management and entrepreneurial models in contemporary society.Open only to Management Fellows.
     
    HONR 310. Management Readings--Business Writing      1 course
    This course applies rhetorical principles to business and organizational communications. Students learn to analyze audience levels and needs and use media--letters, memos, reports and electronic forms--appropriate to the importance of the communication and standards of individual businesses. The reading portion of the class requires the students to research thoroughly an industry through newspapers, periodicals, financial reports and World Wide Web resources. The course culminates in a final, consultant-style report in which students provide a plan to position their internship business or organization as the market leader of its industry. This correspondence course is open only to Management Fellows during their internship semesters. May not be taken Pass/Fail.
     
    HONR 320A. Supervised Internship      2 courses
    One-semester, supervised field experience in conjunction with A. Management Fellows Program, B. Media Fellows Program or C. the Science Research Fellows Program. Internships are full-time (35-40 hours per week). Open only to students in the Fellows Programs. Interns earn two course credits upon successful completion of the internship and its associated writing assignments.
     
    HONR 400. Management Fellows Senior Seminar      1 course
    A capstone course for Management Fellows. Students make presentations about their internships, focusing on the economic viability of the business. Case studies are used that illustrate planning, control, economic analysis and organization theory of selected companies.
     

    Courses in Media Fellows Program

    HONR 171. Media Fellows Colloquium I      1 course
    An introduction to interdisciplinary issues raised by an analysis of media's role in politics, entertainment, journalism, the arts, advertising and public relations. Study of media and attendant legal and ethical issues. Analysis of media's societal role in shaping cultural values and in the dissemination of information. Open only to students in the Media Fellows Program. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    HONR 172. Media Fellows Colloquium II      1 course
    A continuation of HONR 171.
     
    HONR 320B. Supervised Internship      2 courses
    See course description HONR 320A. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    HONR 370. Media Readings      1 course
    Media readings is a course that may be taken by Media Fellows during their internship semester. Readings are in media issues, including biographies of principals in the history of media, classical and contemporary writings about the roles of media, and examinations of media ethics. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    HONR 470. Media Fellows Senior Seminar I      1 course
    A capstone course for students in the Media Fellows Program. Students discuss contemporary media issues and prepare and present senior projects that arise from their readings in media, their practical experiences with campus media, and their observations on internship experiences. May not be taken pass/fail.
     

    Courses in Science Research Fellows Program

    HONR 191. Science Research Fellows Experience I      1/2 course
    An interdisciplinary, introductory investigation into the nature of scientific inquiry. Emphasis on the interrelated nature of science. Studies of major ideas in the different sciences. Distinctions made between science and nonscience. Study of different methods of scientific investigation, including experimentation, comparative analysis and observation. The use of probability, statistics, graphical analysis and modeling in the sciences are explored. Students are introduced to questions dealing with the philosophy of science and the role of ethics in science. Open only to students in the Science Research Fellows Program.
     
    HONR 192. Science Research Fellows Experience II      1/2 course
    A continuation of HONR 191.
     
    HONR 320C. Supervised Internship      2 courses
    See course description HONR 320A.
     
    HONR 390. Science Research Readings      1/2-1 course
    This course may be taken by Science Research Fellows during their internship semester. Students read selected articles. These are obtained through a detailed literature search and may be related to the internship project or to some other area of scientific interest. The information extracted from the readings (and possibly actual research data) are summarized in the form of a written document. The paper is evaluated by a member of the science faculty in the appropriate scientific area. The grade earned on the paper constitutes the course grade.
     
    HONR 491. Science Research Fellows Senior Seminar      1/2 course
    Capstone course for Science Research Fellows Program. Students read and discuss articles about things that impact science. Among the topics covered are ethics, government prioritization and funding, technology and education. Students are expected to bring their own internship experiences into the weekly discussions.
     

    Kinesiology

    (Program Homepage)

    P. Babington, T. Ball (chair), M. Bretscher, R. Call, J. Carter, N. Cartwright, A. Cohen, P. Cotton, R. Dortch-Doan, W. Fenlon, C. Gasbara-Lane, T. Hreha, K. Huffman, V. Lazar, J. Martin, M. Pickerill, S. Riggle, B. Sieg, B. Skrenta, K. Stoffregen, D. Zellers.

    The Department of Kinesiology provides Physical Activity Courses (PE) and study toward the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Kinesiology (KINS). The major is designed to provide the undergraduate student with a strong liberal arts background and prepares the student in the discipline of kinesiology. Kinesiology is the scientific study of human movement and includes such sub-disciplines as biomechanics, physiology of work and exercise, motor control/motor learning, athletic training, sport pedagogy, i.e., teaching and learning of sport skills and strategies, sociology/psychology of sports and exercise, and philosophy of human movement.

    The department's educational goals encompass both the breadth and depth of knowledge of human movement. Courses address such questions as how and why the body moves, how simple and complex motor skills are acquired and developed over a life span, how the effects of physical activity may be immediate and lasting, how and why injuries occur in the physically active, the impact of sports on society, and how attitudes toward women in sport have changed since Title IX.

    Students who major in Kinesiology have a variety of career opportunities, including further study in areas of kinesiology, e.g., physiology, biomechanics, psychology of exercise and sport, motor control/motor learning; further study toward a professional degree, e.g., medical school, osteopathic medicine, physical therapy, physician's assistant; athletic training; researcher at a private or public university, government agency or private organization, such as Gatorade Sport Science Institute or Nike; teacher of physical education; coach, including strength coach of a school or university; exercise technologist in a hospital or clinical setting; program director and exercise leader in corporate wellness programs; personal trainer in private business or in association with health and fitness clubs; instructor in health and fitness clubs, including YMCAs, resort centers, etc.; corporate sport leadership; sports marketing/event planner.

    There are three emphases in the department: Athletic Training, Sports and Exercise Science, and Sports Medicine. All majors take the same core courses with other courses according to the emphasis area selected. Students in the Athletic Training Education Program (ATEP) will complete major requirements for an Athletic Training emphasis.

    CAAHEP Accredited Athletic Training Education Program:

    The Athletic Training Education Program is a limited access program designed to prepare students for a successful career as a qualified allied health care professional, educated and experienced in the management of health care problems associated with sports participation. The Athletic Training Education Program is set in a liberal arts context and is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP). The ATEP is designed as a five semester program that includes theory, laboratory, and clinical education components. Upon successful completion of the program and graduation, ATEP students will meet eligibility requirements to sit for the National Athletic Trainers' Association Board of Certification (NATABOC)examination. Upon certification by NATABOC, program graduates are then eligible for athletic trainer licensing by the Indiana Health Professions Bureau.

    Admission to the University and the ATEP require separate application procedures. Program application is made during Fall Semester of the sophomore year. Students must submit their completed application prior to the Fall Semester deadline. Through a selective admissions process, approximately eight students are selected and admitted to the program each year by an admissions committee. Admitted students enter the program at the beginning of their sophomore Spring Semester. The program application requirements include:

    A. submission of a completed application packet;

    B. completion of directed observations;

    C. current enrollment in (or previous completion of) the following program prerequisite coursework (minimum "C" grade): KINS 110, PSY 100 and ENG 130;

    D. meet the technical standards for admission or show potential for accomplished tasks (students must meet certain technical standards as developed from the Americans with Disabilities Act);

    E. complete an interview by invitation;

    F. achieve a GPA of 2.5 in the prerequisite coursework and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all coursework;

    G. earn nine cumulative course credits by the end of the sophomore Fall Semester.

    Once in the program, students must maintain an overall 2.5 GPA and satisfactorily complete each phase of the clinical portion of the program.

    Interested students can visit our web site at www.depauw.edu/acad/kinesiology. The web site offers students a proposed course sequence, a description of our program, application procedures, selection criteria, retention requirements, technical standards, Winter Term hosts, and more.

    Requirements for a major in Kinesiology (Sports and Exercise Science):

    Total courses required: Eight and one-half
    Core courses:
  • KINS 100, KINS 110, KINS 201
  • two courses from KINS 231, 232, 354)
  • KINS 254, KINS 353, KINS 409, KINS 450
  • either KINS 401 or KINS 290
  • Other required courses: EDUC 250 is also required. BIO 203 is a prerequisite for KINS 409. PSY 214 or MATH 240 is a prerequisite for KINS 450.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Three and one-half
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of the successful completion of KINS 450, a comprehensive examination and a portfolio.
    Additional information: Students seeking teacher certification should take KINS 401.

    Requirements for a major in Kinesiology (Sports Medicine):

    Total courses required: Eight and one-half
    Core courses: KINS 100, KINS 110, KINS 262, KINS 353, KINS 354, KINS 363, KINS 366, KINS 367, KINS 369, KINS 409, KINS 450
    Other required courses: EDUC 250 is also required. BIO 203 is a prerequisite for KINS 366, KINS 367 and KINS 409. PSY 214 or MATH 240 is a prerequisite for KINS 450. KINS 254 or BIO 335 (with permission) is a prerequisite for KINS 353.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Six and one-half
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of the successful completion of KINS 450, a comprehensive examination and a portfolio.
    Additional information: Students completing the Sports Medicine emphasis are encouraged to meet graduate or professional program course prerequisites in a health science area such as: physical therapy, occupational therapy, physician's assistant, nursing, wellness, nutrition, athletic training, health care administration or pre-med.

    Requirements for a major in Kinesiology (Athletic Training):

    Total courses required: Ten
    Core courses: KINS 100, KINS 110, KINS 150, KINS 160, KINS 262, KINS 303, KINS 304, KINS 353, KINS 363, KINS 366, KINS 367, KINS 369, KINS 403, KINS 404, KINS 406, KINS 409, KINS 450
    Other required courses: EDUC 250 is also required. BIO 203 is a prerequisite for KINS 366, KINS 367 and KINS 409. PSY 214 or MATH 240 is a prerequisite for KINS 450. KINS 254 is a prerequisite for KINS 353.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Seven and one-half
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of the successful completion of KINS 450, an approved sports medicine Winter Term internship, a comprehensive examination and a portfolio.
    Additional information: The Athletic Training emphasis is typically pursued by majors with an interest in practicing as an athletic trainer or pursuing fields such as physical therapy, wellness, nutrition, physician assistant and medical school

    Requirements for a minor in Coaching:

    Total courses required: Four and one-half
    Core courses: KINS 110, KINS 406
    Other courses:
  • One from KINS 211, 212 or 242
  • KINS 353 or KINS 409
  • BIO 203 (a prerequisite for KINS 409)
  • KINS 290 is encouraged
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Two

    Requirements for a minor in Kinesiology:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: KINS 100, KINS 201
    Other courses:
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Courses in Kinesiology

    Courses in Physical Education

    PE 001-099. Physical Education Activities  Group 6    1/4-1/2 course
    Knowledge and skill development to satisfactorily participate in team sports, individual and dual sports, dance, swimming and physical fitness activities. Emphasis is placed on lifetime sports and fitness-wellness instruction. Any student who is unable to participate in regular activities due to physical disabilities should consult the department chair. No more than one full course of physical education activities may be applied toward the bachelor's degree. Classes meeting twice a week are for one-fourth course credit; classes meeting four times a week are for one-half course credit. Activity classes may not be counted toward a major in physical education, nor the major courses counted toward Group 6 requirement. Activities offered include: Aquatics: Aerobic Swimming, Beginning Swimming, Lifeguarding, Lifeguarding and First Aid Instructor, Scuba Diving, Water Safety Instructor Fitness: Free Weights, Aerobic Conditioning, Physical Conditioning, Super Circuit, Weight Training, Cross Training Fitness-Wellness: Lifefit includes personal fitness assessment: body composition, nutrition, cardiovascular, flexibility, muscular strength and endurance, and understandings for formulating personal exercise programs. Specific course topics are swimming, walking, physical conditioning or triathalon. Lifefit meets three times a week for activity and one time for lecture/discussion. Lifetime Sports: Badminton, Baseball, Basketball, Bowling, Fencing, Football, Golf, Soccer, Tennis, Racquetball, Volleyball Martial Arts: Tae Kwan Do, Hap Kido, Self-Defense, Tai Chi Recreational Sports: Pickleball, Walleyball
     

    Courses in Kinesiology

    KINS 100. Introduction to Kinesiology      1 course
    Includes laboratory. Designed to introduce students to the discipline of kinesiology including the major subdisciplines and approaches to studying movement. Laboratory activities are designed to allow for measurement of phenomenon discussed in class, to introduce common laboratory procedures and techniques, and to learn how to collect and analyze data to answer questions of interest in kinesiology.
     
    KINS 110. Introduction to Sports Medicine      1/2 course
    Includes laboratory. Introduction to general principles and procedures in sports healthcare. Emphasis upon fundamental concepts in prevention, recognition, treatment and rehabilitation of athletic injuries.
     
    KINS 150. Beginning Practicum in Athletic Training      1/4 course
    Experiences with medical coverage of sporting events and clinical rotations through both university athletic training rooms expose the student to sports injuries and their management as well as administrative procedures in athletic training. A general health science observation is also required. The student will practice and develop proficiency in basic clinical skills. Prerequisite: Admission to the CAAHEP Accredited Athletic Training Program.
     
    KINS 160. Clinical Education in Physical Conditioning and Nutrition      1/4 course
    Focuses on clinical methods and techniques that relate to the enhancement of physical performance. Includes conditioning and physical testing of the active individual, nutritional assessment and planning, and development of clinical skills needed for effective psychosocial intervention. Prerequisites: KINS 100 and KINS 110.
     
    KINS 197. First-Year Seminar in Kinesiology      1 course
    A seminar focused on a theme related to the study of kinesiology. Open only to first-year students.
     
    KINS 201. Philosophy, History and Sociology of Human Movement  Group 2    1 course
    Overview of physical education, fitness and sport, including a study of the historical, philosophical and sociological concepts contributing to physical education, fitness and sport, as well as foundations related to instruction and curriculum development in physical education.
     
    KINS 211. Coaching Techniques I      1/2 course
    Coaching techniques with emphasis upon methods, tactics and strategy. Students choose one outdoor sport and one indoor sport from the following: A. outdoor sports: football or soccer; and B. indoor sports: volleyball or basketball. Three meetings a week of lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: experience in the selected sports.
     
    KINS 212. Coaching Techniques II      1/2 course
    Coaching techniques with emphasis upon methods, tactics and strategy. Students choose two sports from the following: A. first half of semester: tennis or golf; and B. second half of semester: baseball, softball or track. Three meetings a week of lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: experience in the selected sports.
     
    KINS 231. Methods of Teaching Team Sports      1 course
    Instruction in the methods of teaching team sports to students of physical education or participants in a different sport setting, such as camps, commercial clubs or community recreation centers. Such topics as appropriate equipment, safety considerations, teaching progression, game rules, grade-level sequencing and lesson plan format are presented along with laboratory experiences in the performance of and teaching of basketball, softball/baseball, soccer and volleyball. Five meetings a week of lecture and lab.
     
    KINS 232. Methods of Teaching Rhythmic and Physical Activities      1 course
    Instruction in the methods of teaching rhythmic and physical activities to students of physical education or participants in a different activity setting, such as camps, commercial clubs or community recreation center. Methods will include fundamental skills and rules, progression in learning, sequencing for different ages, safety, unit plans and lesson plans. There are laboratory experiences in the performance of and teaching of rhythmic activities, such as basic movement, folk and square dance; and the physical activities of weight training, racquet sports, leisure activities, and track and field. Five meetings a week of lecture and lab.
     
    KINS 242. Aquatics      1/2 course
    Organization and administration of a well-rounded aquatics program. Topics include the administration and coaching methods for competitive swimming and diving, as well as administration of a recreational aquatic program. Prerequisite: current WSI certification.
     
    KINS 250. Motor Development and Adapted Physical Education [See also EDUC 250]  Group 2    1/2-1 course
    Includes a historical perspective; legislative mandates; non-categorical approach; inclusion; categorical approach: mental retardation, learning disabilities, emotional disorders, deafness and hearing impairment, visual impairment, neurological and muscular disabilities, physical deviations and other disabling conditions; behavior management; the educational team; and administration of the program. Field trips to local educational or rehabilitation settings. May be taken for one credit by participation in additional field experiences and correlating course work. Not open to students with credit in EDUC 440.
     
    KINS 254. Human Physiology  Group 1    1 course
    An integrated study of the normal functions of organs and organ systems in the human organism. The course begins with fundamental principles of biochemistry, cell biology and histology, followed by study of endocrine, nervous, muscular, cardiovascular, immune, respiratory, digestive, urinary and reproductive systems.
     
    KINS 260. Sport and Exercise Psychology      1 course
    An examination of the psychological factors which influence human performance in adults, children and the elderly and the role of gender and race on these psychological factors. In addition, the course involves investigation of the role of psychology in health and exercise. Topics covered include personality, motivation, arousal, anxiety control, psychological skill training in sports,models of behavior change, psychology of injury and other topics.
     
    KINS 262. Therapeutic Modalities      1/2 course (includes laboratory)
    Investigates the physiological theories and the physical properties involved in promoting tissue healing through utilization of contemporary modalities. Describes principles and techniques of modality application.
     
    KINS 266. History: Women in Sport  Group 2    1 course
    Exploration of the historical development and sociological issues related to women's sports. Includes a general study of the history of women, progresses to the history of sportswomen and concludes with an examination of past controversial issues and present athletic issues.
     
    KINS 267. Sport and Gender  Group 2    1 course
    This course examines sport and gender roles from a critical perspective. Both male and female gender roles are explored from historical, biological and sociological perspectives of sport. Learning is directed toward understanding hegemony and the patriarchal power within sport. Issues and concerns studied relate primarily to gender, with inclusion of homophobia, race and class, as well as an investigation of how these political issues relate to media and to law through the marginalization and trivialization of athletes associated with above issues.
     
    KINS 290. Topics in Sports Science and Sports Medicine      1/2-1 course
    Assorted topics related to physical education and sport; i.e., American sport, Olympic sport, sport psychology and sports marketing. Course may be repeated with different topics.
     
    KINS 303. Clinical Practicum Athletic Training II      1/4 course
    Clinical education in therapeutic modalities, environmental risk management and fitting/emergency removal of protective sports equipment. Affiliated field experience in an equipment-intensive sport with supervised application of the required clinical education proficiences in this practicum.
     
    KINS 304. Clinical Practicum in Athletic Training III      1/4 course
    Clinical education in therapeutic exercise and medical documentation. Affiliated field experience with supervised application of the required clinical education proficiencies in this practicum.
     
    KINS 353. Physiology of Exercise  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. Study of physiological factors which influence human performance and the responses of body systems to physical activity. Laboratory emphasizes observation of concepts using the scientific method and developing quantitative skills in data interpretation. Prerequisite: KINS 254 or BIO 335.
     
    KINS 354. Bioenergetics of Human Movement  Group 1    1 course
    Examination of energy metabolism, including metabolism of carbohydrates, fats, proteins, and the role of vitamins and minerals in energy metabolism. The laboratory introduces techniques of measurement in energy metabolism.
     
    KINS 363. Therapeutic Exercise      1/2 course
    Includes laboratory. Examines the physiological and biomechanical theories of therapeutic exercise in the rehabilitation of the physically active individual. Presents principles and techniques of therapeutic exercise commonly integrated into the treatment/rehabilitation plan. Prerequisite: KINS 366.
     
    KINS 366. Injury Recognition and Evaluation I      1 course
    Focus upon commonly accepted techniques and procedures for clinical evaluation of athletic injuries to the head, cervical spine, knee and lower leg. Integrates applied anatomy and characteristic injury pathologies into the evaluative process. Emphasis on objective documentation and oral evaluation skills. Prerequisite: BIO 203 .
     
    KINS 367. Injury Recognition and Evaluation II      1/2 course
    Principles and methods utilized in the systematic evaluation of thigh, hip, spine and head injuries in sport. Integrates applied anatomy, injury pathology characteristics, head injuries in sport. Integrates applied anatomy, injury pathology characteristics and early injury management. Laboratory practice in clinical evaluation of pathologies.
     
    KINS 369. Medical Perspectives      1 course
    Investigation of selected medical topics relevant to the athletic trainer's central role in sports healthcare. Topics include pharmacology, internal injuries, surgical techniques, imaging techniques, special medical conditions/illnesses, medical terminology, SOAP noting and facial injuries. Medical and allied health professionals contribute through guest lectures. Prerequisite: KINS 366.
     
    KINS 401. Methods and Evaluation in Physical Education      1/2 course
    Explores methods of instruction for varied student populations and lesson planning in physical education. Acquaints students with the general field of tests and measurements as an administrative and teaching device used in presenting and evaluating the physical education program. Includes elementary statistics, pertinent tests in the field and alternative forms of assessment.
     
    KINS 403. Clinical Practicum in Athletic Training IV      1/4 course
    Clinical education in evaluation of athletic injuries. Affiliated field experience with supervised application of the required clinical educational proficiencies in this practicum.
     
    KINS 404. Clinical Practicum in Athletic Training V      1/4 course
    Clinical education on general medical conditions and healthcare administration. Affiliated field experience with supervised application of the clinical education proficiencies in this practicum.
     
    KINS 406. Administration and Risk Management      1 course
    Administrative process is applied to sports science and athletic training. Includes program philosophy, program development, facility and fiscal management, management of supplies and equipment, office procedures and public relations. Students learn to implement safety measures to ensure participants in physical activity and sport programs of a safe environment and to safeguard institutions and their employees from court lawsuits. The two emphases, sports medicine and sports science, divide into specialized learning groups for the second half of the semester.
     
    KINS 409. Biomechanics  Group 1    1 course
    The science of human motion based on anatomical, mechanical and physiological principles. Laboratory experiences. Prerequisite: BIO 203.
     
    KINS 450. Senior Seminar      1/2 course
    A. Sports Medicine B. Sports Science

    This course provides students an opportunity to directly study an area of selected interest within the discipline while examining contemporary issues relevant to the field. This course provides students numerous opportunities for oral participation through various assignments and activities centered around article reviews, discussions, group debates, and presentations of common issues prevalent in the discipline today. Students will also complete and present a senior paper/thesis on a selected topic. Prerequisite for KINS 450: PSY 210 or MATH 340.

     
    KINS 491. Projects in Kinesiology      1/2-1 course
    Independent projects under the direction of a kinesiology faculty member. A detailed written project proposal must be approved by the supervising faculty member and the chair of Kinesiology. Prerequisite: Permission of department. May be repeated up to 2 course credits. Not open for pass/fail credit.
     
    KINS 492. Projects in Kinsesiology      1/2-1 course
    A continuation of KINS 491.
     
    KINS 590. Topics      1/2 - 1 course
    Topics at the graduate level. May be repeated with different topics.
     

    Latin American and Caribbean Studies

    (Program Homepage)

    A. Castaneda (sociology), A. Dziubinskyj (program coordinator, Spanish), L. Elman (Spanish), R. Hershberger (Spanish and Film Studies), L. James (Religious Studies), G. Kuecker (History), D. LaLone (Anthropology), M. Luque (Spanish), D. Merrell (Anthropology), A. Rambo (Spanish), J. Rambo (Spanish and Portuguese), Sahu (Political Science).

    The minor in Latin American and Caribbean Studies requires a minimum of five courses, including a fourth-semester proficiency in Spanish or French (see Language Block)*, and a minimum of four additional courses selected from those listed under the Culture Block. The four Culture block courses must be taken from three different departments and at least one of these must be at the 300- or 400- level. Because of curricular overlap, no student will be allowed to minor in Spanish or French and Latin American and Caribbean Studies. Students may major in either Spanish or French and minor in Latin American and Caribbean Studies, provided that no more than three courses are used for both.

    *Heritage speakers of Spanish who have placed beyond SPAN 232 on the placement exam, or heritage speakers of French who have placed beyond FREN 202 and who wish to continue their study of the language, must complete SPAN 332 or a 300-level language French course, and select from the courses taught in Spanish or French in the Culture Block.

    Requirements for a minor in Latin American and Caribbean Studies:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: LANGUAGE BLOCK:
    **SPAN 232 OR
    **FREN 202
    **or placement beyond this level on the language proficiency exam
    Other courses: CULTURE BLOCK (4 courses):
  • ANTH 273, ANTH 279, ANTH 290 (if LACS topic), ANTH 352, ANTH 354, ANTH 356, ANTH 390
  • ECON 250
  • ML 197 (if LACS topic; in English), ML 260 (if LACS topic; in English), ML 264 (in English), FREN 315 (topics course, in French), FREN 401 (in French), FREN 420, SPAN 335 (in Spanish), SPAN 338 (in Spanish), SPAN 390 (in Spanish; if LACS topic), SPAN 444 (in Spanish)
  • HIST 115, HIST 116, HIST 197 (if LACS topic), HIST 206, HIST 290 (if LACS topic), HIST 300, HIST 381, HIST 382
  • POLS 150, POLS 352
  • REL 267, REL 269, REL 290 (if LACS topic), REL 370 (if LACS topic)
  • UNIV 290 (if LACS topic)
  • Note: Courses not listed may be approved for credit towards the minor in Latin American and Caribbean Studies by the Steering Committee.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One to two

    Courses in Latin American and Caribbean Studies

    LACS 100. Introduction to Latin American and Caribbean Studies      1 course
    This introductory course to Latin American and Caribbean cultures serves as the gateway to an interdisciplinary exploration of the regions of Latin America and the Caribbean.
     
    LACS 290. Topics in Latin American and Caribbean Studies      1 course
    This course is an exploration of selected aspects of one of the societies and/or cultures in Latin America and the Caribbean, or a comparative treatment of aspects of these cultures. Specific case studies will include ethnographic research and/or readings of primary sources relating to Latin America and the Caribbean. Topics may include religion, migration, identity, gender, literature and art, and society. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    LACS 390. Advanced Topics in Latin American and Caribbean Studies      1 course
    This course is designed to be an interdisciplinary examination of a significant theme, genre or period in Latin American and Caribbean literature and art, or an exploration of significant issues and/or periods in Latin American and Caribbean cultural and intellectual history. This course is different from LACS 290 in that its purpose is to explore the deeper questions raised by such issues as identity, ethnicity, gender, performance, and class. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     

    Mathematics

    (Program Homepage)

    R. Elghanmi, A. Ellett, M. Kannowski (chair), N. Manickam, R. Smock, L. Smogor, J. Song.

    The study of mathematics encourages the development of skills in analytical thinking and problem solving that have wide applicability. Students who graduate with a major in the department have continued their educations in fields as disparate as mathematics, computer science, physics, operations research, law, business, music, religion, dentistry and medicine; others have accepted employment in a wide variety of occupations. The department has a long tradition of successfully preparing students for the actuarial profession.

    A major and minor is offered in Mathematics. The basic sequence of courses for Mathematics majors is MATH 151, 152, 223, 251 and 270. Advanced placement and credit can be granted for satisfactory performance on national or departmental examinations.

    Students preparing for secondary teaching: review Section V, Teacher Education, and confer with the chair of the education department about requirements for admission and certification.

    Requirements for a major in Mathematics:

    Total courses required: Ten
    Core courses: MATH 151, MATH 152, MATH 223, MATH 251, MATH 270, MATH 495
    Other required courses: Students concentrating in actuarial mathematics should include MATH 331, MATH 441 and MATH 442.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Four
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of participation in an approved seminar.
    Additional information:

    Requirements for a minor in Mathematics:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: MATH 151, MATH 152, MATH 223, MATH 270
    Other courses:
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Courses in Mathematics

    MATH 123. Computational Discrete Mathematics      1 course
    An introduction to the concepts of discrete mathematics with an emphasis on problem solving and computation. Topics are selected from Boolean algebra, combinatorics, functions, graph theory, matrix algebra, number theory, probability, relations and set theory. This course may have a laboratory component. Not open to students with credit in MATH 253.
     
    MATH 135. Calculus with Review I      1 course
    Extensive review of topics from algebra, trigonometry, analytic geometry, graphing and theory of equations. A study of functions, limits, continuity and differentiability of algebraic and transcendental functions with applications.
     
    MATH 136. Calculus with Review II  Group 1    1 course
    A continuation of MATH 135. Topics include further study of differentiation, integration of algebraic and transcendental functions with applications, and techniques of integration. Completion of this course is equivalent to completing MATH 151 and is adequate preparation for any course requiring MATH 151. Prerequisite: MATH 135.
     
    MATH 141. Statistical Reasoning  Group 1    1 course
    This course is designed to develop in the student the ability to reason with quantities through the study of elementary statistics. Whenever possible, the context for the statistics will be from other disciplines. This course may, at the discretion of the instructor, include a laboratory. May not be counted toward a major or minor in mathematics.
     
    MATH 151. Calculus I  Group 1    1 course
    A study of functions, limits, continuity, differentiation and integration of algebraic and transcendental functions with elementary applications.
     
    MATH 152. Calculus II  Group 1    1 course
    Techniques of integration, parametric equations, infinite series and an introduction to the calculus of several variables. Prerequisite: MATH 151.
     
    MATH 197. First-Year Seminar      1 course
    The basic approach in this course will be to present mathematics in a more humanistic manner and thereby provide an environment where students can discover, on their own, the quantitative ideas and mathematical techniques used in decision-making in a diversity of disciplines. Students work with problems obtained from industry and elsewhere.
     
    MATH 205. Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers I      1 course
    A study of mathematical reasoning and problem solving, the number system through the rationals, the operations of arithmetic and other mathematical topics relevant to elementary education. Includes an introduction to uses of manipulative devices, field experiences and emphasis on how children learn mathematics. For those intending to teach in elementary school. Prerequisite: a major in Elementary Education or permission of instructor.
     
    MATH 206. Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers II      1 course
    A study of additional topics underlying elementary school mathematics, including informal geometry and probability and statistics. Includes field experiences and emphasis on how children learn mathematics. Prerequisite: a major in Elementary Education or permission of instructor. Prerequisite: MATH 205.
     
    MATH 223. Theory in Discrete Mathematics      1 course
    An introduction to the concepts of discrete mathematics with an emphasis on theorums and proof. Topics are selected from Boolean algebra, combinatorics, functions, graph theory, matrix algebra, number theory, probability, relations and set theory. This course may have a laboratory component.
     
    MATH 240. Introduction to Statistics (formerly MATH 340)  Group 1    1 course
    This course introduces students to elementary probability and data analysis via visual presentation of data, descriptive statistics and statistical inference. Emphasis will be placed on applications with examples drawn from a wide range of disciplines in both physical and behavioral sciences and humanities. Topics of statistical inference include: confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, regression, correlation, contingency tables, goodness of fit and ANOVA. The course will also develop familiarity with the most commonly encountered tables for probability distributions: binomial, normal, chi-squared, student-t and F.
     
    MATH 251. Calculus III  Group 1    1 course
    An introduction to the calculus of several variables. Topics include vectors and solid analytic geometry, multidimensional differentiation and integration, and a selection of applications. Prerequisite: MATH 152.
     
    MATH 270. Linear Algebra      1 course
    Vector spaces, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, eigenvalues and eigenvectors and applications. Prerequisite: MATH 152 or permission of instructor.
     
    MATH 321. Topics in Geometry      1 course
    Selections from advanced plane, differential, non-Euclidean or projective geometry. Prerequisite: either MATH 270 or MATH 223.
     
    MATH 331. Mathematics of Compound Interest      1 course
    A mathematical treatment of measurements of interest and discount, present values, equations of value, annuities, amortization and sinking funds and bonds. Also, an introduction to life annuities and the mathematics of life insurance. Prerequisite: MATH 151 or permission of instructor.
     
    MATH 361. Analysis      1 course
    A study of the theory of limits, continuity, differentiation, integration, sequences and series. Prerequisite: MATH 251 and either MATH 270 or MATH 223.
     
    MATH 363. Differential Equations  Group 1    1 course
    Equations of the first degree, linear differential equations, systems of equations with matrix methods and applications. Selected topics from power series solutions, numerical methods, boundary-value problems and non-linear equations. Prerequisites: MATH 251 and MATH 270.
     
    MATH 367. Introduction to Numerical Analysis      1 course
    Analysis of algorithms frequently used in mathematics, engineering and the physical sciences. Topics include sources of errors in digital computers, fixed point iteration, interpolation and polynomial approximation, numerical differentiation and integration, direct and iterative methods for solving linear systems, and iterative methods for nonlinear systems. Numerical experiments will be conducted using FORTRAN, C, or another appropriate high-level language. Prerequisites: MATH 270 and CSC 121 or permission of instructor.
     
    MATH 371. Algebraic Structures      1 course
    The structure of groups, group homomorphisms and selected topics from other algebraic structures, such as rings, fields and modules. Prerequisite: MATH 270.
     
    MATH 382. Number Theory      1 course
    Divisibility and factorization of integers, linear and quadratic congruences. Selected topics from diophantine equations, the distribution of primes, number-theoretic functions, the representation of integers and continued fractions. Prerequisite: MATH 270 or permission of instructor.
     
    MATH 400. Methods of Teaching Secondary Mathematics      1 course
    A study of effective methods used in presenting topics usually included in secondary school mathematics and a study of exemplary mathematics programs. May not be counted toward a major or a minor in Mathematics.
     
    MATH 422. Operations Research  Group 1    1 course
    Topics selected from linear and dynamic programming, network analysis, game theory and queueing theory are applied to problems in production, transportation, resource allocation, scheduling and competition. Prerequisite: MATH 270.
     
    MATH 441. Probability and Statistics I      1 course
    Probability, sample spaces and events, discrete and continuous random variables, density and their distributions, including the binomial, Poisson and normal. Prerequisite: MATH 251 and MATH 223.
     
    MATH 442. Probability and Statistics II      1 course
    Sampling, point and interval estimation, hypothesis testing, correlation, regression and other selected topics. Prerequisite: MATH 441.
     
    MATH 490. Mathematics Topics      1/2-1 course
    A. Actuarial Mathematics; B. Algebra; C. Analysis; D. Foundations of Mathematics; E. Geometry; F. Probability and Statistics; G. Applied Mathematics; H. Special Topics. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    MATH 495. Seminar: Mathematics      1 course
    Advanced topics considered individually or in small groups. Open only to senior Mathematics majors or by permission of the Department of Mathematics.
     
    MATH EXP. Regression Analysis      1 course
    (Offered Spring Semester 2006) This course covers the following topics: review of basic concepts in statistics, simple linear regression and associated topics, multiple linear regression, residual analysis and introcution to time series modeling and forecasting. Prerequisite: MATH 240 (formerly MATH 340).
     

    Modern Languages

    (Program Homepage)

    C. Andrews(Japanese), I. Aures(German), M. Belyavski-Frank (Russian), L. Chiang (Chinese), H. Chiba (Japanese), F. Coulont-Henderson (French), A. Dziubinskyj (Spanish), A. Ekorong (French), L. Elman (Spanish), A. Evans (French), L. Harrison (Russian), R. Hershberger (Spanish, chair), C. Klaus (French), M. Luque (Spanish), S. Mou (Chinese), B. Penkov (Russian), H. Pollack-Milgate (German), A. Puga (Spanish), A. Rambo (Spanish), J. Rambo (Spanish/Portuguese), S. Rosell?-Mart?nez (Spanish), F. Seaman (Italian/French), M. Tarnawska (German), M. Tudares (Spanish), Y. Wang (Chinese).

    Majors are offered in French, German, Spanish and Romance Languages (a combination of French and Spanish). Minors are offered in Chinese, French, German, Japanese, Russian and Spanish. Language courses are offered for the major and minor in Asian Studies and Russian Studies and for the minors in Latin American and Caribbean Studies, European Studies and International Business. Transfer students are not accepted as majors until they have completed at least one course at the 200 level or above at DePauw. Courses taken for a major or minor may not be taken pass/fail.

    The department encourages all majors and minors to spend at least one semester in an approved off-campus program in a country that speaks the target language. Students may apply credit from these programs to their major or minor as follows: two courses per semester may count toward the major, but only one course taken off-campus may count toward a minor. The International Center may assist students in locating an appropriate off- campus study program. See descriptions of programs in Section V, Off-campus Studies.

    Placement beyond the two-semester elementary level fulfills Group 5 of DePauw's graduation requirements. Group 5 may also be fulfilled with the two semesters of the elementary sequence in any language. Students who entered prior to Fall 2005 may fulfill one-half Group 5 with the first-semester elementary level class. In French and Spanish, successful completion of the "Review of Elementary" course (FREN 110, SPAN 140) fulfills all of Group 5 in a single semester.

    International students who are native speakers of any language other than English and who are degree candidates will be judged to have already satisfied the Group 5 requirement.

    Many of the 300-400 level courses in the department are offered in alternate years. The choice of appropriate courses should be determined in consultation with the major or minor adviser.

    The Modern Languages Department has been designated a dual subject department. A student who graduates with 31 courses may take 15 courses in the department (up to 12 in the major language).

    Placement and retroactive credit policies: Students who enter DePauw with previous experience in a language are assigned to the appropriate level by a required placement examination. They may not continue their study of the language at a lower level than the assigned one, but may move up one level if they wish. In no case may a student with more than two years of foreign language study in high school (grades 9-12) start at the beginning level in the same language. If assigned to the second-semester intermediate level or higher, students will receive extra credit on completion of that course with a grade of C or better, according to the following patterns. (See special regulations for heritage speakers of these languages.)

    Chinese: CHIN 262=one course credit extra; one full credit of CHIN 361=two course credits extra.

    French: FREN 202=one course credit extra; FREN 300+=two course credits extra.

    German: GER 212=one course credit extra; GER 300+=two course credits extra.

    Japanese: JAPN 252=one course credit extra; JAPN 300+= two course credits extra.

    Russian: RUS 222, 224 or 263=one course credit extra; RUS 300+=two course credits extra.

    Spanish: SPAN 232=one course credit extra; SPAN 300+=two course credits extra.

    Special regulations for heritage speakers: Heritage speakers (those U.S. residents who speak the language within their families)are not eligible to take certain courses offered in their languages within the department. Heritage speakers

    of Spanish or French may take no course below the level of SPAN 332 or FREN 315; they may major or minor in their language, under special rules (see the appropriate sections under these language headings). Heritage speakers of other languages taught in the department should consult with faculty in those areas and with the department chair before registering for any courses in their language.

    Interdisciplinary majors are offered in East Asian Studies and Russian. See Section III, Asian Studies and Russian Studies, for additional information.

    Requirements for a major in French:

    Total courses required: Eight (exclusive of FREN 101, 102 and 110)
    Core courses: FREN 305, FREN 327, FREN 413, FREN 420 and additional courses in French to complete the major.
    Other required courses:
  • Heritage speakers of French majoring in the language must complete a minimum of six courses at the FREN 315 level or higher, including FREN 327, FREN 413 and FREN 420.
  • When heritage speakers successfully complete their first three classes at the 300-level or higher, with a grade of C or better in each, they receive two retroactive credits for FREN 202 and FREN 305 toward completion of the eight-course major.
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Six
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of the completion of FREN 420 with a grade of C or better.
    Additional information:
  • A student may elect a French major with a minor in International Business, which must include FREN 316 or 318 and 320.
  • Students planning to teach French should take FREN 316 or 318 plus ML 400F and complete other courses required for the major.
  • Requirements for a major in German:

    Total courses required: Eight (exclusive of GER 111 and 112)
    Core courses: GER 211, GER 212, GER 304, GER 307, GER 415 and additional courses in German to complete the major
    Other required courses:
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Six
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of the completion of the senior seminar with a grade of C or better.
    Additional information:
  • A student may elect a German major with a minor in International Business, which must include GER 309.
  • Requirements for a major in Romance Languages:

    Total courses required: Eleven
    Core courses: Students must meet the requirements for a major in either French or Spanish and take at least three courses at the 300-level or above in the other language (including at least one literature and one language course)
    Other required courses:
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Eight
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of the completion of either FREN 420 or SPAN 456 (depending on the primary language studied)with a grade of C or better.
    Additional information:

    Requirements for a major in Spanish:

    Total courses required: Eight (exclusive of SPAN 131, 132 and 140)
    Core courses: SPAN 330, SPAN 332, SPAN 335, SPAN 430, SPAN 456 and additional courses in Spanish to complete the major
    Other required courses:
  • Heritage speakers of Spanish majoring in the language must complete a minimum of six courses at the SPAN 332 level or higher, including SPAN 332, SPAN 335, SPAN 430, SPAN 456.
  • When heritage speakers successfully complete their first three classes at the 300-level or higher, with a grade of C or better in each, they receive two retroactive credits for SPAN 232 and SPAN 330 toward completion of the eight-course major.
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Six
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of the completion of SPAN 456 with a grade of C or better.
    Additional information:
  • A student may elect a Spanish major with a minor in International Business, which must include SPAN 338 or 339 and 340.
  • Students planning to teach Spanish should elect SPAN 338 or 339 plus ML 400S, and complete other courses required for the major. They are also encouraged to elect HIST 115 and/or 116.
  • Requirements for a minor in Chinese:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: None
    Other courses: Five credits in Chinese language courses at the 200-level or above or four courses in Chinese language at the 200-level or above plus HIST 107 or HIST 108. For the HIST courses, supplementary readings in Chinese are required for Chinese minors. Only one of these courses may be taken off-campus.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Requirements for a minor in French:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: None
    Other courses:
  • The minor requires a minimum of five French courses, starting at the 200-level. Only one of these courses may be taken off-campus.
  • Minor for heritage speakers of French:When students successfully complete three classes at the level of FREN 315 or higher, with a grade of C or better in each, they receive two retroactive credits for FREN 202 and FREN 305 to complete the five-course minor.
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Three

    Requirements for a minor in German:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: None
    Other courses: The minor requires a minimum of five German courses, starting at the 200-level. Only one of these courses may be taken off-campus.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Three

    Requirements for a minor in Japanese:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: None
    Other courses: The minor requires a minimum of five courses: either by taking five courses in Japanese language at the 200-level or above, or four courses in Japanese language at the 200-level or above plus one of the following: ASIA 281, ASIA 282, REL 258 or REL 352. For the ASIA and REL courses, supplementary readings in Japanese are required for Japanese minors. Only one of the courses toward the minor may be taken off-campus
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Two-three

    Requirements for a minor in Russian:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: Varies
    Other courses:
  • Russian Language: The minor requires a minimum of five courses, starting at the 200-level, including four courses taught in Russian plus one literature course (ML 227 or ML 326) or one culture course (ML 225 or ML 301).
  • Only one of these courses may be taken off-campus.
  • Russian Studies: The minor requires RUS 221 and four courses drawn from at least two of the following disciplines: language and literature, history and political science.
  • Only one of these courses may be taken off-campus.
  • In the ML courses, supplementary readings in Russian are required for Russian minors.
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: One-two

    Requirements for a minor in Spanish:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: None
    Other courses:
  • The minor requires a minimum of five Spanish courses, starting at the 200-level.
  • Only one of these course may be taken off-campus.
  • Minor for heritage speakers of Spanish: When students successfully complete three classes at the level of SPAN 332 or higher, with a grade of C or better in each, they receive two retroactive credits for SPAN 232 and SPAN 330 to complete the five-course minor.
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Three

    Courses in Modern Languages

    Courses in Modern Languages in English

    M L 164. The Cinema  Group 3    1 course
    A. France; B. Spain/Latin America; C. Italy; D. Germany; E. Russia; F. Japan; G. China; H. World. Screening and study of representative masterworks of cinema, the film as art and a product of culture. No knowledge of the foreign language is required. Credit toward a major or minor may be given at the discretion of the department.
     
    M L 197. First-Year Seminar in Modern Languages      1 course
    A seminar focused on a theme related to the study of modern languages. Open only to first-year students.
     
    M L 225. Russian Culture: From Icons to Faberge  Group 3    1 course
    Cultural expression in Russia from its beginnings through the 19th century, including musical, artistic, religious, folk, Imperial and literary elements. Perspectives of Russian writers on their society and homeland. No prerequisites.
     
    M L 227. Nineteenth-Century Russian Literature  Group 3, lit    1 course
    The classics of Russian literature, including Alexander Pushkin, Nikolai Gogol, Fedor Dostoevsky, Leo Tolstoy and Anton Chekhov. Relationship of the writer with society, the state and ethical questions. Familiarization with literary terms and movements of the period. No prerequisites.
     
    M L 260. Topics in French Literature  Group 3, literature    1 course
    Reading and analysis of the translated works of various authors, genres and/or periods of French literature. Not applicable toward a major or a minor in the department. Student may repeat for credit with a different topic.
     
    M L 264. Topics in Hispanic Literature  Group 3, literature    1 course
    Reading and analysis of the works of Spanish and/or Latin American authors or of U.S. Latino authors. Not applicable toward a major or a minor in the department. Student may repeat for credit with a different topic.
     
    M L 290. Topics in Latin American Culture  Group 2    1 course
    Study of topics in the Hispanic culture of Latin America. Not applicable toward a major or a minor in the department. Student may repeat for credit with a different topic.
     
    M L 295. Topics in Modern Languages      1 course
    Courses in specific topics, such as culture, literary movements or genres, linguistics or film. Taught in English. May be repeated for credit with a different topic.
     
    M L 301. Twentieth-Century Russian Culture  Group 2    1 course
    A survey of the major Russian contributions in art, architecture, music, dance, literature, film and popular culture during the 20th century. From the Ballets Russes to avant-garde film, from Rachmaninov to Shostakovich, from Chagall to parodies of socialist realism, modern Russian culture is examined in relationship to the society, history and politics of its time. No prerequisites.
     
    M L 326. Twentieth-Century Russian Literature  Group 3, lit    1 course
    This course examines some of the major works of 20th-century Russian literature, as well as the literary and social trends connected with them. Russian perceptions of the world and individual artistic choices in terms of message, style and ethical values for each era are discussed. Writers as diverse as the symbolist poets Blok, Sologub and Gippius; socialist realist writers Gorky and Sholokhov; futurists Mayakovsky and Khlebnikov; and dissidents Tertz and Solzhenitsyn are considered in this framework. No prerequisites. The course counts toward the European Studies minor and the Russian Studies minor.
     
    M L 395. Advanced Topics in Modern Languages      1 course
    Courses on specific topics, such as culture, literary movements or genres, linguistics or film. May address multiple areas, such as a course on European literature or culture. Taught in English. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    M L 400F. Teaching of French      1 course
    Teaching methods and topics of value to the prospective teacher. Not applicable toward a major or minor in the department.
     
    M L 400G. Teaching of German      1 course
    Teaching methods and topics of value to the prospective teacher. Not applicable toward a major or minor in the department.
     
    M L 400S. Teaching of Spanish      1 course
    Teaching methods and topics of value to the prospective teacher. Not applicable toward a major or minor in the department.
     
    M L 492. Advanced Readings and Projects in Spanish      1/2-1 course
    Open to advanced students in Spanish with permission of chair. May be repeated for credit.
     

    Courses in Chinese

    CHIN 161. Elementary Chinese I  Group 5    1 course
    The goals for this course are for students to master the pinyin Romanization system and to acquire basic communication skills of speaking, listening, reading, and writing Mandarin Chinese. CHIN 161 is open only to beginners in Chinese or those with two years or less of high school Chinese.
     
    CHIN 162. Elementary Chinese II  Group 5    1 course
    This course is a continuation of Elementary Chinese I. Students will continue to develop the language skills they acquired in Elementary Chinese I. Prerequisite: CHIN 161 or qualifying score on the placement test.
     
    CHIN 261. Intermediate Chinese I  Group 5    1 course
    Course work helps students to develop four linguistic skills (speaking, writing, listening and reading) in Chinese at a more advanced level. Course work emphasizes drills, conversation and grammar. The goals are for students to acquire the following skills: to pronounce modern standard Chinese, to write words using both characters and pinyin Romanization system, to converse in more complicated sentences based on grammatical structures introduced in this course and to write essays. Prerequisite: CHIN 162 or qualifying score on the placement test.
     
    CHIN 262. Intermediate Chinese II  Group 5    1 course
    A continuation of CHIN 216. Prerequisite: CHIN 261 or qualifying score on the placement test.
     
    CHIN 269. Topics in Chinese      1/2-1 course
    Topics in the Chinese language. May be repeated with different topics for credit.
     
    CHIN 361. Advanced Chinese I  Group 5    1 course
    Reading and discussion of advanced Chinese materials. Exercise in speaking the language and in writing compositions. Prerequisite: CHIN 261 or qualifying score on the placement test.
     
    CHIN 362. Advanced Chinese II  Group 5    1 course
    A continuation of CHIN 361. Prerequisite: CHIN 361 or qualifying score on the placement test.
     
    CHIN 461. Advanced Readings and Projects in Chinese  Group 5    1/2-1 course
    Open to advanced students in Chinese. May be repeated for credit.
     
    CHIN EXP. Chinese Conversation      1 course
    Designed to improve communication skills in Mandarin Chinese, with special focus on the four tones and on acquiring useful terms and phrases for daily conversation. Prerequisite: CHIN 262 or permission of instructor.
     

    Courses in French

    FREN 101. Elementary French I  Group 5    1 course
    Introduction to the French language with emphasis on development of proficiency in speaking, listening, reading and writing. The essentials of French grammar. Emphasis on communication and Francophone cultures. FREN 101 is open only to beginners in French or those with two years or less of high school French.
     
    FREN 102. Elementary French II  Group 5    1 course
    A continuation of FREN 101. Prerequisite: FREN 101.
     
    FREN 110. Review of Elementary French  Group 5    1 course
    Practice in speaking, listening, reading and writing. Review of French grammar and study of Francophone cultures. For those students who have prior experience in French. Satisfies the Group 5 requirement. Open to students who are placed into this level by test results or departmental direction. Not open to those who have credit for FREN 101 or 102.
     
    FREN 201. Intermediate French I  Group 5    1 course
    Reading, oral practice, composition and further study of grammar and Francophone cultures. Prerequisite: FREN 102 or 110 or qualifying score on the French placement test.
     
    FREN 202. Intermediate French II  Group 5    1 course
    A continuation of FREN 201. Prerequisite: FREN 201 or qualifying score on the French placement test.
     
    FREN 299F. Internship in French      1/2 - 1 course
    Allows qualified students the opportunity to do off-campus internships in a French-speaking country. The internship may, with departmental approval, count toward the major or minor. Not more than one course credit may be counted toward graduation. Not open to heritage speakers of French.
     
    FREN 305. French Conversation and Phonetics  Group 5    1 course
    Emphasis on oral practice and phonetics. Prerequisite: FREN 202 or qualifying grade on the placement test. Students with recent foreign residence in a French-speaking country must consult with the chair of the department before registering for FREN 305. Not open to heritage speakers of French.
     
    FREN 315. Introduction to Francophone Cultures  Group 2    1 course
    An examination of the major artistic, intellectual and social movements and figures of the Francophone world. Students explore the historical and contemporary experiences of French-speaking cultures outside of France. Prerequisite: FREN 305.
     
    FREN 316. French Civilization  Group 4    1 course
    Culture and institutions before the Fifth Republic. A study of artistic movements, intellectual currents, and social development in France to 1958. Prerequisite: FREN 305.
     
    FREN 318. Contemporary French Civilization  Group 2    1 course
    Culture and institutions of the Fifth Republic. A study of artistic movements, intellectual currents and social developments in France since 1958. Prerequisite: FREN 305.
     
    FREN 320. Business French  Group 5    1 course
    This course focuses on economics and business practices in France. Its goals are to familiarize students with the basic institutions (banking, Paris Stock Market, European Union), with how French corporations are organized and how they function (administrative structure, secretarial, marketing, sales, etc.), and with certain socio-cultural aspects of the workplace (executive behavior, management-labor relations, gender issues). Required work includes readings, tests, essays and oral presentations. Prerequisite: FREN 305 or permission of instructor.
     
    FREN 327. Introduction to Literature in French  Group 3, lit    1 course
    Selection of significant texts from various periods. Prerequisite: FREN 305
     
    FREN 401. Topics: Literatures and Cultures in the French-speaking World      1 course
    Study of varied topics on the cultural, political, social, historical and literary aspects of life in the French-speaking world. Prerequisites: FREN 305 and one other 300-level French course. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    FREN 413. Advanced French Stylistics  Group 5    1 course
    Advanced syntax, writing styles, composition, linguistics and history of the French language. Prerequisite: FREN 305.
     
    FREN 420. French Seminar      1 course
    A detailed study of an author, or a principal movement in literature and/or culture in French. Open only to senior French majors.
     
    FREN 427. Advanced Readings and Projects in French      1/2-1 course
    Open to advanced students in French with permission of chair. Student may repeat for credit with different topics.
     
    FREN 428. Advanced Readings and Projects in French      1/2-1 course
    A continuation of FREN 427.
     

    Courses in German

    GER 111. Elementary German I  Group 5    1 course
    An introductory program with a variety of learning approaches. Presentation and reinforcement of grammar, pronunciation and idiom through simple reading, guided writing and functional spoken German. An introduction to the German cultural tradition. GER 111 is open only to those without German language background or to those with two years or less of high school German. Prerequisite for GER 112: GER 111 or qualifying score on the placement test.
     
    GER 112. Elementary German II  Group 5    1 course
    A continuation of GER 111.
     
    GER 211. Intermediate German I  Group 5    1 course
    General preparation in German for personal, academic and professional use. Exercise in speaking the language and in writing brief original compositions. Reading from modern literary and cultural sources; selected topics about contemporary German life and the German tradition. Prerequisite: GER 112 or qualifying score on the placement test (or if GER 142 was taken prior to Spring 2001-02).
     
    GER 212. Intermediate German II  Group 5    1 course
    A continuation of GER 211. Prerequisite: GER 211 or qualifying score on the placement test.
     
    GER 304. Advanced German  Group 5    1 course
    This course is designed to prepare students for advanced work in German language, literature and culture. Students will read a variety of texts. Active practice in spoken and written German. Prerequisite: GER 212 or qualifying score on the placement test.
     
    GER 307. Introduction to German Literature  Group 3, lit    1 course
    Experience in the study of literature and German literary history through texts from the 18th century to the present. Students will gain an overview of the historical development of the German tradition. Prerequisite: GER 212 or permission of instructor.
     
    GER 309. German for Business  Group 5    1 course
    This course is designed to introduce students to the language of business German and to give them insight into Germany's current place in the global economy. Consideration of various themes organized around major business and economic topics, along with language and skill-building activities. Prerequisite: GER 304 . Not open to first-year students.
     
    GER 314. German Cultural Studies  Group 2    1 course
    Emphasis on aspects of popular, artistic, intellectual, religious and social tradition from selected periods. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    GER 411. Twentieth Century German Literature and Culture  Group 3, lit    1 course
    This course focuses on one period or theme taken primarily from 20th century German literature and culture. Possible topics include: Modernism in Berlin and Vienna, the Weimar Republic, Post-1945 German literature, etc. Prerequisite: GER 307 or permission of instructor.May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    GER 412. Topics      1/2-1 course
    Critical investigation of a subject, usually from one of the following areas: genre or motif study, comparative arts, recent writers and criticism, social background to literature, cultural studies, linguistics, contemporary theory. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    GER 415. Senior Seminar      1 course
    A detailed study of an author or a principal movement of German literature and/or culture. Prerequisite: permission of instructor.
     
    GER 447. Advanced Readings and Projects in German      1/2-1 course
    Open to advanced students in German with permission of chair. May be repeated for credit.
     
    GER 448. Advanced Readings and Projects in German      1/2-1 course
    A continuation of GER 447.
     

    Courses in Italian

    ITAL 171. Introduction to Italian I  Group 5    1 course
    Introduction to the Italian language with emphasis on development of proficiency in speaking, listening, reading, and writing.
     
    ITAL 172. Introduction to Italian II  Group 5    1 course
    A continuation of ITAL 171. Prerequisite: ITAL 171.
     
    ITAL 270. Readings and Projects in Italian  Group 5    1/2-1 course
    Open to advanced students in Italian with permission of chair. Student may repeat for credit.
     
    ITAL 271. Intermediate Italian  Group 5    1 course
    Second year Italian. First semester. This course emphasizes oral and written expression, listening comprehension and building vocabulary. It also provides an intensive review of grammar. Learning is facilitated by a careful selection of literary texts, such as plays, novels, short stories, celebrated lyrics from opera and contemporary music. A variety of real-life material is also employed, including newspaper and magazine articles, radio and television broadcasts. Students are required to participate and engage in conversation during class. Regular attendance is essential. Daily assignments are required. Pre-requisite: Italian 171 & 172 or permission of a professor of Italian in the Modern Language Department.
     

    Courses in Japanese

    JAPN 151. Elementary Japanese I  Group 5    1 course
    Introduction to the Japanese language with emphasis on development of proficiency in speaking, listening, reading, and writing. JAPN 151 is open only to beginners in Japanese or those with two years or less of high school Japanese.
     
    JAPN 152. Elementary Japanese II  Group 5    1 course
    A continuation of the study of JAPN 151. Open to students who have successfully completed Japanese I or who are placed into this level by test results. Prerequisite: JAPN 151 or qualifying score on the placement test.
     
    JAPN 251. Intermediate Japanese I  Group 5    1 course
    Further study of Japanese language and practice in speaking, listening, reading and writing. Prerequisite: JAPN 152 or qualifying score on the placement test.
     
    JAPN 252. Intermediate Japanese II  Group 5    1 course
    A continuation of JAPN 251. Prerequisite: JAPN 251 or qualifying score on the placement test.
     
    JAPN 351. Advanced Japanese I  Group 5    1 course
    Readings and discussion of advanced Japanese materials. Exercise in speaking the language and in writing compositions. Prerequisite: JAPN 252 or qualifying score on the placement test.
     
    JAPN 352. Advanced Japanese II  Group 5    1 course
    Further study of the Japanese language. Prerequisite: JAPN 252 or qualifying score on the placement test.
     
    JAPN 451. Advanced Readings and Projects in Japanese  Group 5    1/2-1 course
    Open to advanced students in Japanese. May be repeated for credit.
     

    Courses in Portuguese

    PORT 181. Introduction to Portuguese I  Group 5    1 course
    Introduction to Brazilian Portuguese with emphasis on development of proficiency in speaking, listening, reading and writing.
     
    PORT 182. Introduction to Portuguese II  Group 5    1 course
    A continuation of PORT 181. Prerequisite: PORT 181.
     
    PORT 280. Readings and Projects in Portuguese  Group 5    1/2-1 course
    Open to advanced students in Portuguese with permission of chair. Student may repeat for credit with different topics.
     

    Courses in Russian

    RUS 121. Elementary Russian I  Group 5    1 course
    Introduction to the Russian language with emphasis on development of proficiency in speaking, listening, reading and writing. Includes work with tapes and video supplements. RUS 121 is open only to beginners in Russian or those with two years or less of high school Russian.
     
    RUS 122. Elementary Russian II  Group 5    1 course
    A continuation of RUS 121. Prerequisite: RUS 121 or qualifying score on the placement test.
     
    RUS 221. Intermediate Russian I  Group 5    1 course
    Continued development of proficiency in Russian with focus on key points in style, word formation, grammar and speaking. Includes work with tapes and video supplements. Prerequisite for RUS 221: RUS 122 or qualifying score on the placement test.
     
    RUS 222. Intermediate Russian II  Group 5    1 course
    A continuation of RUS 221.
     
    RUS 224. Reading Russian  Group 5    1 course
    This course develops a number of reading techniques and provides intensive work in word-formation and syntax. A wide variety of non-fiction texts--including journal and newspaper articles, scientific and popular works--are examined. Prerequisite or co-requisite: RUS 221.
     
    RUS 263. Spoken Russian  Group 5    1/2-1 course
    Designed to improve communication skills in the Russian language, the flexible curriculum may include any of the following: conversation (use of everyday idiom), comprehension (understanding at a native Russian pace), applied phonetics (specialized instruction in pronunciation and intonation). May be repeated for credit with permission of instructor. Prerequisite or co-requisite: RUS 221.
     
    RUS 321. Advanced Russian  Group 5    1 course
    Offers advanced work in grammar, stylistics, reading, conversation and composition. Prerequisite: RUS 222 or permission of instructor.
     
    RUS 324. Topics      1/2-1 course
    Supervised study of a subject of interest chosen in consultation with the instructor. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     

    Courses in Spanish

    SPAN 131. Elementary Spanish I  Group 5    1 course
    Introduction to the Spanish language with emphasis on development of proficiency in speaking, listening, reading and writing. The essentials of Spanish grammar. Emphasis on communication and Hispanic cultures. SPAN 131 is open only to beginners in Spanish or those with two years or less of high school Spanish.
     
    SPAN 132. Elementary Spanish II  Group 5    1 course
    A continuation of SPAN 131.
     
    SPAN 140. Review of Elementary Spanish  Group 5    1 course
    Practice in speaking, listening, reading and writing. Review of Spanish grammar and study of Hispanic cultures. For those students who have prior experience in Spanish. Satisfies the Group 5 requirement. Open to students who are placed into this level by test results or departmental direction. Not open to those who have credit for SPAN 131 or 132.
     
    SPAN 231. Intermediate Spanish I  Group 5    1 course
    Reading, oral practice, composition and further study of grammar and Hispanic cultures. Prerequisite: SPAN 132 or SPAN 140 or qualifying score on the placement test.
     
    SPAN 232. Intermediate Spanish II  Group 5    1 course
    A continuation of SPAN 231.
     
    SPAN 299S. Internship in Spanish      1/2-1 course
    Allows qualified students the opportunity to do off-campus internships in Spanish-speaking countries. The internship may, with departmental approval, count toward the major or minor. Not more than one course credit may be counted toward graduation. Not open to heritage speakers of Spanish.
     
    SPAN 330. Spanish Conversation and Phonetics  Group 5    1 course
    Emphasis on oral practice and phonetics. Prerequisite: SPAN 232 or qualifying grade on the Spanish placement test. Students with recent foreign residence in a Spanish-speaking country must consult with the chair of the department before registering for SPAN 330. Not open to heritage speakers of Spanish.
     
    SPAN 332. Spanish Reading and Grammar  Group 5    1 course
    Advanced reading techniques, including grammar review and composition. Prerequisite: SPAN 232 or qualifying grade on the placement test.
     
    SPAN 335. Introduction to Hispanic Literature  Group 3, lit    1 course
    Significant authors and texts from throughout the Spanish-speaking world. Prerequisite: SPAN 330 or SPAN 332.
     
    SPAN 338. Latin American Civilization  Group 4    1 course
    A study of the history, geography, art, intellectual currents and social developments of Latin America. Prerequisite: SPAN 330 or SPAN 332 or permission of instructor.
     
    SPAN 339. Spanish Civilization  Group 4    1 course
    A study of the history, geography, art, intellectual currents and social developments of Spain. Prerequisite: SPAN 330 or 332 or permission of instructor.
     
    SPAN 340. Business Spanish      1 course
    This course focuses on economics and business practices in the Spanish-speaking world. Its goals are to familiarize students with the basis institutions (banking, stock market), with how corporations are organized and how they function (administrative structure, secretarial, marketing, sales, etc.), and with certain socio-cultural aspects of the workplace (executive behavior, management-labor relations, gender issues). Required work includes readings, tests, essays, and oral presentations. Prerequisite: SPAN 330 or 332 or permission of instructor.
     
    SPAN 390. Topics in Spanish  Group 3, literature (spring 2005)    1/2-1 course
    Study of topics, such as literary periods, genres, movements or themes, areas of civilization, linguistics or oral interpretation. Prerequisite: SPAN 332 or permission of instructor. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    SPAN 430. Creative Spanish  Group 6    1 course
    An opportunity to write creative prose in different styles in Spanish with emphasis on articles, essays and short stories. Illustrated readings for analysis and discussion. Prerequisite: SPAN 332.
     
    SPAN 442. Literature of Spain  Group 3, lit    1 course
    Selections from important authors of Spain. Prerequisite: SPAN 335 or permission of instructor.
     
    SPAN 444. Spanish American Literature  Group 3, lit    1 course
    Selections from important authors of Spanish America. Prerequisite: SPAN 335 or permission of instructor.
     
    SPAN 456. Hispanic Seminar      1 course
    A detailed study of an author, genre, theme, or principal movement of Hispanic literature or civilization. Open only to senior Spanish majors.
     
    SPAN 491. Advanced Readings and Projects in Spanish      1/2-1 course
    Open to advanced students in Spanish with permission of chair. May be repeated for credit.
     

    Off Campus Study

    (Program Homepage)

    K. Knaul (director of international education).

    DePauw offers extensive opportunities for students to study in various locations worldwide. See Section V, International and Off-Campus Programs, for more information. The courses described below are those offered by DePauw University in the Vienna Music Program (fall semester only). In addition to the courses listed below, courses from the DePauw music curriculum are regularly offered.

    Courses in Off Campus Study

    OCS 330. The Arts in Vienna 1800-1900      1 course
    Development of architecture, painting, sculpture and the decorative arts in Vienna from the Pre-March (Vormarz) period to World War I. The styles of the Biedermeier, Historicism, Jugendstil, Early Expressionism and other modern trends are covered in detail. Attention is given to the cultural interactions between literary movement, philosophical thought, music history and the pictorial arts.
     
    OCS 371. Applied Music      1/4-1/2-1 course
    Individual applied music lessons are available in most instrumental and vocal areas.
     
    OCS 381. Topics      1/2-1 course
    Additional theory and history courses are offered. Courses offered in recent years include Hayden-Mozart-Beethoven, 2nd Viennese School, Late Romantic Viennese Music. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     

    Music (CLA)

    (Program Homepage)

    C. Balensuela, A. Barber, J. Beckel, N. Brockman, M. Carkeek, C. Carrillo, H. Choi, J. Clodfelter, P. Coburn, G. Crouch, C. Cymerman, R. Danforth, G. Dugan, E. Edberg, C. Edwards, A. Engelsdorfer, L. Foy, D. Grammel, J. Helsley, J. Hollander, A. Hopson, S. Irwin, C. Jetton, C. Johnson (dean), A. Mattix, H. Moore, P. Musser, B. Pare', C. Pare', R. Pejril, M. Phang, A. Reynolds, D. Rizner, R. Salman, C. Smith, O. Smith, J. Spicknall, S. Spiegelberg, K. Tonne, K. Webb, J. White, A. Williams.

    See Section III, School of Music, for further academic information including course titles and descriptions.

    Requirements for a major in Music (CLA):

    Total courses required: Ten
    Core courses:
  • MUS 113, MUS 114, MUS 123, MUS 124, MUS 130, MUS 213, MUS 223, MUS 230, MUS 334, MUS 450
  • Additional upper-level music history elective course credit (usually MUS 390)
  • Two course credits in applied music in the primary instrument
  • Four semesters of participation in a major ensemble
  • Other required courses: Recital attendance each semester in residence as a declared major
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Three
    Senior requirement: Satisfactory completion of MUS 450.
    Additional information:

    Requirements for a minor in Jazz Studies:

    Total courses required: Seven or 7 1/4
    Core courses:
  • MUS 100 or MUS 111, MUS 113 and MUS 123, MUS 231, MUS 384, MUS 386
  • Two course credits in applied music in the primary instrument
  • Four semesters of participation in Jazz Ensemble
  • Two semesters of participation in Jazz Combos
  • Other courses:
  • One elective course credit in jazz studies at the 300-400 level
  • One-quarter course credit in applied music in jazz piano (if piano is not the primary instrument)
  • Two semesters of recital attendance
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Three

    Requirements for a minor in Applied Music:

    Total courses required: Seven
    Core courses:
  • MUS 113, MUS 114, MUS 123, MUS 124, MUS 230
  • Two course credits in applied music in the primary instrument
  • Four semesters of participation in a major ensemble
  • Other courses:
  • One elective course credit at the 300-400 level
  • Four semesters of recital attendance
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Philosophy

    (Program Homepage)

    J. Anderson, R.Cameron, M. Chandler, J. Everett, R. Lynch, M. McKelligan, R. Newton, D. Shannon (chair), E. Wielenberg.

    The purpose of the major in Philosophy is three-fold:it encourages clear, logical, and independent thinking;it affords the chance to explore problems and ideas about self, society, knowledge, and value that have intrinsic interest and are germane to other disciplines; when taken in conjunction with appropriate courses in other disciplines, it prepares students for professional fields, such as law, medicine, business, journalism, and government.

    Requirements for a major in Philosophy:

    Total courses required: Nine
    Core courses: PHIL 202, PHIL 215, PHIL 216, PHIL 439
    Other required courses: One course from the following: PHIL 207, 208, 213, 214, 219 or a topics course (PHIL 206 or 307) in moral philosophy or in the philosophy of art and aesthetics.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Four, including either PHIL 430 or 433
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of the completion of PHIL 439.
    Additional information:

    Requirements for a major in Philosophy bridged to another discipline:

    Total courses required: Nine
    Core courses: PHIL 439
    Other required courses:
  • Five additional courses in philosophy (three at the 300-400 level): including either PHIL 440 or 490
  • One course in the other discipline at the 200-level or above
  • One course in the other discipline at the 300-400 level
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Five
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of the completion of PHIL 439.
    Additional information: Students seeking a bridge major must submit a plan by the third year which includes a description of desired courses, a rationale for the bridge demonstrating unity and consistency, and one course designated as the "bridge course." This plan is to be submitted to the major advisor and is to be approved by the department.

    Requirements for a minor in Philosophy:

    Total courses required: Four
    Core courses: Courses must be at the 200-level or above
    Other courses:
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Courses in Philosophy

    PHIL 101. Introduction to Philosophy  Group 4    1 course
    Selected problems of philosophy and some alternative solutions. Readings from philosophers of the past and present. Seniors admitted only by permission of instructor.
     
    PHIL 106. God, Evil and the Meaning of Life  Group 4    1 course
    Readings from philosophical, religious and literary authors on such questions as the meaning of God, arguments for the existence of God, the problem of evil, the meaning of human life, the relation of morality and religious belief. Open to first-year students and sophomores; open to others only by permission of instructor.
     
    PHIL 197. First-Year Seminar      1 course
    A seminar focused on a theme in the study of philosophy. Open only to first-year students.
     
    PHIL 202. Logic      1 course
    A systematic study of reasoning with emphasis on questions of meaning and validity. Includes sentential logic, elementary quantification, a survey of fallacies and selected topics in inductive logic.
     
    PHIL 203. Cosmology [See also PHYS 203]      1 course
    An examination of fundamental questions about the origin, order and meaning of the universe from the perspective of physics, philosophy and other disciplines. Topics include: development of Western cosmology; physics and metaphysics of space and time; the Cosmological and Design arguments for the existence of God; the Anthropic Principle; life and consciousness.
     
    PHIL 206. Topics      1 course
    Usually a field of philosophy or a historical development, or a problem or set of problems. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    PHIL 207. Ethics and Business      1 course
    An examination of ethical questions relating to business activity. Topics include: economic justice, the moral responsibilities of corporations, rights and responsibilities of employers and employees, business and consumers, regulation of business.
     
    PHIL 208. Biomedical Ethics      1 course
    Perplexing moral issues arising in contemporary biomedical practice, research and medical care which impinge upon our deeply held notions of human dignity and value. Readings from religion, philosophy, ethics and public policy, medical science and law.
     
    PHIL 211. Philosophy of Sex and Gender  Group 4    1 course
    An introduction to the principal views in the history of philosophy on the issues concerning the status of women, relationship between the sexes, sexual attitudes and orientations. First part of the class: the foundations of the Conservative View and reactions against them. Second part of the class: some problem areas, such as the desire for pleasure, homosexuality in society, pornography and whether there are unconscious libidinal mechanisms directing our lives.
     
    PHIL 213. Ethical Theory  Group 4    1 course
    Historical and contemporary answers to some of the main problems of ethics, including the standard of right and wrong, the criteria of goodness, the possibility of ethical knowledge and the place of reason in ethics.
     
    PHIL 214. Philosophy of Art  Group 4    1 course
    Traditional and recent theories of art, the work of art, criticism, theories of taste and aesthetic quality and special problems concerning the individual arts.
     
    PHIL 215. History of Western Philosophy  Group 4    1 course
    Major philosophers and philosophical schools of the West. Fall semester: the pre-Socratics to Augustine. Spring semester: Descartes through Kant.
     
    PHIL 216. History of Western Philosophy      1 course
    Spring semester: Descartes through Kant.
     
    PHIL 218. Chinese Philosophy  Group 4    1 course
    Major philosophers and schools in Classical China. Readings are selected from the writings of Confucius, Mencius, Laozi, Xunzi, Mozi, Zhuangzi, Hanfeizi. The main focus will be on Chinese philosophy, but some comparisons with Western thought will be made. Not open to first-year students.
     
    PHIL 219. Existentialism  Group 4    1 course
    Introductory course in Existentialism. Major writers from both 19th and 20th centuries, including Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Heidegger, Sartre and Camus. Issues to be discussed: the meaning of life, value of morality, absurdity of life, relation between being and nothingness.
     
    PHIL 221. Leadership and Responsibility      1 course
    Examines theoretical, practical and moral dimensions of leadership. Topics include the nature of leadership, the elements of effective leadership, the obligations and responsibilities of leaders and followers, the challenges of leadership in a diverse society. Particular attention given to key figures and events in the civil rights movement as a way of illustrating and illuminating concepts covered in the course.
     
    PHIL 305. Philosophy of Science      1 course
    The nature, aims and methods of the natural and social sciences. The nature of scientific description, explanation and prediction. The role of theories, models and deduction in science. Prerequisite: one course in philosophy, or major in science or permission of instructor.
     
    PHIL 307. Topics      1 course
    This course is generally a topic area, such as metaethics, philosophy of religion, European philosophy in the 19th and 20th centuries and philosophy of common sense. Prerequisite: one course in philosophy or permission of instructor. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    PHIL 309. Advanced Logic      1 course
    Techniques of proof in sentential logic, predicate calculus and predicate calculus with identity. Introduction of metalogical issues of consistency, completeness and Godel incompleteness. Topics in philosophical logic such as modal, tense and epistemic logics. Prerequisite: PHIL 202 or permission of instructor.
     
    PHIL 310. Philosophy of Religion      1 course
    An examination of philosophical issues related to religious belief. Typical topics include various puzzles relating to the divine attributes, arguments for and against God's existence and the contemporary debate between theism and naturalism. Prerequisite: one course in philosophy or permission of instructor.
     
    PHIL 311. Epistemology      1 course
    What is knowledge? What is it for a belief to be justified? What is the relationship between knowledge and justification? In this course, we examine some of the main analyses of knowledge and some of the main criteria of justification. Readings will include classic and contemporary sources. Prerequisite: one course in philosophy or permission of instructor.
     
    PHIL 312. Metaphysics      1 course
    A philosophical study of the nature of reality, considering such problems as the theory of causes, the status of universals, freedom, mind-body, space and time, individuation. The course will consider both historical and contemporary sources. Prerequisite: one course in philosophy or permission of instructor.
     
    PHIL 313. Death  Group 4    1 course
    An examination of philosophical questions surrounding death. Topics include the rationality of fear of death, the possibility of the survival of death, the relation between mortality and the meaning of life and the ethics of suicide and euthanasia. Prerequisite: one course in philosophy or permission of instructor.
     
    PHIL 315. Philosophy of Law      1 course
    An inquiry into the nature of law, the relation of law to morality, the notion of responsibility in the law, punishment and the import for law of liberty of expression. Readings from classical and recent philosophers of law.
     
    PHIL 317. Philosophy of Language      1 course
    An inquiry into the nature and function of language, considering questions of reference, meaning, metaphor and the relationship of logic to thought. Although the course will focus primarily on issues raised by Frege and Wittgenstein and developed by contemporary analytic philosophers, discussions of language by non-analytic philosophers may also be considered. Prerequisite: one course in philosophy or permission of instructor.
     
    PHIL 351. Medieval Philosophy  Group 4    1 course
    This course examines the main figures and debates in Medieval Philosophy, beginning with St. Augustine of Hippo and concluding with Machiavelli. Some topics covered: the refutation of skepticism, what is truth, the City of God versus the City of Man, Natural Law, Just War and what constitutes good government.
     
    PHIL 430. Major Philosophers      1 course
    One or two philosophers, usually chosen from Plato, Aristotle, Descartes, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Leibniz, Spinoza, Kant, Hegel, Wittgenstein and Frege. Prerequisite: two courses in philosophy or permission of instructor. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    PHIL 433. Philosophical Problem      1 course
    A study of one problem, such as universals, time, freedom, causation, happiness and necessary truth. Attention mainly to recent papers and books. Prerequisite: two courses in philosophy or permission of instructor. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    PHIL 439. Senior Seminar      1 course
    This class is the capstone course for majors in philosophy. It covers a broad range of advanced topics in philosophy; typically three or four topics are covered during the semester. Topics may be treated historically or systematically. The students are responsible for presentations and discussions of the material. Several papers will be assigned, and the student selects one which will be the subject of a formal presentation. May not be taken pass/fail. Open only to seniors.
     
    PHIL 440. Senior Thesis      1 course
    This course provides an opportunity for outstanding philosophy majors to produce a substantial (normally 30+ pages in length) research paper on an important topic in philosophy. Students who are planning to do graduate work in philosophy are encouraged to take this course. Students must apply to the department for approval to undertake this project. Accepted students will be assigned a thesis advisor who will set the schedule for the completion of the paper. The course culminates with an oral defense of the completed paper. Prerequisites: Major in Philosophy, senior status, and departmental approval. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    PHIL 490. Independent Study in Philosophy      1/4-1/2-1 course
    Directed studies in a selected field or fields of philosophy. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     

    Physics and Astronomy

    (Program Homepage)

    N. Abraham, H. Brooks, J. Caraher, V. DeCarlo (chair), M. Kertzman, A. Komives, T. Kjonaas.

    Physics is the study of the fundamental nature of everything. Through experiment and theory physicists seek to explain the interactions of matter and energy in terms of a small number of basic laws. Physics deals with everything from the very large (e.g. the structure of the universe) to the very small (e.g. atoms, nuclei, quarks and even smaller structures). The devices we depend on in our technological society are based on fundamental principles of physics. Both experimental and theoretical physicists are people who enjoy understanding how things work. Studying physics develops excellent critical thinking and problem solving skills, which are applicable to many careers.

    Many of our physics graduates continue with graduate school in physics, astronomy or engineering. Others continue with professional training in medical school or law school. However, it is not necessary to pursue more education to have a rewarding career with physics. An undergraduate physics degree is a spring board to a broad spectrum of career options, including engineering, systems analyst, financial analyst, management, national security, medical research, education and journalism. Nationally, employment opportunities for physics graduates have been especially good in recent years.

    The department offers a major and a minor in Physics. Students planning to major in Physics should consult with a member of the department as early as possible in their college careers. Incoming students who plan to major in Physics should take PHYS 120-130 and MATH 135-136 or MATH 151 in the first year. Most pre-engineering students must take PHYS 120, 130, 231 and 351. Students interested in pre-engineering should consult with a pre-engineering advisor as early as possible. The physics major is also appropriate for students who wish to attend graduate school in astronomy.

    Department faculty members are actively involved in research. Our students have opportunities to work with faculty doing research in nuclear physics, high energy gamma ray astrophysics, applied physics engineering, optics and computational quantum mechanics. Recent students have also done off-campus research in conjunction with members of the department at the Fred Lawrence Whipple Observatory, the George C. Marshall Space Flight Center and Fermi National Accelerator Laboratory. The Oak Ridge Science Semester program enables students to spend a semester working under the guidance of an ORNL staff member. Recent students have participated in off campus research programs at the National Radio Observatory, Los Alamos National Laboratory, Kitt Peak National Observatory and Thomas Jefferson National Accelerator Facility.

    The department is housed in the newly renovated Julian Science and Mathematics building. Departmental spaces include innovative integrated class and lab rooms for the introductory physics and astronomy classes, dedicated laboratory space for intermediate and advanced level courses, a dedicated physics computer lab, a physics student study room and research laboratories for faculty and students. The department also has fully equipped metal and wood machine shops.

    The department sponsors an active Physics Club. Students meet regularly for visiting lecturers, trips to conferences, special club projects and social events. A local chapter of Sigma Pi Sigma, the physics honorary society, hosts annual receptions for the induction of new student members.

    The department operates historic McKim Observatory. McKim contains many of its original instruments, including a 9.5-inch Clark refractor telescope and a Fauth and Co. meridian transit telescope. McKim is also well equipped with modern instruments, including five Celestron 8-inch and one Celestron 11-inch Schmidt-Cassegrain telescopes, an SBIG ST-6 CCD camera, a webcam, equipment for astrophotography and a spectrometer. McKim is used for astronomy labs, public open houses and student research projects.

    Requirements for a major in Physics:

    Total courses required: Nine
    Core courses: PHYS 120, PHYS 130, PHYS 220, PHYS 270, PHYS 280 (1/2 course), PHYS 480 (1/2 course)
    Other required courses:
  • Two of the following, one of which must be either PHYS 370 or PHYS 380; PHYS 240, PHYS 250, PHYS 300, PHYS 370, PHYS 380
  • Two of the following: PHYS 410, PHYS 420, PHYS 430, PHYS 440
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Three and one-half
    Senior requirement: PHYS 480
    Additional information: MATH 151 (or MATH 135-136), MATH 152 required

    Requirements for a minor in Physics:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: PHYS 120, PHYS 130
    Other courses:
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Courses in Physics and Astronomy

    PHYS 103. Moons and Planets  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. An introductory course concentrating on the solar system. Topics to be covered include: observational astronomy; the history and development of astronomy; Kepler's laws of planetary motion; Newton's laws of motion and gravity; the Earth-moon system; the structure and composition of the planets with an emphasis on comparative planetology; asteroids, comets, the formation of the solar system, the sun and the exploration of space. Emphasis is placed on investigating the methods by which astronomers gain knowledge about the solar system. Evening laboratory periods will emphasize observation and will help students develop quantitative skills in interpreting data. PHYS 103 and PHYS 104 may be taken in either order. Prerequisite: high school algebra and trigonometry.
     
    PHYS 104. Stars and Galaxies  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. An introductory course concentrating on the astronomy of stars and stellar systems. Topics to be covered include: properties of stars; stellar evolution; white dwarfs, neutron stars and black holes; the interstellar medium; the Milky Way; galaxies; Hubble's Law; and cosmology. Emphasis is placed on investigating the methods by which astronomers gain knowledge about the universe. Evening laboratory periods will emphasize observation and will help students develop quantitative skills in interpreting data. PHYS 103 and PHYS 104 may be taken in either order. Not open to students with credit in PHYS 300 or 200. Prerequisite: high school algebra and trigonometry.
     
    PHYS 110. Physics for Poets  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. The fundamental concepts of classical and modern physics with attention to their bearings in other fields of science and the humanities. Topics include the historical development of Newtonian mechanics, special and general relativity, quantum physics and modern cosmology. Contrasts between Newtonian and 20th-century world views are emphasized. This course does not fulfill the prerequisites for advanced courses in physics, nor the requirements for medicine, engineering or secondary teaching. Prerequisite: high school algebra and trigonometry. Not open to students with credit in PHYS 112.
     
    PHYS 120. Principles of Physics I  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. An introductory calculus-based course covering fundamental concepts of physics including: momentum, energy, conservation laws, particle interactions, Newton's laws, oscillations, orbits and planetary motion and special relativity. Laboratory sessions will provide a hands-on opportunity to explore the concepts of physics. This course is designed for students majoring in the sciences and mathematics and those in pre-professional programs in health sciences, medicine, engineering and teaching. Prerequisite or co-requisite: MATH 136 or MATH 151 . Not open to students with credit in PHYS 121.
     
    PHYS 130. Principles of Physics II  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. This course builds on PHYS 120 and covers fundamental concepts of physics including: electric and magnetic fields, circuits, Maxwell's equations, electromagnetic waves, waves, interference and diffraction, wave-particle duality, atoms, nuclei and radioactivity, thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. Laboratory sessions will provide a hands on opportunity to explore the concepts of physics. This course is designed for students majoring in the sciences and mathematics and those in pre-professional programs in health sciences, medicine, engineering and teaching. Prerequisite: PHYS 120. Not open to students with credit in PHYS 122.
     
    PHYS 156. Advanced Placement in Physics      1 course
    Advanced placement credit for physics. A. Mechanics B. Electricity and Magnetism.
     
    PHYS 203. Cosmology [See also PHIL 203]      1 course
    An examination of fundamental questions about the origin, order and meaning of the universe from the perspectives of physics, philosophy and other disciplines. Topics include: creation myths; development of Western cosmology; physics and metaphysics of space and time; cosmological and design arguments for the existence of God; the Anthropic Principle; life and consciousness.
     
    PHYS 220. Principles of Physics III      1 course
    This course provides an introduction to quantum mechanics, and completes the survey of fundamental physics begun in PHYS 120 and 130. Topics to be covered include wave packets, the Schrodinger equation, solutions to the Schrodinger equation for one dimensional potentials, the hydrogen atom, multi electron atoms, quantum statistics, and an introduction to the physics of molecules, solids, nuclei, and particles. Prerequisite: PHYS 130.
     
    PHYS 231. Statics      1/2 course
    Mathematical methods for analysis of force systems for rigid bodies, including equilibrium requirements, stresses in frames and trusses, forces in beams and cables, friction, centroids and moments of inertia. Prerequisite: PHYS 120.
     
    PHYS 240. Electronics      1 course
    Includes laboratory. Experimental and theoretical treatment of direct current and alternating current circuits. Topics include: diode applications, transistors, operational amplifiers, feedback, analog-digital conversion, digital logic and microprocessors. Prerequisite: One semester of a laboratory science course.
     
    PHYS 250. Optics  Group 1, lab    1 course
    Includes laboratory. Experimental investigation of geometrical and physical optics. Specific topics investigated include: image formation by lenses and mirrors, optical instruments, image processing, interference, diffraction, polarization, optical communication, lasers and holography. Prerequisite: One semester of a laboratory science course. Not open to students with credit in PHYS 361.
     
    PHYS 270. Mathematical Methods      1 course
    Methods in applied mathematics for students in physical sciences and engineering. Topics include: partial differentiation, vector analysis, complex numbers, linear algebra, ordinary differential equations, multiple integrals, and Fourier series. Prerequisite: PHYS 120 and MATH 152. Not open to students with credit in PHYS 272.
     
    PHYS 280. Experimental Methods      1/2 course
    Includes laboratory. An introduction to the techniques, methods and necessary skills used in experimental physics. Data will be collected by using a variety of instruments, including oscilloscopes, nuclear instrumentation, and other data sensors. The course will introduce a variety of statistical and data analysis techniques. Machine shop skills will be developed during the course. Prerequisite: PHYS 120.
     
    PHYS 300. Astrophysics      1 course
    The concepts of classical and modern physics are applied to the study of astronomy, providing a physical basis for understanding the components and structure of our universe. Topics to be covered include: spectroscopy, stellar properties, binary stars, stellar classification, stellar structure and evolution, galaxies and galactic structure, active galactic nuclei and cosmology. Prerequisite: PHYS 130.
     
    PHYS 351. Dynamics      1 course
    A theoretical treatment of the physical laws governing the motion of particles and rigid bodies, including studies of energy and momentum, kinematics, curvilinear motion and central forces. Prerequisite: PHYS 130.
     
    PHYS 370. Atomic and Molecular Physics      1 course
    Includes laboratory. A theoretical and experimental investigation in atomic, molecular and condensed matter physics. Topics to be covered may include: atomic models, magnetic dipole moments, multielectron atoms, x-ray excitations, optical excitations, atomic spectroscopy, quantum statistic, molecules, molecular bonding, molecular spectra, band theory of solids, conductors, semiconductors, superconductors, and collective phenomena. Prerequisite: PHYS 130.
     
    PHYS 380. Nuclear and Particle Physics      1 course
    Includes laboratory. A theoretical and experimental investigation in nuclear and particle physics. Topics to be covered may include: nuclear phenomenology, nuclear models, radiation, nuclear reactions, experimental methods in nuclear physics, particle interactions and detection, properties of elementary particle, symmetries, the standard model, and theories beyond the standard model. Prerequisite: PHYS 130.
     
    PHYS 390A. Selected Topics in Astronomy      1/4-1/2-1 course
    Selected topics in astronomy. May be an independent study project. Prerequisite: depends on the topic..
     
    PHYS 390P. Topics in Physics      1/4-1/2-1 course
    Selected topics in physics. May be an independent study project. Prerequisite: depends on the topic.
     
    PHYS 400. Teaching of Physics      1/2 course
    Includes laboratory. For students planning to teach physics and general science in secondary schools. Not applicable toward the major. Prerequisite: PHYS 130.
     
    PHYS 410. Thermal Physics      1 course
    Treatment of the laws of thermodynamics and the concepts of temperature, pressure, entropy, chemical potential and free energy as related to the quantum statistical behavior of microscopic systems. Included are applications to kinetic theory of gases, heat engines, photons and phonons, systems in magnetic and electric fields, transport phenomena, and biological and engineering problems. Prerequisite: PHYS 130 and PHYS 270.
     
    PHYS 420. Classical Mechanics      1 course
    Basic definitions and principles of classical mechanics, conservation laws, systems of particles and motion of rigid bodies, oscillating phenomena and an introduction to generalized coordinates and the methods of Lagrange and Hamilton. Prerequisite: PHYS 130 and PHYS 270.
     
    PHYS 430. Electricity and Magnetism      1 course
    Experimental foundations of electricity and magnetism, electrostatic and magnetostatic problems, dielectrics, the field concept in electromagnetism and Maxwell's equations, and the concept of energy in electromagnetism. Several periods may be in laboratory. Prerequisite: PHYS 130 and PHYS 270.
     
    PHYS 440. Quantum Mechanics      1 course
    Non-relativistic wave mechanical treatment of physical systems. Definition and interpretation of state functions; construction of wave packets; solutions of the Schrodinger equation for simple one-dimensional systems; the hydrogen atom; various approximation methods, including perturbation theory. Prerequisite: PHYS 130 and PHYS 270.
     
    PHYS 450. Advanced Mathematical Methods      1 course
    Advanced topics in applied mathematics for physics students, including tensor analysis, special functions, partial differential equations, complex variables, integral transforms. Prerequisite: PHYS 130 and PHYS 270.
     
    PHYS 480. Senior Project      1/2 course
    Students complete an individual project with the supervision of a member of the physics department faculty. Prerequisite: PHYS 280 and a senior physics major or permission of instructor.
     

    Political Science

    (Program Homepage)

    M. Faber, B. O'Bannon, C. Peterson, S. Sahu, B. Stinebrickner (chair), L. Tonder, G. Vurusic.

    Topics of interest to political scientists include how governments function and should function; differences and similarities among the approximately 200 national political systems in the world; relations between and among the nations of the world as well as the role of nongovernmental actors in these relations; and ways of better understanding such phenomena as authority, conflict, legitimacy, political parties, elections, interest groups, international organizations, coup d'etats, and executive, legislative and judicial decision-making.

    The department offers both a major and a minor in Political Science. In the political science department at DePauw, as in virtually every political science department in the United States, a disproportionate number of courses treat the American political system. But there are also courses on political systems in other countries and regions (Europe,the Middle East,China, India, and the Third World more generally), on relations among and between nations, and on issues and questions that transcend the politics of any particular place.

    Many Political Science students enhance their understanding of politics through relevant off-campus experiences, including internships in various government offices, participation in election campaigns, Winter Term travel, and studying overseas or in Washington for a semester.

    Political Science majors and minors have gone on to successful careers in elected and appointed government positions, journalism, business, research, teaching, and law.

    Students wishing to count courses taken off campus toward a major or minor in political science must have prior approval from their academic advisor and the chair of the department. It is not recommended that courses substituting for POLS 110, 150, 230 or 270 be taken off-campus.

    Students preparing for secondary teaching: review Section V, Teacher Education, and confer with the chair of the education studies department about requirements for admission and certification.

    Requirements for a major in Political Science:

    Total courses required: Nine
    Core courses: POLS 110, POLS 150, POLS 230, POLS 270, POLS 450
    Other required courses:
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Three
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of the completion of POLS 450 with a grade of C or better.
    Additional information:
  • POLS 110 and POLS 150 should be taken by the end of the first semester of the student's junior year.
  • POLS 230 and POLS 270 should be taken before the student's senior year.
  • POLS 156 cannot be counted as credit for a political science major.
  • Requirements for a minor in Political Science:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: POLS 150, POLS 230
    Other courses:
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Courses in Political Science

    POLS 110. American National Government  Group 2    1 course
    An introduction to the American political system that addresses the roles of political parties, elections, interest groups, public opinion, news media, the Constitution, and the legislative, executive and judicial branches in governing the United States.
     
    POLS 150. Comparative Politics and Government  Group 2    1 course
    An examination of major theories of comparative politics applicable to liberal democratic, communist and developing Third World systems. Theories of modernization and development, functionalism, systems analysis, dependency and underdevelopment, political economy, state-society relations, corporatism and neo-corporatism in both Western and non-Western settings.
     
    POLS 156. Advanced Placement in Political Science      1 course
    Advanced placement credit for entering first-year students. A. U.S. Government. B. Comparative Politics. POLS 156 cannot be counted as credit toward a POLS major.
     
    POLS 160. Principles of Government and Politics  Group 2    1 course
    The fundamental issues posed by government and politics as well as the conceptual and analytical tools used by political scientists in dealing with them. The nature and function of political institutions in relation to leading political theories and ideologies that have influenced their development. Such doctrines as liberalism, democracy, socialism, conservatism, communism and fascism as responses to such issues as the nature of political community, political power and leadership and the freedom and rights of the individual.
     
    POLS 197. First-Year Seminar      1 course
    A seminar on a theme related to political science. Open only to first-year students.
     
    POLS 226. State and Local Government  Group 2    1 course
    The theory and especially the practice of subnational government in the U.S. Topics include intergovernmental relations; government institutions; elections, parties, and interest groups; taxing, spending and economic development activities; and policy problems besetting state and local governments and metropolitan areas.
     
    POLS 230. Elements of Political Theory  Group 4    1 course
    An introduction to the basic ideas in the history of political thought that have provided philosophical foundations of modern political life.
     
    POLS 240. Contemporary Political Ideologies  Group 4    1 course
    A survey of contemporary worldviews based on value and belief systems that generate sets of attitudes and behaviors toward political institutions and processes. Ideologies such as enthno-nationalism, religious fundamentalism, feminism, liberation theology, globalism and environmentalism are treated.
     
    POLS 253. China and India in the 21st Century  Group 2    1 course
    Why do the two Asian giants, India and China, with more than 38 percent of the population of the world, matter to the rest of the world at the beginning of the 21st century? What are China's superpower prospects? Will nuclear India attain great power status? What is the future of communism and the prospect of political freedom and democracy in China? Is Indian democracy stable? What are the sources of instability of Indian government? What does a weak central government mean to Indian federalism? The dynamics of ethnic minorities in China? The future of secularism in India? The nuclear dynamics in Sino-Indian relations? These questions and many others will be explored in this course.
     
    POLS 254. Government and Politics of Western Europe  Group 2    1 course
    Political systems of selected countries in Western Europe; their historical and cultural settings; parties and elections; decision-making; problems of foreign policy. Considerable attention to the European community, the movement toward economic and political integration and its impact on political systems of member countries.
     
    POLS 270. International Politics  Group 2    1 course
    An analysis of world politics, focusing on the units of analysis, patterns of conflict and collaboration, the international agenda (including trends and issues), the structure of the international system and the current state and future of world order.
     
    POLS 299. Internship in Political Science      1/2-1 course
    Supervised participation in a special (and usually competitive) internship program outside the University.
     
    POLS 310. Political Parties  Group 2    1 course
    Parties, public opinion, elections, and voting behavior in the context of the American political system.
     
    POLS 315. The Legislative Process  Group 2    1 course
    Focus on the U.S. Congress. Examines rules, procedures and structures of Congress, as well as sources and motivations of legislative behavior. Emphasis is on the development of an understanding of how Congress works and why Congress as an institution and individual members of Congress function as they do.
     
    POLS 316. The Presidency  Group 4    1 course
    Seeks first to develop students' understanding of the powers and imperatives of the American presidency, as well as an understanding of the president's role in the American political order. Primary attention also given to examination of presidential success in office: what makes a good president, what citizens look for in a president, what strategies and/or behaviors are more or less likely to result in successful presidencies.
     
    POLS 318. Research Methods: Research Design  Group 2    1 course
    A critical examination of research designs used by political scientists in the last half century in their attempts to understand political reality. The theory and practice of experimental designs will be compared and contrasted with other ways of gathering data that can lead to reliable inferences about political reality.
     
    POLS 320. African American Politics  Group 4    1 course
    This course focuses on how the continuing struggle for Black political empowerment has helped influence and shape the current African American political community. An interdisciplinary approach incorporating economics, history and sociology will be used to gain an overall understanding of the African American community and its critical influence upon the American political system.
     
    POLS 323. The Politics of Race  Group 2    1 course
    This course explores the centrality and significance of race in the modern American political system. The course covers, but is not limited to, the role of race in electoral politics, urban politics, the political and social attitudes of Americans and the debates about the scope and function of the federal government.
     
    POLS 324. Politics of Civil Rights and Liberties  Group 2    1 course
    Analysis of civil rights and civil liberties policies in the United States and of the processes that produce those policies. Emphasis will be on policies relating to the practice of democracy (freedom of expression and associated freedoms), criminal justice, and "discrimination". Treatment of the policy process will include an examination of the roles of judicial, legislative and executive branches and the activities of interest groups.
     
    POLS 330. Governments and Politics of the Middle East  Group 2    1 course
    This course focuses on the Middle East in international politics as well as the internal politics of the region. Special attention is given to the rise of the state system, the dynamics of modernization, major political movements, ideologies, religions and social and economic change.
     
    POLS 341. American Political Thought  Group 4    1 course
    An introduction to American political thought that concentrates on important debates and controversies that have contributed to shaping American political life.
     
    POLS 351. Government and Politics of Russia and the CIS  Group 4    1 course
    Examines the origins and nature of Bolshevik movement and the 1917 revolution; the ideological and institutional sources of the Soviet state and party structures; Stalinism as totalitarian experiment; the erosion of the Soviet system; its economic decline and crisis; the reasons for the failure of the Gorbachev reform effort; the Moscow coup and implosion of the system; subsequent Russian political and economic reforms; selected events in some CIS republics.
     
    POLS 352. Politics of Developing Nations  Group 2    1 course
    An introduction to the similarities and unifying characteristics of heterogeneous developing nations. Emphasis on diversities to be found in different regions of the Third World. The focus is on issues and problems and not countries and regions, though case studies are used for illustrative purposes. The course covers theories and approaches to the study of the Third World; changes in the Third World (political, economic, governmental and regime); contemporary issues (hunger and famine, multinationals, foreign debt and the New International Economic Order); and Third World ideologies and movements (nonalignment, developmental socialism, anti-Americanism and Islamic revivalism).
     
    POLS 370. American Foreign Policy  Group 2    1 course
    The process of formulating and implementing American foreign policy. The development of American traditions regarding foreign policy, the main factors influencing American foreign policy since World War II and specific policies toward regions and countries of the world.
     
    POLS 374. Foreign Policies of the Soviet Union and Successor States  Group 4    1 course
    After an introduction to the ideological and state imperatives shaping the record of the Soviet Union in international affairs, an examination of the international effects of the collapse of the Soviet system and the post-Soviet Russian effort to fashion a new international role for the Russian state vis-a-vis the former Soviet republics and East European communist states, as well as the European Union, the United States, and the external world generally.
     
    POLS 382. Global Issues  Group 2    1 course
    An analytical survey of global issues: their essence, management and political implications. The course starts with a theoretical framework for the study of leading global issues, such as global security, population growth, global political economy, food, ethno-nationalism, terrorism, human rights, consumption of non-renewable resources and the integrity of the environment. Institutions, values and policies are emphasized in the context of growing interdependence among nations and related issues of integration and conflict.
     
    POLS 384. International Law  Group 4    1 course
    Contemporary problems relating to law and legal institutions in the global community. The nature, sources, and application of international law; international instruments; membership in the international community; state and non-state actors; duties and responsibilities at the global level; war and peace.
     
    POLS 390. Topics in Government and Politics      1 course
    An examination of selected topics related to political science.
     
    POLS 400SS. Teaching of Social Studies      1/2 course
    See History 400SS. May not be counted toward a major in Political Science.
     
    POLS 450. Senior Seminar      1 course
    This course, offered in multiple and independent sections, focuses on theory and analysis in the various fields of the discipline and in the discipline as a whole.
     
    POLS 499. Independent Study      1 course
    Intensive reading and research in American politics, political theory, comparative politics and/or international politics. Permission of instructor and department required. May not be taken pass/fail.
     

    Psychology

    (Program Homepage)

    K. Ahlm, T. Bonebright (chair), J. Hector, M. Hertenstein, K. Moore, P. Propsom, S. Ross, S. Spencer, C. VanBrunt.

    Psychology is the scientific study of behavior and mental processes approached from physiological, cognitive, behavioral, social and applied perspectives. Majors in Psychology receive training in the scientific approach as it has been applied to the study of such topics as: brain function, perception, learning, motivation, memory, development, social influence, attitudes, organizational behavior and mental disorders and treatments. Understanding how these topics have been investigated scientifically requires the development of critical thinking skills, quantitative reasoning skills, and speaking and writing abilities necessary to communicate research knowledge to others, as well as an appreciation for the ethical issues involved in dealing with colleagues, clients and subjects. Although these skills are developed throughout the Psychology curriculum, demonstrated competence in the Statistics and Research Methods courses is essential.

    Psychology majors have gone on to successful careers in research, counseling and teaching, as well as such fields as medicine, business, journalism and law.

    A major and a minor are offered in Psychology.

    PSY 100 is a prerequisite for all courses in the department.

    Neuroscience Concentration

    The psychology and biology departments offer neuroscience concentrations for their majors. Each concentration (biology or psychology) consists of 4 or 5 credits in addition to the courses required for the majors. Interested students should contact their advisors or the chairs of the biology and psychology departments.

    Requirements for a major in Psychology:

    Total courses required: Ten
    Core courses: PSY 100, PSY 214 (formerly 210), PSY 215 (formerly 220)
    Other required courses: The content area core requires four courses:
  • Two courses should be chosen from PSY 280, PSY 330 (formerly 385)or PSY 331, PSY 300 (formerly 401), PSY 380 (formerly 420) or PSY 381, PSY 350
  • Two courses should be chosen from PSY 260 or PSY 261, PSY 290, PSY 232 (formerly 390, PSY 360 (formerly 411).
  • The laboratory component requires two psychology laboratory courses at the 200-level or above, in addition to PSY 215 (Research Methods).
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Four
    Senior requirement:
  • Majors must satisfy their senior requirement by completing either PSY 493 (formerly 450)(one-semester thesis) or PSY 495 (formerly 451) and PSY 496 (formerly 452)(two-semester empirical research and thesis) with at least a C- or better.
  • The major also requires successful completion of a departmental comprehensive examination. This exam is administered in sections to all seniors in the fall semester. To certify for graduation with a major in psychology, students must earn a 70 percent or better on all sections of the exam.
  • Additional information: Psychology majors must complete a total of two courses in the natural sciences, computer science, and/or mathematics outside of psychology. The following courses do not meet this requirement: MATH 135, MATH 205, MATH 206, MATH 400.

    Requirements for a minor in Psychology:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: PSY 100
    Other courses: The department will consider PSY 214 (formerly 210)or PSY 215 (formerly 220)to be a 300-level course for the minor (if a student so chooses).
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Two

    Courses in Psychology

    PSY 100. Introductory Psychology  Group 1    1 course
    This course is a thorough survey of the major areas and approaches in psychology. As a discipline, psychology examines how humans and other organisms develop, function and adapt, including such topics as: how the brain and nervous system function; how we sense and perceive information from our environment; how we learn, remember, think about and interact with the world and each other; how we change during development from birth to old age; why we are motivated to act as we do; the factors that make each of us distinct individuals; what causes psychological disorders; and how those disorders are treated. The course places particular emphasis on scientific methodologies within the discipline.This course is a prerequisite for all other courses in the psychology department.
     
    PSY 197. First-Year Seminar in Psychology      1 course
    A seminar focused on a theme related to the study of psychology. Open only to first-year students.
     
    PSY 214. Statistics for Behavioral Sciences (formerly PSY 210)  Group 1    1 course
    Application of descriptive and inferential statistics to the behavioral sciences. Includes measures of central tendency, variability and correlation, estimation and tests of significance, including chi square, t-test and analysis of variance. Prerequisite: PSY 100. Required of Psychology majors as a prerequisite for PSY 215. Students who have received credit for MATH 240 may not take PSY 214 for credit. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    PSY 215. Research Methods (formerly PSY 220)  Group 1, lab    1 course
    A course in methods of research, experimental design and statistical applications. Lab includes collection of data on human and animal behavior for analysis and report writing. Prerequisite: PSY 100 and PSY 214. Required of Psychology majors. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    PSY 232. Abnormal Psychology (formerly PSY 390)  Group 1    1 course
    An introductory survey of maladaptive and disordered behaviors and thought processes in humans. The objectives of this course include developing an understanding of the definition of abnormality and the historical and social values that play a role in this definition. In addition, the contributions of clinical research on abnormal behavior are considered, as are different theoretical approaches that attempt to explain the onset of abnormal behavior. Finally, issues related to the assessment and diagnosis of abnormality and defining characteristics of each of the major diagnostic categories are covered. Prerequisite: PSY 100.
     
    PSY 246. Topics in Psychology (formerly PSY 240)      1/2-1 course
    Prerequisite: PSY 100. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    PSY 252. Drugs, Brain and Behavior (formerly PSY 250)      1 course
    This course is an introduction to the major psychoactive drugs and how they act on the brain to influence behavior. The course begins with basic principles of pharmacology, pharmacokinetics, neural transmission, tolerance, sensitization, and mechanisms of addiction. The course presents a survey of major drugs of abuse, their mechanism of action, and their behavioral effects, both acute and chronic. Drugs for the treatment of psychological disorders are also addressed. Issues of drugs, behavior, and society are emphasized throughout the course. Prerequisite: PSY 100.
     
    PSY 253. Health Psychology      1/2 course
    Health psychology uses the biopsychosocial model to examine the interaction of physiological processes, thoughts, feelings and behaviors, and the social/cultural environment on health. Issues addressed include the effects of stress on health, health protective factors, patient-practitioner interactions, health behavior change, and coping with chronic illness. Prerequisite: PSY 100.
     
    PSY 254. Consumer Psychology (formerly PSY 320)  Group 2    1 course
    The concepts, findings, theory and methods of research in consumer behavior. Psychological data, consumer differentiation, market segmentation, environmental influences and consumer differences are covered. Prerequisite: PSY 100. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    PSY 260. Social Psychology  Group 1    1 course
    An examination of the effects of the presence and influence of others on human behavior. Topics to be covered include conformity, persuasion, aggression, prejudice, interpersonal attraction and behavior within groups. Prerequisite: PSY 100. Not open to students with credit in SOC 319 or PSY 261.
     
    PSY 261. Social Psychology with Lab  Group 1, lab    1 course
    An examination of the effects of the presence and influence of others on human behavior. Topics covered include conformity, persuasion, aggression, prejudice, interpersonal attraction and behavior within groups. Lab includes collection of data on human participants using a variety of empirical techniques, including observation, content analysis, field studies and lab experiments. Prerequisite: PSY 100. Not open to students with credit in PSY 260 or SOC 319. (Lab meets once a week for 2-3 hours.)
     
    PSY 280. Cognitive Psychology  Group 1    1 course
    This course will examine the psychological structures and processes involved in the acquisition, retention and use of knowledge. Both historical and current research will be reviewed to provide students with an appreciation for how science provides a basis for our continued refinement of understanding mental processes. Topics covered include pattern recognition, attention, memory, language, problem solving and decision-making. Applications of the research to everyday experience will be emphasized. Prerequisite: PSY 100.
     
    PSY 290. Developmental Psychology  Group 1    1 course
    This course centers on the scientific study of biosocial, cognitive, and psychosocial development across the lifespan. The fundamental issues in the field of development will be introduced and a person-context perspective will be emphasized throughout the course. Developmental principles that extend beyond specific domains or periods of psychological development will be underscored. Specific topics include the development of emotion, perception, gender, identity, cognition, language, psychopathology, and the brain.Prerequisite: PSY 100.
     
    PSY 300. Physiological Psychology (formerly PSY 401)  Group 1    1 course
    This course examines the interactions between physiology and behavior with an emphasis on the nervous and endocrine systems of both human and non-human animals. Fundamental concepts of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and psychopharmacology will provide the foundation for discussions of behavior. A wide variety of behaviors including: ingestive behaviors, sleep, sexual behavior, learning and memory, stress, drug abuse, and disordered behavior will be studied in relation to these physiological principles and systems. Prerequisite: PSY 100.
     
    PSY 305. History of Psychology (formerly PSY 406)  Group 4    1 course
    This course is a history of psychology in particular, but also of science more broadly. It is also a history of how psychology, other sciences and society have interacted. The course presents a view of the roots and origins of the modern science of psychology by examining past views on recurring issues and themes in historical context. The course begins with the ancient roots and early history of psychology and science in philosophy, medicine, mathematics and biology. It moves on to the more recent scientific and philosophical roots of psychology and then turns to early scientific psychology. The course concludes with recent approaches and schools of thought and how they developed into contemporary psychology. Prerequisite: PSY 100 or permission of instructor.
     
    PSY 330. Human Perception (formerly PSY 385)  Group 1    1 course
    This course presents a survey of past and current research and theory concerning human acquisition of information from the environment through the senses. Emphasis will be placed on the evolution of perceptual processes in response to environmental stimuli, as well as the practical experiences that arise due to our perceptual limitations. Topics include the anatomy and neuroanatomy of the sensory systems (vision, hearing, smell, taste, touch), perceptual illusions (color, motion, time, music, and speech), and the psychology of pain. Prerequisite: PSY 100. Not open to students with credit in PSY 331.
     
    PSY 331. Human Perception with lab  Group 1, lab    1 course
    This course presents a survey of past and current research and theory concerning human acquisition of information from the environment through the senses. Emphasis will be placed on the evolution of perceptual processes in response to environmental stimuli, as well as the practical experiences that arise due to our perceptual limitations. Topics include the anatomy and neuroanatomy of the sensory systems (vision, hearing, smell, taste, touch), perceptual illusions (color, motion, time, music, and speech), and the psychology of pain. The laboratory component of the course will give students the opportunity to experience research in perception by designing studies, collecting and analyzing data (using the statistical package SPSS), and writing their results in APA style. Prerequisite: PSY 100 and PSY 214. Not open to students with credit in PSY 330.
     
    PSY 346. Topics in Psychology (formerly PSY 340)      1/2-1 course
    Prerequisite: PSY 100. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    PSY 350. Evolutionary Psychology (formerly PSY 358)  Group 1    1 course
    This course examines how evolution has shaped behavioral, cognitive, and emotional mechanisms in humans and other animals. The course begins with coverage of evolutionary theory and then examines the nature of evidence for evolved mechanisms, including how evidence from other species may inform us about human characteristics. The course also examines why evolutionary approaches and explanations of human behavior are so controversial and the implications of evolutionary explanations for society. The course is interdisciplinary and draws on ideas and information from psychology, biology, anthropology and other fields. Prerequisite: PSY 100 or permission of instructor.
     
    PSY 352. Psychotherapy and Behavioral Change (formerly PSY 415)      1 course
    A survey of the major approaches to effecting cognitive and behavioral changes in both adults and children, including psychoanalysis, behavior modification, cognitive and cognitive-behavioral therapies, humanistic and existential therapies and others. Special attention is given to the development of the therapeutic relationship and the ethical guidelines followed by psychologists. Ethical, legal and moral dilemmas in the practice of therapy are also considered. Prerequisite: PSY 100.
     
    PSY 353. Intelligence and Creativity      1/2 course
    This course concentrates on the topics of intelligence and creativity within a discussion-based format. The history of intelligence testing, examples of intelligence tests, and current theories in this area will be discussed, analyzed, and evaluated. Creativity will be examined by considering both empirical literature and popular writings. The impact in everyday life of current perspectives in both areas will form a central part of the course. Prerequisite: PSY 100.
     
    PSY 360. Psychology of Personality (formerly PSY 411)  Group 1    1 course
    A survey and evaluation of the major contemporary theories of personality. In addition, personality measurement and research on topics of current importance are covered. Prerequisite: PSY 100.
     
    PSY 364. Industrial and Organizational Psychology (formerly PSY 310)  Group 2    1 course
    This course examines the science of psychology applied to the workplace. The first half of the course examines the subfield of industrial psychology that focuses on the individual differences related to traditional business problems. Some of the topics in this field include job analysis, personnel selection, training, performance appraisal, and job performance. The second half of the course focuses on the organizational side of the field that emphasizes the psychological processes experienced by employees upon entering the workforce. Topics within this domain include motivation, leadership, stress, emotion, and job attitudes. Prerequisite: PSY 100. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    PSY 370. Emotions Across the Lifespan  Group 1    1 course
    This course centers on the scientific study of emotion and its development, integrating research on biological, behavioral, cognitive, and cultural aspects of emotion systems. Developmental and evolutionary processes will be emphasized throughout the course. The methods used to study emotion, especially neuroscience methods, will also be stressed throughout the course. Prerequisite: PSY 100. Not open to students with credit in PSY 371. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    PSY 371. Emotions Across the Lifespan with Lab  Group 1, lab    1 course
    This course centers on the scientific study of emotion and its development, integrating research on biological, behavioral, cognitive, and cultural aspects of emotion systems. Developmental and evolutionary processes will be emphasized throughout the course. The methods used to study emotion, especially neuroscience methods, will also be stressed throughout the course. Prerequisite: PSY 100, PSY 214 (formerly 210). Not open to students with credit in PSY 370. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    PSY 375. Directed Research (formerly PSY 440)      1/4-1/2-1 course
    Opportunity to work with faculty members on research in psychology. Contact individual faculty members to learn of their current research interests. Prerequisite: PSY 100. Directed research may be repeated to earn a total of one credit.
     
    PSY 380. Learning and Comparative Cognition (formerly PSY 420)  Group 1    1 course
    This course examines the mechanisms that allow organisms (humans and other animals) to adapt to environments based on experience. The course opens with evolved adaptive mechanisms and then focuses on how organisms acquire and store new information, and how that information guides action within environmental constraint. The course places particular emphasis on links between the study of learning and other areas of psychology (physiological, developmental, social, cognitive and abnormal), neuroscience, and biology. Prerequisite: PSY 100. Not open to students with credit in PSY 381.
     
    PSY 381. Learning and Comparative Cognition with Lab  Group 1, lab    1 course
    This course examines the mechanisms that allow organisms (humans and other animals) to adapt to environments based on experience. The course opens with evolved adaptive mechanisms and then focuses on how organisms acquire and store new information, and how that information guides action within environmental constraint. The course places particular emphasis on links between the study of learning and other areas of psychology (physiological, developmental, social, cognitive and abnormal), neuroscience, and biology. The laboratory component will provide research experience with common procedures and organisms. Lab meets once a week for 2-3 hours.Prerequisite: PSY 100. Not open to students with credit in PSY 380.
     
    PSY 493. Senior Thesis (formerly PSY 450)      1 course
    Individual work on selected topics with oral reports and a major literature survey and thesis. (Includes additional examination which must be taken the fall semester as part of senior comprehensive requirement.) This course is designed for students who do not plan to take the PSY 495-496 Empirical Senior Thesis I & II sequence. Prerequisite: PSY 100, PSY 214 (formerly 210), PSY 215 (formerly 220) and a major in Psychology. This course or the PSY 495-496 sequence is required of Psychology majors in the senior year. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    PSY 495. Empirical Senior Thesis I (formerly PSY 451)      1 course
    Extensive literature survey, oral reports and written proposal of a research design. (Includes additional examination which must be taken the fall semester as part of senior comprehensive requirement.) Prerequisite:PSY 100, minimum final course grades of B in PSY 214 (formerly 210) and PSY 215 (formerly 220), at least a 3.0 overall cumulative GPA, and a major in Psychology. Registration for PSY 496 in the second semester is required to complete the sequence. PSY 495/PSY 496 or PSY 493 are required of Psychology majors in the senior year. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    PSY 496. Empirical Senior Thesis II (formerly PSY 452)      1 course
    Each student is required to complete an individual research project (designed in PSY 495) under staff supervision and to submit a thesis. Prerequisite: PSY 495 and permission of research sponsor. This course sequence (PSY 495 and PSY 496) or PSY 493 (formerly 450) is required of Psychology majors in the senior year. May not be taken pass/fail.
     

    Religious Studies

    (Program Homepage)

    R. Arnold, B. Benedix, J. Fuller, L. James, J. Kenney (chair), P. Watt, V. Ziegler.

    Religion has played, and continues to play, a central role in virtually all societies. It is intimately related to such key aspects of communities as the structure of political power, economic organization, class structures, conceptions of gender, marriage, work and war. In short, religion shapes both the institutional order and the thought and behavior of individuals who inhabit it.

    The study of religion, therefore, is basic to the liberal arts and helps prepare students for a variety of career paths, including journalism, law, business, education and work in philanthropic and religious institutions.

    The department offers a major and a minor in Religious Studies; it also offers a bridge major, which involves the combination of work in religion with courses in another or other fields. Key to the program are courses on the history, scriptures, thought, practices and institutions of both Western and Asian religious traditions. Attention is also given to the interaction between religion and society and to the comparative study of religions.

    Requirements for a major in Religious Studies bridged to another discipline:

    Total courses required: Nine
    Core courses: REL 479
    Other required courses:
  • Five additional courses (two at the 300-400 level)
  • Two courses in the other discipline at the 200-level or above
  • One course in the other discipline at the 300-400 level
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Two (inclusive of REL 479)
    Senior requirement:
    Additional information: Students seeking a bridge major must submit a plan by the third year which includes a description of desired courses, a rationale for the bridge demonstrating unity and consistency, and one course designated as the "bridge course." This plan is to be submitted to the major advisor and is to be approved by the department.

    Requirements for a major in Religious Studies:

    Total courses required: Nine
    Core courses: REL 130 (or REL 130E), REL 479
    Other required courses:
  • One course in biblical literature chosen from the following: REL 141, REL 142, REL 241.
  • One course in Western religious traditions chosen from the following: REL 132, REL 244, REL 250, REL 252.
  • One course in Eastern religious traditions chosen from the following: REL 253, REL 257, REL 258.
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Three (inclusive of REL 479)
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of the completion of REL 479 with a grade of C or better. Students should consult with their major advisors about the senior seminar before the beginning of the senior year.
    Additional information:

    Requirements for a minor in Religious Studies:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses:
  • One course in Western religious traditions to be chosen from the following: REL 130, REL 132, REL 141, REL 142, REL 241, REL 244, REL 250, REL 252
  • One course in Eastern religious traditions to be chosen from the following: REL 130, REL 130E, REL 253, REL 257, REL 258.
  • Other courses: REL 130 may be counted toward either the Western or Eastern religions requirement but cannot be counted toward both.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Courses in Religious Studies

    REL 130. Introduction to Religions  Group 4    1 course
    A basic cross-cultural survey course of major religious traditions, usually Hinduism, Buddhism, Islam, Chinese and Japanese religions with comparative references to major Western religions. Particular attention is paid to the thought, scriptures, practices and institutions of these traditions. Not open to students with credit in REL 130E.
     
    REL 130E. Introduction to Religions  Group 4    1 course
    This course always includes sections on Chinese and Japanese religions and may be counted toward either the Religion or East Asian Studies majors. Not open to students with credit in REL 130.
     
    REL 132. Judaism, Christianity, Islam  Group 4    1 course
    A basic cross-cultural survey course of the major religious traditions of the West: Judaism, Christianity and Islam. Particular attention is paid to the thought, scriptures, practices and institutions of these traditions.
     
    REL 141. The Hebrew Scripture  Group 4    1 course
    The literature and faith of the Hebrew Scriptures (Tanakh/Old Testament), studies within the historical and cultural context of the ancient Near East, and particularly of ancient Israel and Judah.
     
    REL 142. New Testament  Group 4    1 course
    The literature and faith of the New Testament communities studied in the context of the early church and the Judaic and Greco-Roman world.
     
    REL 150. Introduction to World Religious Literature (formerly REL EXP)  Group 3, literature    1 course
    This course introduces major Eastern and Western religious themes and ideas through a combination of sacred and secular literature. The approach is comparative in nature, emphasizing texts that place these traditions in new geographical, cultural, temporal, and philosophical contexts. May be counted toward a major or minor in English literature upon approval of English department chair.
     
    REL 197. First-Year Seminar      1 course
    A seminar focused on a theme in the study of religion. Open only to first-year students.
     
    REL 241. Biblical Literature  Group 3, lit    1 course
    An assessment of the Old and New Testament as anthologies of poetry and prose. Students will be invited to observe the varieties of literary genre, the artistic character of literary traditions and of individual books and the role of the author or editor in delivering a specific message to an audience, and the role of contemporary literary theory and interpretation.
     
    REL 244. Judaism  Group 4    1 course
    An introduction to Jewish life, thought and practice. Description of basic Jewish beliefs, attitudes, values and practices.
     
    REL 250. Christianity  Group 4    1 course
    A survey of major beliefs, practices and forms of the Christian religion. Special attention will be given to the Biblical foundations, theological formation and pivotal historical developments.
     
    REL 252. Islam  Group 4    1 course
    A survey of the major beliefs, rituals and institutions of Islam. Special emphasis will be given to recurring themes and issues that have shaped Muslim self-understanding throughout history.
     
    REL 253. Religions of India  Group 4    1 course
    A study of Hinduism, early Buddhism, Jainism, Sikhism, Islam and Syrian Christianity, with emphasis on how each tradition has changed, or has been changed by, the others with which it has come into contact.
     
    REL 257. Hinduism  Group 4    1 course
    A survey of the history of Hinduism, beginning with the Vedic tradition and ending with modern movements that focus on the guru, or religious teacher. Includes readings from the epics, puranas and devotional hymns.
     
    REL 258. Buddhism  Group 4    1 course
    Examines the development of Buddhist thought, scriptures, practices and institutions in India and the religion's spread to China and Japan.
     
    REL 263. Religion in American Culture: Friend or Foe?  Group 4    1 course
    The class examines both historical and contemporary examples of the relationship between religion and culture in the United States in light of such questions as: In what ways has religion in the United States reflected the values of the larger culture? In what ways has it rejected those values? What happens when religious traditions conflict with or seek to convert one another? In what ways, apart from institutional settings such as churches and synagogues, have Americans found religious grounding for their lives? How does religious affiliation affect adherents' views of racial relationships, family life or capitalism? What myths undergird American identities?
     
    REL 267. Caribbean Religions and Culture  Group 4    1 course
    An exploration of the relationship between Caribbean religious traditions and culture in the development of Caribbean identity and nationhood. It focuses on how the major world religions were modified through the encounter between peoples of Amerindian, African, European and Asian descent. Further, it studies the impact of slavery, emigration, colonialism, and globalization on the emergence of indigenous Caribbean religious traditions (Vodun, Santeria, Rastafari).
     
    REL 269. Liberation Theology  Group 4    1 course
    An examination of the interaction between Western religious traditions and the foremost liberation movements: Third-World, black, gay and women's liberation.
     
    REL 275. Religion and Film  Group 3    1 course
    This course uses major theories of religion in order to investigate religious themes and symbols in a number of contemporary films. In this course we use the screening of a dozen or so religiously evocative films in order to open up a discursive space within which we can think critically about ourselves and the time we live in. In order to do this we look at the ways in which powerful religious themes have been dealt within film. At times the religious themes addressed inmoves are overt and trandition-specific while at other times they are covert and universal. Throughout the course we interrogate filmic texts in order to understand the ways in which religious themes are dealth with through the cinematic medium. But we also allow the films to interrogate us! In this class we view the screening of the films as an opportunity for us to reflect upon the nature of religion as we try to come to a better understanding of its place within society and our own lives. The purpose of the course is twofold: first, students learn how to think critically about religion and its place as a social and cultual force in the contemporary world; second, they learn how to apply a critical attitude and critical tools to view films and other aspects of popular culture.
     
    REL 281. Religion, Healing and Medicine  Group 4    1 course
    This course deals with the fact that religious traditions all over the world understand illness and disease as symptoms of spiritual defects. Additionally, many of these religious groups focus to varying degrees on therapeutic means of dealing with illness. This course considers cross-cultural contexts that include traditions of Asia, South America and the West.
     
    REL 290. Topics in Religion      1 course
    Topics such as religious phenomena, e.g., Millenialism, religious ethics and historical religious figures and movements. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    REL 320. Genesis and Gender: Jewish, Christian and Muslim Readings  Group 4    1 course
    This course considers ways that interpretations of sacred texts influence religious perceptions of gender and social order. Christian readings of Genesis 1-3 are the main focus; yet attention is also given to understandings of Eve and Adam in Judaism and Islam. Interpretations of Genesis that historically and presently argue for the subordination of women to men forms a central theme of the course. A counter theme emerges as we consider alternative readings that have traditionally used Genesis 1-3 to argue for gender equality. We will also reflect on the ways in which a hierarchical reading of the text has served to legitimate the domination of groups such as African-American slaves. Texts range from the Gnostic gospels, Philo, the Qur'an, The Maelleus Maleficarum, Paradise Lost, The Bible Defense of Slavery, The Woman's Bible and "The Coming of Lilith."
     
    REL 340. Topics in Biblical Studies  Group 4    1 course
    A study of selected problems or current developments in relation to the Old and/or New Testaments. Topics may include history and myth in the Ancient Near East, the social world of the prophets, the Dead Sea Scrolls, the historical Jesus and hermeneutics. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    REL 341. Women and the Bible  Group 4    1 course
    The effect of the Biblical tradition on women, both ancient and modern. The experiences and stories of women as recorded in the Old and New Testaments read and examined in the light of contemporary feminist hermeneutics. The role of the Bible both in suppressing and liberating women.
     
    REL 350. Modern Christian Thought: From Liberalism to Liberation  Group 4    1 course
    Examines the ways in which Christian theology has responded to challenges presented by the modern world, particularly the Enlightenment. Considers the rise of 19th century liberalism, the development of historical critical approaches to scripture, and the search for the historical Jesus; post-World War I disillusionment and the neo-orthodox critique of liberalism; European theological responses to National Socialism; and the formation of gender, ethnic, racial and economic critiques of traditional Christianity that seek to present Christianity as a religion of liberation.
     
    REL 352. Religion in Modern Japanese Society  Group 4    1 course
    Examines religion within the context of Japanese society from the 17th to the 20th century. Attention given to the rise of Confucianism in the 17th century, the Shinto revival of the 18th century, Buddhism in early modern Japan, the appearance of the new religions, and the relationship of religion to modernization and nationalism. Prerequisite: an introductory course in the department, East Asian history or permission of the instructor.
     
    REL 370. Advanced Topics in Religion      1 course
    Usually a category of religious phenomena, such as religious experience, mysticism, the nature of deities; or the role and status of persons; healing in religious traditions; sectarian groups; major thinkers or movements; or themes and approaches in the study of religion. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    REL 479. Seminar in Religion      1/2-1 course
    This class involves readings and discussion of theoretical issues concerning the study of religion, research methods and concentrated research on a topic in Religious Studies. It culminates in a major paper that will be presented to senior majors and department faculty. Prerequisite: major in religious studies and senior status. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    REL 491. Independent Study in Religion      1/4-1 course
    Directed studies in a selected field or fields of religion. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     

    Religious Studies

    (Program Homepage)

    R. Arnold, B. Benedix, J. Fuller, L. James, J. Kenney (chair), P. Watt, V. Ziegler.

    Religion has played, and continues to play, a central role in virtually all societies. It is intimately related to such key aspects of communities as the structure of political power, economic organization, class structures, conceptions of gender, marriage, work and war. In short, religion shapes both the institutional order and the thought and behavior of individuals who inhabit it.

    The study of religion, therefore, is basic to the liberal arts and helps prepare students for a variety of career paths, including journalism, law, business, education and work in philanthropic and religious institutions.

    The department offers a major and a minor in Religious Studies; it also offers a bridge major, which involves the combination of work in religion with courses in another or other fields. Key to the program are courses on the history, scriptures, thought, practices and institutions of both Western and Asian religious traditions. Attention is also given to the interaction between religion and society and to the comparative study of religions.

    Requirements for a major in Religious Studies bridged to another discipline:

    Total courses required: Nine
    Core courses: REL 479
    Other required courses:
  • Five additional courses (two at the 300-400 level)
  • Two courses in the other discipline at the 200-level or above
  • One course in the other discipline at the 300-400 level
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Two (inclusive of REL 479)
    Senior requirement:
    Additional information: Students seeking a bridge major must submit a plan by the third year which includes a description of desired courses, a rationale for the bridge demonstrating unity and consistency, and one course designated as the "bridge course." This plan is to be submitted to the major advisor and is to be approved by the department.

    Requirements for a major in Religious Studies:

    Total courses required: Nine
    Core courses: REL 130 (or REL 130E), REL 479
    Other required courses:
  • One course in biblical literature chosen from the following: REL 141, REL 142, REL 241.
  • One course in Western religious traditions chosen from the following: REL 132, REL 244, REL 250, REL 252.
  • One course in Eastern religious traditions chosen from the following: REL 253, REL 257, REL 258.
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Three (inclusive of REL 479)
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of the completion of REL 479 with a grade of C or better. Students should consult with their major advisors about the senior seminar before the beginning of the senior year.
    Additional information:

    Requirements for a minor in Religious Studies:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses:
  • One course in Western religious traditions to be chosen from the following: REL 130, REL 132, REL 141, REL 142, REL 241, REL 244, REL 250, REL 252
  • One course in Eastern religious traditions to be chosen from the following: REL 130, REL 130E, REL 253, REL 257, REL 258.
  • Other courses: REL 130 may be counted toward either the Western or Eastern religions requirement but cannot be counted toward both.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Courses in Religious Studies

    REL 130. Introduction to Religions  Group 4    1 course
    A basic cross-cultural survey course of major religious traditions, usually Hinduism, Buddhism, Islam, Chinese and Japanese religions with comparative references to major Western religions. Particular attention is paid to the thought, scriptures, practices and institutions of these traditions. Not open to students with credit in REL 130E.
     
    REL 130E. Introduction to Religions  Group 4    1 course
    This course always includes sections on Chinese and Japanese religions and may be counted toward either the Religion or East Asian Studies majors. Not open to students with credit in REL 130.
     
    REL 132. Judaism, Christianity, Islam  Group 4    1 course
    A basic cross-cultural survey course of the major religious traditions of the West: Judaism, Christianity and Islam. Particular attention is paid to the thought, scriptures, practices and institutions of these traditions.
     
    REL 141. The Hebrew Scripture  Group 4    1 course
    The literature and faith of the Hebrew Scriptures (Tanakh/Old Testament), studies within the historical and cultural context of the ancient Near East, and particularly of ancient Israel and Judah.
     
    REL 142. New Testament  Group 4    1 course
    The literature and faith of the New Testament communities studied in the context of the early church and the Judaic and Greco-Roman world.
     
    REL 150. Introduction to World Religious Literature (formerly REL EXP)  Group 3, literature    1 course
    This course introduces major Eastern and Western religious themes and ideas through a combination of sacred and secular literature. The approach is comparative in nature, emphasizing texts that place these traditions in new geographical, cultural, temporal, and philosophical contexts. May be counted toward a major or minor in English literature upon approval of English department chair.
     
    REL 197. First-Year Seminar      1 course
    A seminar focused on a theme in the study of religion. Open only to first-year students.
     
    REL 241. Biblical Literature  Group 3, lit    1 course
    An assessment of the Old and New Testament as anthologies of poetry and prose. Students will be invited to observe the varieties of literary genre, the artistic character of literary traditions and of individual books and the role of the author or editor in delivering a specific message to an audience, and the role of contemporary literary theory and interpretation.
     
    REL 244. Judaism  Group 4    1 course
    An introduction to Jewish life, thought and practice. Description of basic Jewish beliefs, attitudes, values and practices.
     
    REL 250. Christianity  Group 4    1 course
    A survey of major beliefs, practices and forms of the Christian religion. Special attention will be given to the Biblical foundations, theological formation and pivotal historical developments.
     
    REL 252. Islam  Group 4    1 course
    A survey of the major beliefs, rituals and institutions of Islam. Special emphasis will be given to recurring themes and issues that have shaped Muslim self-understanding throughout history.
     
    REL 253. Religions of India  Group 4    1 course
    A study of Hinduism, early Buddhism, Jainism, Sikhism, Islam and Syrian Christianity, with emphasis on how each tradition has changed, or has been changed by, the others with which it has come into contact.
     
    REL 257. Hinduism  Group 4    1 course
    A survey of the history of Hinduism, beginning with the Vedic tradition and ending with modern movements that focus on the guru, or religious teacher. Includes readings from the epics, puranas and devotional hymns.
     
    REL 258. Buddhism  Group 4    1 course
    Examines the development of Buddhist thought, scriptures, practices and institutions in India and the religion's spread to China and Japan.
     
    REL 263. Religion in American Culture: Friend or Foe?  Group 4    1 course
    The class examines both historical and contemporary examples of the relationship between religion and culture in the United States in light of such questions as: In what ways has religion in the United States reflected the values of the larger culture? In what ways has it rejected those values? What happens when religious traditions conflict with or seek to convert one another? In what ways, apart from institutional settings such as churches and synagogues, have Americans found religious grounding for their lives? How does religious affiliation affect adherents' views of racial relationships, family life or capitalism? What myths undergird American identities?
     
    REL 267. Caribbean Religions and Culture  Group 4    1 course
    An exploration of the relationship between Caribbean religious traditions and culture in the development of Caribbean identity and nationhood. It focuses on how the major world religions were modified through the encounter between peoples of Amerindian, African, European and Asian descent. Further, it studies the impact of slavery, emigration, colonialism, and globalization on the emergence of indigenous Caribbean religious traditions (Vodun, Santeria, Rastafari).
     
    REL 269. Liberation Theology  Group 4    1 course
    An examination of the interaction between Western religious traditions and the foremost liberation movements: Third-World, black, gay and women's liberation.
     
    REL 275. Religion and Film  Group 3    1 course
    This course uses major theories of religion in order to investigate religious themes and symbols in a number of contemporary films. In this course we use the screening of a dozen or so religiously evocative films in order to open up a discursive space within which we can think critically about ourselves and the time we live in. In order to do this we look at the ways in which powerful religious themes have been dealt within film. At times the religious themes addressed inmoves are overt and trandition-specific while at other times they are covert and universal. Throughout the course we interrogate filmic texts in order to understand the ways in which religious themes are dealth with through the cinematic medium. But we also allow the films to interrogate us! In this class we view the screening of the films as an opportunity for us to reflect upon the nature of religion as we try to come to a better understanding of its place within society and our own lives. The purpose of the course is twofold: first, students learn how to think critically about religion and its place as a social and cultual force in the contemporary world; second, they learn how to apply a critical attitude and critical tools to view films and other aspects of popular culture.
     
    REL 281. Religion, Healing and Medicine  Group 4    1 course
    This course deals with the fact that religious traditions all over the world understand illness and disease as symptoms of spiritual defects. Additionally, many of these religious groups focus to varying degrees on therapeutic means of dealing with illness. This course considers cross-cultural contexts that include traditions of Asia, South America and the West.
     
    REL 290. Topics in Religion      1 course
    Topics such as religious phenomena, e.g., Millenialism, religious ethics and historical religious figures and movements. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    REL 320. Genesis and Gender: Jewish, Christian and Muslim Readings  Group 4    1 course
    This course considers ways that interpretations of sacred texts influence religious perceptions of gender and social order. Christian readings of Genesis 1-3 are the main focus; yet attention is also given to understandings of Eve and Adam in Judaism and Islam. Interpretations of Genesis that historically and presently argue for the subordination of women to men forms a central theme of the course. A counter theme emerges as we consider alternative readings that have traditionally used Genesis 1-3 to argue for gender equality. We will also reflect on the ways in which a hierarchical reading of the text has served to legitimate the domination of groups such as African-American slaves. Texts range from the Gnostic gospels, Philo, the Qur'an, The Maelleus Maleficarum, Paradise Lost, The Bible Defense of Slavery, The Woman's Bible and "The Coming of Lilith."
     
    REL 340. Topics in Biblical Studies  Group 4    1 course
    A study of selected problems or current developments in relation to the Old and/or New Testaments. Topics may include history and myth in the Ancient Near East, the social world of the prophets, the Dead Sea Scrolls, the historical Jesus and hermeneutics. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    REL 341. Women and the Bible  Group 4    1 course
    The effect of the Biblical tradition on women, both ancient and modern. The experiences and stories of women as recorded in the Old and New Testaments read and examined in the light of contemporary feminist hermeneutics. The role of the Bible both in suppressing and liberating women.
     
    REL 350. Modern Christian Thought: From Liberalism to Liberation  Group 4    1 course
    Examines the ways in which Christian theology has responded to challenges presented by the modern world, particularly the Enlightenment. Considers the rise of 19th century liberalism, the development of historical critical approaches to scripture, and the search for the historical Jesus; post-World War I disillusionment and the neo-orthodox critique of liberalism; European theological responses to National Socialism; and the formation of gender, ethnic, racial and economic critiques of traditional Christianity that seek to present Christianity as a religion of liberation.
     
    REL 352. Religion in Modern Japanese Society  Group 4    1 course
    Examines religion within the context of Japanese society from the 17th to the 20th century. Attention given to the rise of Confucianism in the 17th century, the Shinto revival of the 18th century, Buddhism in early modern Japan, the appearance of the new religions, and the relationship of religion to modernization and nationalism. Prerequisite: an introductory course in the department, East Asian history or permission of the instructor.
     
    REL 370. Advanced Topics in Religion      1 course
    Usually a category of religious phenomena, such as religious experience, mysticism, the nature of deities; or the role and status of persons; healing in religious traditions; sectarian groups; major thinkers or movements; or themes and approaches in the study of religion. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    REL 479. Seminar in Religion      1/2-1 course
    This class involves readings and discussion of theoretical issues concerning the study of religion, research methods and concentrated research on a topic in Religious Studies. It culminates in a major paper that will be presented to senior majors and department faculty. Prerequisite: major in religious studies and senior status. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    REL 491. Independent Study in Religion      1/4-1 course
    Directed studies in a selected field or fields of religion. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     

    Sociology and Anthropology

    (Program Homepage)

    S. Basu (anthropology), M. Bhan (anthropology), T. Beauboeuf (sociology), R. Bordt (sociology; chair), A. Castaneda (anthropology), N. Davis (sociology), K. Hall (sociology), T. Hall (sociology), D. LaLone (anthropology), D. Merrell (anthropology), D. Newman (sociology), M. Oware (sociology), E. Silverman (anthropology), R. Upton (anthropology).

    Sociology & Anthropology foster a critical consciousness of how different cultures and social groups organize and make sense of their world. Majors explore the ways in which social interaction, social practices, culture and social structures promote solidarity, mark differences, legitimate power, create inequality, police deviance, maintain social order, promote resistance, and lead to movements for change. Majors discover the patterns, rules and logic that undergird criminal justice systems, gender and race relations, sexuality, family, work, law, medicine, religion, and the arts, as well as the cultural variability in these. Majors examine struggles for power and privilege and the ways in which humans have transformed their own societies and those of others.

    Sociology and Anthropology majors also learn how to question received knowledge; think critically and imaginatively; interpret, situate, and evaluate an argument; design and carry out research on human behavior, social groups, and societies; formulate, articulate, and support a position; write cogently, persuasively, and with sensitivity to ethical issues; develop an historical and comparative gaze in tackling contemporary problems; and act in a world that is complex, global, and multi-faceted.

    Sociology & Anthropology courses are interactive, combining lecture and discussion. Many majors enhance their understanding of other cultures and societies by studying abroad, e.g., in Australia, China, France, Italy, Mexico, Spain, and South Africa. Many also take courses in interdisciplinary campus programs such as Asian Studies, Black Studies, European Studies, Latin American & Caribbean Studies, Conflict Studies, and Women?s Studies. Still others participate in off-campus internship programs, including in New York, Philadelphia, and London.

    An Anthropology, Sociology, or combined Sociology/Anthropology major prepares students for a rich variety of post-graduate programs and professions. Majors have gone on to successful careers in law, publishing, academia, student affairs, environmental activism, criminal justice, counseling, medicine, museum curatorship, community organizing, policy analysis, urban planning, social work, public relations, business, government, and foundation work.

    SOC 100 and ANTH 151 and 153 serve as introductory courses and as prerequisites for advanced courses. However, after their first year at DePauw, students may take 200-level courses without a prerequisite.

    Requirements for a major in Anthropology:

    Total courses required: Nine
    Core courses:
  • ANTH 151, ANTH 153, ANTH 380, ANTH 383, ANTH 452
  • The required courses in the major, including the required 300-level course, must be taken on campus.
  • Other required courses: Of the remaining four courses, one must be at the 300-level. Two courses in sociology may apply toward the anthropology major, but not toward the 300-level course.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Four
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of the completion of a thesis with a grade of C- or higher in ANTH 452.
    Additional information:

    Requirements for a major in Sociology and Anthropology:

    Total courses required: Ten
    Core courses:
  • SOC 100, SOC 303, ANTH 151, ANTH 383; either SOC 401 or ANTH 380; either SOC 410 or ANTH 452
  • The required courses in the major, including the required 300-level course, must be taken on campus.
  • Other required courses: Five courses in each discipline must be completed.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Four
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of the completion of a thesis with a grade of C- or higher in SOC 410 or ANTH 452.
    Additional information:

    Requirements for a major in Sociology:

    Total courses required: Nine
    Core courses:
  • SOC 100, SOC 303, SOC 401, SOC 410
  • The required courses in the major, including the required 300-level course, must be taken on campus.
  • Other required courses: Of the remaining five courses, one must be at the 300-level. Two courses in anthropology may apply toward the sociology major, but not toward the 300-level course.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Four
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of the completion of a thesis with a grade of C- or higher in SOC 410.
    Additional information:

    Requirements for a minor in Anthropology:

    Total courses required: Four
    Core courses: ANTH 151 or ANTH 153
    Other courses:
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Requirements for a minor in Sociology:

    Total courses required: Four
    Core courses: SOC 100
    Other courses:
    # 300 and 400 level courses: One

    Courses in Sociology and Anthropology

    Courses in Sociology

    SOC 100. Contemporary Society  Group 2    1 course
    An introduction to sociology: its questions, concepts and ways of analyzing social life. The focus is on how human societies organize themselves; how culture, socialization, norms, power relations, social institutions and group interaction affect the individual; and how, in turn, societies are transformed by human action. Of particular concern are problems facing contemporary societies. Not open to seniors or for Pass-Fail credit.
     
    SOC 197S. First-Year Seminar      1 course
    This course, designed especially for first-year students, explores an innovative or timely issue in sociology. Sociological perspectives and ways of knowing are used to study a particular topic in depth. Ethical, historical and sometimes comparative dimensions to the issue will be examined. Topics may include: Popular Culture in the U.S., Culture Wars in American Society, Dilemmas in Health Care, and Justice and Society. Seminars are small and emphasize writing and class discussion. Prerequisite: first-year students only.
     
    SOC 201. Sociological Perspectives      1/2-1 course
    An exploration of a timely topic in sociology, sometimes interdisciplinary in nature, that is not offered in the formal sociology curriculum. Topics may include: Sociology of Education, Environmental Sociology, Sociology of Immigration, and other topics. The course may be repeated with different topics. Prerequisite: SOC 100 or sophomore standing.
     
    SOC 210. Gender and Society  Group 2    1 course
    This course examines the role of gender systems in human societies. How do societies vary in the positions assigned to men and women? In the power and privileges accorded each sex? How do we acquire a gender identity? What are the consequences of sex-typing and sex-stratified societies? The role of religion, intellectual traditions, language, families and schools, economic organization, labor markets and the state is explored. The focus is on contemporary U.S. society and recent changes in gender relations. Prerequisite: SOC 100 or sophomore standing.
     
    SOC 211. Sociology of Childhood  Group 2    1 course
    This course examines the years of two to eleven as a social construction. A particular focus is placed on how race, class, gender, and globalism create an array of childhood experiences and expectations. Throughout the semester, we will pose such questions as: What does it mean to be a child in our society? What social changes have most influenced our current understandings of childhood? How has the concept of childhood changed over the last century? How do various subcultures see the purpose and social value of childhood? How are children shaped by society and specific social institutions such as schools? How do children alter the families and cultures in which they live? How is childhood presented and exploited as a market? Prerequisite: SOC 100 or sophomore standing.
     
    SOC 212. Sociology of Family  Group 2    1 course
    This course examines issues associated with family life, such as gender role socialization, sexuality, mate selection, the internal dynamics of relationships, domestic violence and marital dissolution. The course also considers the social implications of current trends in family life and the expanding definitions of family that include non-traditional relationships that have until recently lacked institutional legitimacy. Prerequisite: SOC 100 or sophomore standing.
     
    SOC 214. Sociology of Education  Group 2    1 course
    This course examines schools as social institutions that draw heavily on our longstanding race-, class-, and gender-based notions of ability, productiveness, and social value. In viewing schools as microcosms of society, we explore historical and contemporary examples of how schools have participated in the socio-political processes of Americanization, segregation, social mobility, multiculturalism and social justice. Prerequisite: SOC 100 or sophomore standing.
     
    SOC 215. Criminology  Group 2    1 course
    The course explores theoretical explanations for criminal behavior, empirical research on crime in diverse contexts and policy debates on crime control and punishment in the U.S. We place particular emphasis on the intersection of race, social class and gender as a conceptual lens through which to analyze street crime, white collar crime and intimate familial crime. Prerequisite: SOC 100 or sophomore standing.
     
    SOC 219. Sociology of Madness  Group 2    1 course
    An examination of the history and social construction of the concept of mental illness. Explores the social, political, economic, legal and personal implications of the medicalization of madness. Prerequisite: SOC 100 or sophomore standing.
     
    SOC 222. Social Deviance  Group 2    1 course
    This course is an examination of the changing definitions and explanations of deviance. Conceptions of deviance are looked at within historical, political and cultural contexts. Implications for policies of social control are explored. Prerequisites: SOC 100 or sophomore standing.
     
    SOC 225. Sexuality, Culture and Power  Group 2    1 course
    An exploration of the diverse ways in which human sexualities have been conceptualized, molded, policed and transformed in particular cultures, social contexts, moral climates and political terrains. Investigated are how the seemingly personal and natural world of sexual desire and behavior is shaped by larger societal institutions (e.g., law, medicine, religion) and by cultural ideas. Also examined is how social categories that have primacy in a culture,(e.g., gender, race, class and age) are expressed in sexual ideas, behavior and politics. Prerequisites: SOC 100 or sophomore standing.
     
    SOC 237. Racial and Ethnic Relations  Group 2    1 course
    This course explores the origins, changes and possible futures of racial and ethnic relations. It is concerned with both the development of sociological explanations of ethnic and racial conflict, competition and cooperation as well as with practical approaches to improving inter-group relations. The course surveys global and historical patterns of inter-group relations but focuses on late 20th-century and early 21st-century United States. Prerequisite: SOC 100 or sophomore standing.
     
    SOC 249. Native Nations of the United States  Group 2    1 course
    An overview of the relations between European settlers and the many peoples indigenous to the United States from initial contact to the present. Students gain enhanced sensitivity to Native American views through use of Native American materials and develop critical skills in evaluating portrayals of native peoples. Prerequisite: SOC 100 or sophomore standing. This course may not be taken pass/fail.
     
    SOC 301. Topics in Sociology      1/2-1 course
    An exploration of timely, often policy-oriented and/or interdisciplinary issues in sociology. A specific topic will be addressed each time the course is offered. Topics might include Principles of Population, Social Inequalities, and other topics. May be repeated with different topics. Prerequisite: one course in SOC or permission of instructor.
     
    SOC 303. Social Theory  Group 2    1 course
    This course involves the posing and answering of questions about the nature of the self and of social life. It investigates the fundamental issues of how social order is maintained and conversely, how social conflict and change occur. Central theoretical traditions in sociology--modernist and post modernist--are explored: their development, major ideas, research applications and implications for contemporary social life. Prerequisite: SOC 100 and Sociology or Sociology-Anthropology major, or permission of instructor.
     
    SOC 319. The Individual and Society  Group 2    1 course
    An introduction to social psychology from a sociological perspective. Several major theories in social psychology are discussed in relation to topics, such as interpersonal relationships, person perception, motivation, socialization, self and the social construction of reality. Prerequisite: one course in SOC 100, PSY 100 or ANTH 151. Not open to students who have credit in PSY 260 and 261.
     
    SOC 320. Protest, Activism and Change  Group 2    1 course
    An investigation of activists who have mobilized to change the shape of American society. Explores how protest has changed American society; the forces giving rise to it; the dilemmas in mobilizing social movements; tactical, ethical and organizational issues; and the role of movement opponents in affecting what can be achieved. Grassroots organizing and large-scale social movements. such as civil rights, labor, feminist, student, gay and lesbian, and peace activism, are considered. Prerequisite: one course in Sociology or permission of instructor.
     
    SOC 322. Black Issues and Identity  Group 2    1 course
    This course considers how oppressive social realities inform the lives and the study of socially marginal and politically disempowered groups. While emphasis is placed on the experiences of people of African descent, the class covers issues of power, definition, bias, resistance, and resilience that are also prominent in the histories of other marginalized groups in the U.S. Prerequisite: One course in Sociology or permission of instructor.
     
    SOC 323. Social Change  Group 2    1 course
    The study of social change begins with the neolithic revolution when humans first took up agriculture and follows changes in social organization, structures, processes and lifeways through the present. The course emphasizes large-scale, long-term processes, including social evolution. Students learn to think about current social processes in a long-term perspective and develop skills for understanding and influencing possible future changes. Prerequisites: SOC 100 and at least one 200-level sociology course, or equivalent in other social sciences. This course may not be taken pass/fail.
     
    SOC 329. Social Inequalities  Group 2    1 course
    This course examines multiple systems of privilege and oppression, such as gender, race, ethnicity, social class, and sexuality. The course considers how these systems of inequality intersect to influence people?s experiences of social processes (e.g., discrimination, stereotyping, and violence) and various social institutions (e.g., family, paid labor, education, and media).
     
    SOC 332. Women, Culture and Identity  Group 2    1 course
    Drawing on sociology, psychology, and cultural and feminist studies, this course explores how understandings and experiences of womanhood are largely shaped by the gendered norms and expectations of our cultural contexts. Investigating the intimate connections between identity change and social transformation, the course emphasizes how women -- diverse with respect to age, ability, class, ethnicity, race, and sexual orientation ? encounter and at times resist circumstances they find oppressive.
     
    SOC 333. Intimate Violence  Group 2    1 course
    This course examines intimate violence from a historically grounded, cross-cultural and interdisciplinary perspective. We explore the meaning of intimate violence, its relationship to violence in general, its root causes, and its universal and parochial forms. In addition to exposure to various theories of violence, we consider the usefulness of these theories in explaining specific empirical cases of intimate violence (e.g., rape, child abuse, hate crimes, femicide and trafficking in women) with an eye toward understanding these micro-level phenomena in broader social, cultural, economic and political context. Prerequisite: one course in sociology or permission of instructor.
     
    SOC 334. Prison History and Culture  Group 2    1 course
    This course focuses on sociological analyses of prisons in the United States from their inception to present day. Racism, poverty and masculinity provide a central analytic frame for understanding this unique and powerful form of social control. We consider the following questions: Why do we incarcerate more people than any other country in the world? Why are poor, young, African-American men disproportionately represented in prison? Was convict leasing simply slavery in a different guise? Why is prison big business, and who benefits from it? Does prison create crime? What does prison do to those who live and work behind bars? What is the future of incarceration? Prerequisites: one course in sociology or permission of instructor.
     
    SOC 337. Ethnic Conflict  Group 2    1 course
    This course addresses the differences, origins, life-cycle and factors promoting and/or attenuating ethnic conflict. After surveying general theories of ethnic conflict, each student will identify, select, study, and report in oral and written form on one instance of ethnic conflict in depth. Since ethnic conflicts have occurred since the dawn of civilization, or for some 5,000 years, cases may be drawn from current or historical conflicts. The class as a whole will compare all the cases to discern the varieties, commonalities and specificities of ethnic conflict. Prerequisite: at least one course on race and ethnicity and one additional course in the social sciences. This course may not be taken pass/fail.
     
    SOC 343. Sociology of Frontiers and Borders  Group 2    1 course
    This course will be one of "discovery". Students will read about various frontiers, then work together to develop a theory or explanation of frontiers. Subtopics will be racial/ethnic conflict and continuity, ethnogenesis (creating new ethnic groups and/or identities), transformations of ways of making a living, shifting boundaries, etc. Frontiers will range of the last 3,000 years all over the world, with a strong emphasis on the western US and Asia. Students should have had at least one relevant course: Sociology of Race/Ethnicity, North American Indians, or history course on the west or Native Americans, or colonialism.
     
    SOC 401. Methods of Social Research      1 course
    A seminar dealing with elements of the scientific method as they apply to research in sociology and other social sciences. Covers strategies of research design, scaling and measurement; questionnaires and interviews; projection and other indirect methods; processing, analysis, interpretation of data and testing of hypotheses. Prerequisite: junior Sociology major or permission of instructor. This course may not be taken pass/fail.
     
    SOC 410. Senior Seminar in Sociology      1 course
    A seminar of senior Sociology or Sociology/Anthropology majors focused around a major substantive or methodological area of sociology. The course involves a core of common reading, discussion and the writing and presenting of a senior thesis related to the general focus of the seminar. Topics might include: global struggles for human rights, cultural conflict in American society, social problems in global/historical perspective, and race & ethnicity. Prerequisite: senior Sociology or Sociology/Anthropology major.
     
    SOC 413. Readings and Projects in Sociology      1 course
    Prerequisite: permission of instructor.
     
    SOC 414. Readings and Projects in Sociology      1 course
    Prerequisite: permission of instructor.
     

    Courses in Anthropology

    ANTH 151. Human Cultures  Group 2    1 course
    An introduction to the perspectives, methods and ideas of cultural anthropology. Analysis of human diversity and similarities among people throughout the world, both Western and non-Western, through cross-cultural comparison. Topics include: culture and society; ethnographic research; ethnocentrism vs. cultural relativism; how societies adapt to their environment; different forms of marriage and social relationships; male, female and other forms of gender; the social functions of religion; and processes of socio-cultural change. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    ANTH 153. Human Origins  Group 1    1 course
    An introduction to physical anthropology and archaeology, showing how biology and culture enable humankind to survive in many different environments. Topics discussed include primate behavior, fossil humans, tools and society, and the relationships between biology and human behavior. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    ANTH 156. Advanced Placement in Human Geography      1 course
    Advanced placement credit for entering first-year students in Human Geography.
     
    ANTH 197A. First-Year Seminar      1 course
    This course, designed especially for first-year students, explores an innovative or timely issue in anthropology. Anthropological perspectives and ways of knowing are used to study a particular topic in depth. Ethical and comparative dimensions to the issue will be examined. Topics might include: Culture and Morality, Women and Work, Culture and Medicine, Human Rights and Cultural Survival, and Culture and Violence. Seminars are small and emphasize writing and class discussion. Prerequisite: first-year students only.
     
    ANTH 252. Anthropology of Power and Violence  Group 2    1 course
    Are humans by nature violent? If so, then how do we explain cooperation in human communities? If cooperation is the norm, then how do we account for warfare? What are the foundations of power and inequalities in societies? In this course we explore many of these classical topics from an interdisciplinary perspective that encompasses biology, philosophy, history, and ethics. But all of this is informed by anthropology's cross-cultural and cross-temporal perspective.
     
    ANTH 253. Environmental Anthropology  Group 2    1 course
    A study of the relationships between humans and their environment, with special emphasis on how human lifestyles may be understood as responses to environmental challenges. Prerequisite: ANTH 151 or 153 or sophomore standing.
     
    ANTH 254. Anthropology of Religion  Group 2    1 course
    The study of religious beliefs and rituals from different cultures around the world, mainly in small-scale and agricultural societies (e.g., Africa, Indonesia, Pacific Islands, South America) but may also include Judaism, Christianity and Islam. Instead of a theological perspective, the course studies religion in its socio-cultural context. Emphasis is on general theories that explain the functions of religion as well as case-studies that examine the particular meanings of religions. Topics may include: totemism; death, ghosts and the soul; magic versus science; myth; sorcery and witchcraft; male and female initiation ceremonies; purity and pollution beliefs; religion and social change. Prerequisite: ANTH 151, sophomore standing or permission of instructor.
     
    ANTH 255. The Anthropology of Gender  Group 2    1 course
    This class explores anthropological theories of gender differences and inequalities in cross-cultural contexts. The course examines the role of kinship, reproduction, politics and economic systems in the shifting determinations of gender in various contexts. It also questions the meanings of masculinity, transsexual/transgender issues and the roles of women in global contexts. In this course, the various ways that anthropology has theorized and understood questions of gender are explored and made relevant to contemporary societies. Prerequisite: ANTH 151, sophomore standing or permission of instructor.
     
    ANTH 256. Anthropology of Law  Group 2    1 course
    This course explores cross-cultural ethnographic research on law and the subfield of political anthropology. Studying law "anthropologically" means that "law" is viewed as a product and expression of a cultural system. The course will examine different cultural systems by studying: legal norms, processes, and subcultures, questions of power and resistance, constructions of conflict and morality, and issues of language within the law. Prerequisite: ANTH 151, sophomore standing or permission of instructor.
     
    ANTH 257. Culture, Medicine and Health  Group 2    1 course
    What is sickness? What is health? How do these ideas vary across cultures and history? This course investigates how and why people explain what it means to be "well" or "unwell" in society. It examines such topics as: Western biomedicine, the body and gender; access to health care in differing cultural and political contexts, ethics, death and dying, birth and the politics of reproduction, drugs and how we think we "treat" illness or choose not to.
     
    ANTH 266. Anthropology and the Arts  Group 3    1 course
    The study of artistic expression (primarily visual arts but also music and dance) in different, mainly small-scale and agricultural cultures around the world. Emphasis is on the interpretation of art as an expression of cultural values and the organization of society. The course will investigate three general questions: why do all societies have forms of art, how can we make sense of art in other cultures and how can we best display the art works of our people in our museums? Topics may include: what is art, or how can we recognize art; the origins of art; art, the mind and cognition; socio-cultural change, tourism and art; museums; art and theories of culture; Africa, native North America, South America and the Pacific Islands will be studied. Prerequisite: ANTH 151, sophomore standing or permission of instructor.
     
    ANTH 271. African Cultures  Group 2    1 course
    In this course, students examine the cultural, political, economic, psychological and social aspects of life in Africa. Through lectures, discussions, films and a variety of readings, students will explore a number of issues, including ancient Egypt, slavery, colonialism, religion, music, art, African cinema and Pan-Africanism. Prerequisite: ANTH 151, sophomore standing or permission of instructor.
     
    ANTH 273. Indigenous Peoples: South and Central America  Group 2    1 course
    Indians of South and Central America range from hidden peoples of the Amazon to the builders of the Inca, Aztec and Maya civilizations. This course explores the ways of life of some of the world's least-known, yet most intriguing peoples. Prerequisite: ANTH 151 or sophomore standing.
     
    ANTH 275. Pacific Island Cultures  Group 2    1 course
    This course examines the customs, social practices and histories of the indigenous cultures of the Pacific Islands (Polynesia, Micronesia, Melanesia, Aboriginal Australia). It focuses on traditional institutions, e.g., religion, marriage, initiation and social changes due to such processes as alcohol use, colonialism, tourism and economic development. Prerequisite: ANTH 151, sophomore standing or permission of instructor.
     
    ANTH 277. Cultures of India  Group 2    1 course
    This course introduces students to topics in the anthropology of India. Topics explored include: the relationship between caste, class and race, the meanings and legacy of nationalism, forms of kinship, religious practices, and material culture such as food and clothing. Novels, Films, statistical snapshots, anthropological essays and ethnographics will be used. The course examines a variety of Indian cultures, rather than trying to find "Indian" essences or commonalities. Prerequisite: ANTH 151, sophomore standing or permission of instructor.
     
    ANTH 279. U.S. Latino Cultures  Group 2    1 course
    This course explores the complexity of the Latino experience in the United States. It examines the diversity of culture groups that make up the Latino population (e.g. Mexican-American, Chicano, Puerto Rican-American, Cuban-American) through topics such as cultural assimilation and acculturation, language, education, border culture, Latino political movements, and Latino popular culture. Students conduct their own ethnographic projects among Latino communities in Indiana.
     
    ANTH 290. Anthropological Perspectives      1/2-1 course
    This course studies innovative, timely and often interdisciplinary topics that are not a formal part of the sociology and anthropology curriculum. Often these courses apply anthropological perspectives and insights to issues that we either take for granted or study in other disciplines. Topics may include Anthropology of Time and Space; Anthropology of the Body; Power and Violence; Men and Masculinity; Judaism and Bible; and other topics. Prerequisite: ANTH 151, sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. The course may be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    ANTH 336. Art and Literature in Paris and Berlin      1 course
    This course focuses on the relationship between cultural performance and identity. Specific case studies include ethnographies on tango, rumba and Mexican corridos. Of particular interest are the interconnected roles of power and politics in the performance of culture, how the two are performed in an attempt at re-forming and sometimes de-forming and mis-informing each other. This course examines the formal aspects of performance, audience/performer relationships as well as social and contextual influences on cultural performance.
     
    ANTH 351. Human Nature and Anthropology  Group 2    1 course
    Human diversity has always been the central subject matter of anthropology. Cultural diversity is so great that most introductory cultural anthropology courses seem to lead to the conclusion that there is simply no such thing as human nature. However, biological anthropology shows that all humans are members of a single species and have more commonalities than differences. This course explores how biological as well as cultural evidence may give us new insights into what makes us all human.
     
    ANTH 352. Urban Anthropology  Group 2    1 course
    This course will draw on anthropology and related disciplines to explore the principal factors shaping the nature of urban life. Through lectures, discussions, films, readings and field trips students examine such themes as urban poverty, gentrification, Third World urbanism, migration and migrant communities, deindustrialization, networks and voluntary associations and urban leisure. Prerequisite: ANTH 151 or permission of instructor.
     
    ANTH 354. Archaeology  Group 2    1 course
    Archaeology is much more than digging into the ancient past. It is also a form of detective work that allows us to understand ancient as well as modern societies by uncovering the clues of their material remains. In this course, we see how archaeologists show how and why civilizations rise and collapse. Prerequisite: ANTH 151, ANTH 153 or permission of instructor.
     
    ANTH 356. Gender and Global Change  Group 2    1 course
    This course uses the lens of gender to analyze the effects of widespread socioeconomic and cultural changes connected to globalization. Topics examined include: major theories and debates of the field, the rise of international development and international aid programs, trade and patent negotiations, human rights campaigns, and military excursions. Prerequisite: ANTH 151, sophomore standing or permission of instructor.
     
    ANTH 360. Mind, Self and Emotion in Culture  Group 2    1 course
    This course explores anthropological approaches to emotions, personal identity, dreams, cognition, early childhood and mental illness in different societies around the world. The objective is to investigate the relationship between culture and the nature of the individual in such places as New Guinea, India, Japan, Africa and the Arctic. Prerequisite: ANTH 151, sophomore standing or permission of instructor.
     
    ANTH 366. Performing Latin American Culture  Group 3    1 course
    This course focuses on the relationship between cultural performance and identity. Specific case studies include ethnographies on tango, rumba and Mexican corridos. Of particular interest are the interconnected roles of power and politics in the performance of culture?how the two are performed in an attempt at re-forming and sometimes de-forming and mis-informing each other. This course examines the formal aspects of performance, audience/performer relationships as well as social and contextual influences on cultural performance.
     
    ANTH 380. Ethnographic Methods      1 course
    A course designed to introduce students to anthropological methods of qualitative research. Readings and discussion in seminar-like format on participant observation, formal and informal interviewing, research design and interpretation of data will prepare students to carry out their own ethnographic projects. The course will also cover ethics in fieldwork and the current debate on the subjectivity of ethnographic inquiry.
     
    ANTH 383. History of Anthropology  Group 2    1 course
    A survey history of the central theoretical perspectives, questions and data of socio-cultural anthropology. Focusing on significant scholars and case studies, the course explores the development of different ways that anthropologists have formulated and understood fundamental questions concerning human society, culture, change and universals. Prerequisite: Junior or Senior; Anthropology or Sociology-Anthropology major or permission from instructor. This course may not be taken pass/fail.
     
    ANTH 390. Topics in Anthropology      1/2-1 course
    An exploration of selected topics in anthropology, culture and society (see Anthropology of the U.S. and topics listed under ANTH 290.) Prerequisite: sophomore standing. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    ANTH 441. Readings and Projects in Anthropology      1/2-1 course
    Prerequisite: permission of instructor.
     
    ANTH 442. Readings and Projects in Anthropology      1 course
    Prerequisite: permission of instructor.
     
    ANTH 452. Senior Seminar in Anthropology      1 course
    A seminar of senior Anthropology majors focused on contemporary theories and issues of culture, change, development, universals and diversity. The actual topic alters each year. Students discuss a common core of readings while researching-writing a senior thesis. Prerequisite: senior Anthropology or Sociology/Anthropology major. This course may not be taken pass/fail.
     

    University Studies

    Faculty: K. Bode, K. Kauffman, K. Nightenhelser

    University Studies includes interdisciplinary and Competence Program courses that fall outside the major departments. A major is not offered in University Studies.

    Courses in University Studies

    Courses in the Competence Program

    UNIV 001. Competence Certification      0 credit
    A. W Certified; B. Q Certified; C. S Certified. Students who achieve certification in a competence requirement in ways other than associated with a course will have that certification designated on the academic record in this manner.
     
    UNIV 101. Introduction to Quantitative Reasoning      1 course
    This course is designed to develop students' ability to reason with quantities through solving problems in arithmetic, algebra, probability, statistics, logic and geometry. Students explore attitudes about and approaches to quantitative work, and learn effective study techniques. The course helps prepare students for the Q course requirement. Admission to this course is by placement. May not be counted toward a major in Mathematics. May not be taken Pass/Fail.
     
    UNIV 131. Bonner Scholars Seminar      1/2 course
    This seminar is designed to give students who are serving as volunteers in the community with the poor and marginalized an opportunity to study the problems that they are responding to with their volunteer efforts and to look at the larger social system in which these problems exist.
     
    UNIV 170. Environmental Science Seminar      1/2 course
    The course focuses on environmental issues from the perspective of various scientific disciplines. Students read, present and discuss topics relating to the environmental sciences. Topics are chosen by the class during the first sessions and then are explored over the course of the semester. Prerequisite: one semester of science from any of the supporting disciplines (Geology, Biology, Chemistry, Physics) or permission of the instructor.
     
    UNIV 190. Topics      1/2-1 course
    An introductory, interdisciplinary study of a specific problem or series of ideas in the liberal arts. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    UNIV 197. First-Year Seminar      1 course
    This course explores an interdisciplinary or cross-disciplinary topic, with an emphasis on reading, class discussion and writing. Topics vary. Open to first-year students only.
     
    UNIV 275. Introduction to Public Health      1 course
    The study of basic principles in public health and issues encountered in the practice of public health. Emphasis is on poor and disenfranchised populations in the United States and abroad. Some coverage of community health issues in the United States is included. Topics include primary health care; epidemiology; sociocultural determinants of health, nutrition and malnutrition; population-based health; traditional and nontraditional medicine; ethics; first aid; oral health; mental health; health issues in special groups (such as the elderly, women and children); reproductive health, including sexually transmitted disease; health impact of violence; and environmental health. Case studies are used. Service project is required.
     
    UNIV 290. Topics      1/2-1 course
    An exploration of particular topics or issues within the liberal arts from a disciplinary or cross-disciplinary perspective. May be repeated for credit with different topics.
     
    UNIV 297. Summer Internship      0 credit
    This non-credit summer internship is for students participating in an on-campus summer research internship or an individually arranged external internship that is connected to the student's academic program. An internship must involve a minimum of 200 hours at the internship site and must be clearly related to the student's academic program. Enrollment requires approval of a learning contract by a faculty sponsor in the student's academic program and the internship director. The academic component of the internship is detailed in the learning contract, and may include readings, on-site journals or reflections, and a final internship report. Internship categories: A. Health Science; B. Legal/Political; C. Museum/Public History; D. Music Business; E. Business; F. Computer Science/Technology; G. Science Research; H. Education; I. Pastoral; J. Mental Health; K. Mass Media; M. Coaching; N. Sports Science; P. Non-Profit; Q. Arts.
     
    UNIV 298. Internship Readings      1 course
    This one-credit reading course is designed for students with an approved independently designed internship. It must be taken concurrently with the two-credit Independently Designed Internship course (UNIV 299).
     
    UNIV 299. Independently Designed Internship      2 courses
    This course is designed for students with an approved independently designed internship. Students who enroll for this course must also enroll for UNIV 298: Independent Study for Independently Designed Internships.
     
    UNIV 300. Practicum for Oral Communication Consultants      1/2 course
    The study of advanced communication skills, especially those used in coaching, counseling and appraising communications, such as reports, class discussions, interviews, oral readings, etc. Role plays in class and directed practice with clients in the Speaking and Listening Center use principles studied. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. May not be taken pass/fail.
     
    UNIV 301. Practicum for Writing Consultants      1/2 course
    Development of advanced composition skills through readings on composition theory and peer evaluation of writing. Experience in tutoring under direct supervision. Prerequisite: permission of instructor.
     
    UNIV 310. Practicum for Quantitative Reasoning Consultants      1/2 course
    Development of tutoring and problem-solving skills through readings, solving problems and discussion. Experience in tutoring under direct supervision. Prerequisite: permission of instructor.
     
    UNIV 350. Independent Study      1/2-1 course
    Independent work in the liberal arts with attention to interdisciplinary perspectives.
     
    UNIV 390. Topics      1/2-1 course
    An exploration of particular topics or issues within the liberal arts from a disciplinary or interdisciplinary perspective.
     

    Women's Studies

    (Program Homepage)

    M. Altman, I. Aures, S. Basu (director), T. Beauboeuf, R. Bordt, J. Bruggemann, M. Chandler, Y. Chiang, N. Davis, D. Dudle, C. Klaus, S. Dewey, L. Elman, A. Flury, D. Geis, S. Hahn, J. Hollander, A. Jennings, J. Kenney, J. Liu, M. McInnes, T. Morris, D. Newman, B. O'Bannon, D. Shannon, B. Steinson, A. Sununu, R. Upton, C. White, V. Ziegler

    In the past 30 years, Women's Studies has produced a compelling body of interdisciplinary and multicultural scholarship that has challenged traditional interpretations of history, experience, culture and even science. Women's Studies courses (offered in 16 academic departments) encourage students -male as well as female -to reconsider the diversity of women's experiences in the past and the changing roles of men and women today. Women's Studies at DePauw offers outstanding opportunities to develop critical thinking, interpretive and writing skills as well as the cultural knowledge necessary for a liberal education. Many of the nation's finest graduate schools offer advanced degrees in Women's Studies. Women's Studies majors find employment in the same broad range of fields as do graduates of other liberal arts disciplines.

    The Women's Studies major and minor offer students an opportunity to concentrate on an area of passionate interest while acquiring skills, and interrogating perspectives, from many different disciplines. Women's Studies majors complete an ambitious independent research project of their own design in the senior year.

    Students may choose to major in Women's Studies, or simply to take one or more courses in the field. Many students begin with Introduction to Women's Studies (WS 140), but one can begin almost anywhere: there is a range of courses cross-listed with traditional departments from which to choose. The capstone course, Feminist Theory (WS 340), is designed for students with some Women's Studies experience.

    Studying in an off-campus DePauw-sponsored or GLCA program, such as the Comparative Women's Studies Program in Europe, is encouraged for majors and minors. Appropriate courses from off-campus may be applied toward the minor or major upon approval by the director of Women's Studies.

    Requirements for a major in Women's Studies:

    Total courses required: Ten
    Core courses: WS 140, WS 240, WS 340, WS 440.
    Other required courses: The six remaining elective courses must be chosen from an approved list which currently includes but is not limited to:
  • ANTH 255, ANTH 290*, ANTH 356, ANTH 390*, ANTH 452*
  • ARTH 235, ARTH 290, ARTH 390*
  • CLST 300*
  • COMM 450*
  • ECON 390*
  • ENG 155*, ENG 264, ENG 390*, ENG 391*, ENG 393*, ENG 394*, ENG 395*, ENG 461*
  • FREN 420*
  • GER 307, GER 412*
  • HIST 105*, HIST 225, HIST 277, HIST 278, HIST 290*, HIST 300*, HIST 351, HIST 375
  • KINS 266
  • MUS 390*
  • PHIL 206*, PHIL 211
  • POLS 390*
  • REL 290*, REL 320, REL 341, REL 370*
  • SOC 210, SOC 212, SOC 225, SOC 301*, SOC 333
  • SPAN 390*
  • WS 197, WS 370
  • Other Frist-Year Seminars with appropriate topics
  • Other courses may be counted with the permission of the director
  • (*appropriate topics)
  • # 300 and 400 level courses: Three in addition to WS 340 and WS 440
    Senior requirement: The senior requirement consists of the completion of WS 440.
    Additional information:
  • The elective courses required for the major must be drawn from at least three academic disciplines.
  • Students must include in their program one or more courses dealing with non-Western women and/or women of color in the United States.
  • No more than four courses of off-campus study may be counted toward the major.
  • Requirements for a minor in Women's Studies:

    Total courses required: Five
    Core courses: WS 140, WS 340
    Other courses: The remaining three courses may be chosen from those listed for the major, drawn from at least two disciplines.
    # 300 and 400 level courses: Two

    Courses in Women's Studies

    W S 140. Introduction to Women's Studies  Group 4    1 course
    This course introduces some key issues in contemporary women's studies and provides a starting vocabulary and background in the field. Because Women's Studies is an interdisciplinary field, readings come from a number of different areas, including literature, history, philosophy, psychology and sociology.
     
    W S 190. Topics in Women's Studies      1 course
    An interdisciplinary exploration of a particular theme, area, or period, with respect to issues of women and gender.
     
    W S 197. First-Year Seminar      1 course
    A seminar focused on a theme related to the study of women. Open only to first-year students.
     
    W S 240. Feminist Inquiry  Group 2    1 course
    This course offers hands-on experience in the interdisciplinary field of Women's Studies. Students will survey research methods by reading excellent examples that show how various research methods have been applied; by reading about, and discussing, the practical details and the ethical issues involved in doing research; and by applying research methods themselves in exercises that will be presented and critiqued with a workshop format.
     
    W S 260. Women of Color in the U.S.  Group 4    1 course
    The course draws on the disciplines of history, sociology, anthropology and literary study to offer an in-depth look at the experiences and concerns of women of color, with an emphasis on hearing women's voices. The course is divided approximately in thirds: accounts of the experiences of various ethnic groups (e.g., African-American, Native American, Asian) issues facing women of color in the U.S. today (e.g., culture, the body, family, work); and theory. The class involves frequent writing (formal and informal), including a research paper and in-class presentations.
     
    W S 290. Topics in Women's Studies      1 course
    An interdisciplinary exploration of a particular theme, area or period, with respect to issues of women and gender.
     
    W S 340. Feminist Theory  Group 4    1 course
    This course focuses on contemporary feminist thought. Throughout the semester, students emphasize the relationship between feminist theory and feminist practice and ways in which feminism changes our fundamental understanding of the world.
     
    W S 370. Topics in Women's Studies      1/2-1 course
    An interdisciplinary exploration of a particular theme, area or period, with respect to issues of women and gender.
     
    W S 390. Independent Study      1/2-1 course
    Independent Study.
     
    W S 440. Women's Studies Senior Thesis      1/2-1 course
    Required of all Women's Studies majors. Students design and carry out an original, interdisciplinary project or paper on a women's studies topic. The thesis is directed by the Women's Studies coordinator or other designated faculty member, and the candidate is interviewed by an interdisciplinary committee of three.